100% found this document useful (1 vote)

300 views782 pages

Afm 201

Dash8 q300 Aircraft flight Manual

Uploaded by

nasrfarid27

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

300 views782 pages

Afm 201

Dash8 q300 Aircraft flight Manual

Uploaded by

nasrfarid27

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

DHC – 8 SERIES 300

Model 315

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

PSM 1-83-1A
DOT

Special Note:
This Manual is self-contained and does not include support for electronic Temporary Revision (TRs)
insertion. TRs will display in the document bookmark tab for each individual PDF file in this manual.

Please note:

To order Non Generic Supplements please contact De Havilland Customer Service Group at
dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link] or (613) 271-3281, NA toll free – 1-800-795-6661 ext 2393

Copyright © 1995 - 2022 by DE HAVILLAND AIRCRAFT OF CANADA LIMITED.

All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or copied
in any form or by any means without written permission
of DE HAVILLAND AIRCRAFT OF CANADA LIMITED.

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
PSM 1- 83- 1A AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT INDEX

The Temporary Amendment Index provides current status of the Temporary Amendments
affecting the DHC- 8 PSM 1- 83- 1A Model 315 Flight Manual. Insert this Temporary Amendment Index in the
front of the Flight Manual preceding the current Temporary Amendments. The Temporary Amendment Index
will be re-issued whenever a Temporary Amendment is introduced or rescinded. Superseded Temporary
Amendment Indices and rescinded Temporary Amendments should be removed from the manual.

T.A. Pages
No. Affected Subject Remarks

Superseded by Temporary
1 Yaw Damper Procedures
Amendment No. 3

Superseded by Temporary
2 Autofeather Test
Amendment No.4

3 Yaw Damper Procedures Rescinded

Superseded by Temporary
4 Autofeather Test
Amendment No.5

5
4- 1- 5 Autofeather Test
Issue 2

3- 8- 3 Inboard and Outboard Roll Spoiler Superseded by Temporary

6
4- 18- 1 Hydraulic Caution Lights Amendment No.8

Operation Into Lugano, Switzerland

7 6- 45- 2 Rescinded
Runway 01 Only

3- 8- 3 Inboard and Outboard Roll Spoiler

8
4- 18- 1 Hydraulic Caution Lights

9 4- 1- 1 Elevator Trim Check

10 Multiple Inverter Failure (For Aircraft

3- 7- 4
Issue 2 Not Incorporating Modsum 8Q101917)

Single UNS- 1C Flight Management

11 6- 59- 3 Rescinded by Revision 110
System VNAV Limitation

Spoiler Cable Failure Procedure

12 3- 8- 3 For Airplanes Not Incorporating
Modsum 8Q100898

Mode S Elementary Surveillance (ELS)

13 2- 6- 2 and Enhanced Surveillance (EHS)
Capability

14 Rudder Actuator Test (For Aircraft Not

4- 1- 7
Issue 3 Incorporating Modsum 8Q101890)

6- 80- 6
15 FMS Flight Plan Data Transfer
6- 84- 6

24 June, 2020 MODEL 315 Page 1 of 4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1- 83- 1A

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT INDEX (Continued)

T.A. Pages
No. Affected Subject Remarks

16
4- 22- 2 Landing Gear Indicator Malfunction
Issue 2

17 2- 5- 3 AR CIS Fuel Limitations

18 2- 6- 2 Engine Ignition (For airplanes

3- 2- 1 incorporating Modsum 8Q100813)
4- 2- 1
4- 3- 3
4- 7- 2
4- 7- 4

19 6- 80- 3 UNS- 1C+ FMS World Magnetic

Issue 2 Model Error Limitations

20 6- 83- 3 UNS- 1E FMS World Magnetic

Issue 2 Model Error Limitations

21 6- 84- 3 UNS- 1E FMS World Magnetic

Issue 2 Model Error Limitations

22 6- 86- 3 UNS- 1C+ FMS World Magnetic

Issue 2 Model Error Limitations

23 6- 14- 2 UNS- 1M NMS World Magnetic Rescinded by Revision 189 <190E>

Model Error Limitations 2 May, 2019

24 6- 49- 2 UNS- 1B FMS World Magnetic Rescinded by Revision 189 <190E>

Model Error Limitations 2 May, 2019

25 6- 56- 2 UNS- 1C FMS World Magnetic

Model Error Limitations

26 6- 59- 2 UNS- 1C FMS World Magnetic

Model Error Limitations

UNS- 1C FMS GPS APPROACH

LIMITATION (FOR AIRPLANES NOT
27 6- 56- 2 INCORPORATING UNIVERSAL MOD 14
OR GPS SOFTWARE VERSION SCN
10.4)

Page 2 of 4 MODEL 315 30

Page
July,22021
of 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1- 83- 1A AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT INDEX (Continued)

T.A. Pages
No. Affected Subject Remarks

UNS- 1C FMS GPS APPROACH

LIMITATION (FOR AIRPLANES NOT
28 6- 59- 2 INCORPORATING UNIVERSAL MOD 14
OR GPS SOFTWARE VERSION SCN
10.4)

UNS- 1C+ FMS GPS APPROACH

LIMITATION (FOR AIRPLANES NOT
29 6- 80- 2 INCORPORATING UNIVERSAL
MOD 16 OR GPS SOFTWARE
VERSION SCN 10.4)

UNS- 1C+ FMS GPS APPROACH

LIMITATION (FOR AIRPLANES NOT
30 6- 86- 2 INCORPORATING UNIVERSAL
MOD 16 OR GPS SOFTWARE
VERSION SCN 10.4)

31 6- 80- 3 UNS- 1C+ FMS with Software SCN

6- 86- 3 802.0
Flight Management System
Erroneous Steering and Guidance
Condition

32 6- 83- 3 UNS- 1E FMS with Software

6- 84- 3 SCN 802.0
Flight Management System
Erroneous Steering and Guidance
Condition

1 June, 2022 MODEL 315 Page 3TBD

of 4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1- 83- 1A

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT INDEX (Continued)

T.A. Pages
No. Affected Subject Remarks

Page 4 of 4 MODEL 315 24

Page
July,42020
of 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SECTION 1

GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph Subject Page
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---1---1
1.2 List of Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---2---1
1.3 Log of Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---3---1
1.4 List of Supplements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---4---1
1.5 Supplement Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---5---1
1.6 Log of Supplements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---6---1
1.7 List of Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---7---1
1.8 Log of Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---8---1
1.9 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---9---1
1.10 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---10---1
1.11 Dimensions and Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1---11---1
1.12 Measurement Conversion ................... 1---12---1

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 1---1---i

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1---1---ii MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SECTION 1

GENERAL

1.1 INTRODUCTION

This Approved Flight Manual is provided for the guidance of pilots when operating the DHC---8 Model 315
airplane. It is the responsibility of pilots who are qualified to operate the DHC---8 to be entirely familiar with the
information contained in this publication to ensure that the airplane is operated at all times within the approved
flight envelope.

For clarity and simplicity, this manual is written in the imperative, in order that the information and operating
instructions may be presented in a positive sense and require no interpretation by the user.

Specific items requiring emphasis are expanded upon and ranked in increasing order of importance in the form
of a NOTE, CAUTION or WARNING.

NOTE Expands on information which has already been provided.

CAUTION Provides information to prevent misuse of systems which could directly affect their
function or serviceability.

WARNING Emphasizes information of immediate flight safety importance.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 1---1---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1---1---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

1.2 LIST OF REVISIONS

Revisions incorporate changes in Sections 1 through 5 of this manual. Revisions are applicable to all
DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manuals. This manual is valid only when it incorporates all applicable revisions issued.
The revised portion of a page is indicated by a bold line in the outer margin.
Canadian Department of Transport approval of each revision and a list of pages affected by the revision is
recorded in the appropriate columns of the LIST OF REVISIONS below.

LIST OF REVISIONS

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
1 iii, 1---2---1, 3---11---1. Hydraulic system failures
procedure.

4 June, 1995
1996

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

10 iii, 1---2---3, 1---2---4, 3---7---5. Propeller synchronization with

AC generator failure.

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
20 December, 1996

18 iii, 1---2---4, 1---4---2, 1---5---1, Introduction of Supplement

1---5---2. 48, Landing from 4.5°
Approach and 35 ft Screen
Height.
for K.J. Mansfield
Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
9 January, 1997

19 iii, 1---2---4, 3---2---2. Revision to abnormal oil

pressure procedure.

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
10 January, 1997

1---2---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

10 January, 1997

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
20 iii, 1---2---5, 1---2---6, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 14,
UNS---1M Navigation
Management System.
for K.J. Mansfield
Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
7 February, 1997

21 iii, 1---2---5, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supp. 48, Landing

from 4.5_ Approach and 35 ft
Screen Height.
for K.J. Mansfield
Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
12 March, 1997

22 iii, 1---2---5, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 33,

Collin Traffic Alert and Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS II).

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
17 April, 1997

23 iii, 1---2---5, 1---5---1, 1---5---2. Up---date of Supplement

Compatibility Table.

Certified Noise Levels.

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
30 December, 1997

28 ii, iii, 1---2---6, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,

Introduction of Mod 8/2154.

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
8 January, 1998

29 ii, iii, iv, 1---2---6, 3---11---1, Rudder Isolation Valves,

3---11---2, 4---12---1, 4---12---2. Introduction of Mod 8/2781.

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
2 February, 1998

1---2---6 MODEL 315 2 June, 1998

2 February, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

30 iii, 1---2---7, 1---2---8, 2---5---2. Variable ITT limit.

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
3 February, 1998
31 iii, 1---2---7, 1---4---2. Re---Issue of Supplement 33,
TCAS II

for K.J. Mansfield

Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
26 February, 1998
32 iii, iv, 1---2---7, 3---11---1, Rudder Isolation Valves,
4---12---1. Miscellaneous Change.

William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
1 May, 1998
33 iii, 1---2---7, 1---3---3, 1---3---4. Additional Log of Revisions
page.

William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
13 May, 1998
34 iii, 1---2---7, 1---4---1, 1---4---2, Introduction of Supplement 21,
1---4---3, 1---5---1, 1---5---2. Take---off and Landing with
Bleed “ON”

William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
3 July, 1998

2 July,
3 June,1998
1995 MODEL 315 1---2---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

35 iii, 1---2---8, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Introduction of Supplement 58,

1---5---2. Rolling Take---off.

William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
4 July, 1998
36 iii, 1---2---8, 1---4---1, 1---4---3, Miscellaneous change ---
5---11---1, 5---11---2, 5---11---5. operational factor.

Re---issue of Supplement 3,
Operation in Tailwinds between
10 and 20 Knots. William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
Re---issue of Supplement 48, for Director, Aircraft
Landing from 4.5_ Approach Certification Branch
and 35 ft Screen Height. 7 July, 1998

Re---issue of Supplement 50,

Flap 10_ Landing
(CR803CH00064)
37 iii, 1---2---8, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

Richard Walker
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
19 August, 1998
38 iii, iv, 1---2---8, 4---12---1. Miscellaneous change ---
Rudder System --- Mod 8/1983.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
30 September, 1998
39 iii, 1---2---8, 1---4---1. Re---Issue of Supplement 11,
Operation with One Inoperative
Stall Warning and/or Stick
Pusher System. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
8 October, 1998

1---2---8 MODEL 315 2 June, 1998

8 October, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
40 iii, 1---2---9, 1---2---10, 1---4---1. Re---issue of Supplement 6,
Auxiliary Power Unit.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
10 November, 1998
41 iii, 1---2---9, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 33,
TCAS II.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
12 November, 1998
42 iii, 1---2---9, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 33,
TCAS II.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
14 December, 1998
43 iii, 1---2---9, 1---4---1. Re---issue of Supplement 10,
Operation with One ECU
Inoperative.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
9 February, 1999
44 iii, 1---2---9, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 54,
Operation from Narrow
Runways.
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
25 February, 1999
45 iii, iv, 1---2---9, 4---7---1, 4---7---2, Miscellaneous changes ---
4---7---3, 4---7---4, 4---17---2. Climb, Cruise and Descent in
Icing Conditions.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
31 March, 1999

2 June,
31 1995
March, 1999 MODEL 315 1---2---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

46 iii, 1---2---10, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,

Configuration Deviation List.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
20 August, 1999
47 iii, iv, v, 1---2---10, 3---1---i, Introduction of Landing Gear
3---6---1, 3---6---2, 4---1---i, Door Malfunction checklist and
4---21---1, 4---21---2, 4---22---1, relocation of Alternate Landing
4---22---2. Gear Extension procedure. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
24 December, 1999
48 ii, iii, iv, 1---2---10, 1---10---2, Introduction of MS 8Q100813,
3---2---1, 4---1---3, 4---2---1, Engine Auto---Relight.
4---3---3, 4---7---2, 4---8---1.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
21 January, 2000
49 iii, iv, 1---2---10, 4---7---2, 4---7---3. Miscellaneous changes to
Ice Protection Procedures.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
22 January, 2000
50 iii, 1---2---10, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
31 January, 2000

1---2---10 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

31 January, 2000

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

51 iii, iv, v, vi, 1---2---11, 1---2---12, Introduction of Supplement

1---4---3. 67, SFIM Aircraft Piloting and
Inertial Reference System
(APIRS) F227. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
25 February, 2000
52 iii, 1---2---11, 1---4---2. Re---Issue of Supplement 33,
Collins Traffic Alert and Colli-
sion Avoidance System (TCAS
II) (CR834SO00375). William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
16 March, 2000
53 iii, 1---2---11, 1---4---3, 1---5---2, Introduction of Supplement 56,
1---5---3, 1---5---4. Dual UNS---1C Flight
Management System and
Supplement 59, Single
UNS---1C Flight Management William Jupp
System. Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
8 May, 2000
54 iii, 1---2---11, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Introduction of Supplement 68,
1---5---3. Collins Traffic Alert and Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS II)
Change 7.0/Airborne Collision
Avoidance System II (ACAS II) William Jupp
(CR 834CH00535 or Chief Flight Test
CR834CH00542 or for Director, Aircraft
CR834CH00544) Certification Branch
19 June, 2000
55 iii, 1---2---11, 2---4---1, 2---5---5, Miscellaneous changes.
3---11---1.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00B) 27 July, 2000

2 June,
27 July, 1995
2000 MODEL 315 1---2---11

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

56 iii, iv, 1---2---12, 4---2---1, Introduction of Control Lock

4---2---2. release Caution statement.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BM) 1 September, 2000
57 iii, 1---2---12, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Introduction of Supplement 64,
1---5---2, 1---5---3. Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System (EGPWS).
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00W) 8 September, 2000
58 iii, 1---2---12, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 64,
Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System (EGPWS).
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BN) 28 September, 2000
59 iii, iv, 1---2---12, 4---1---1. E.L.T. Normal Procedures
revised to incorporate
CR825CH01370.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00CC) 9 November, 2000
60 iii, 1---2---12, 1---4---3, 1---5---2, Re---issue of Supplement 64,
1---5---3. Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System (EGPWS).
Supplement Compatability
Table revised. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BX) 10 November, 2000

1---2---12 MODEL 315 2 June, 2000

10 November, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

61 iii, iv, v, vi, 1---2---13, 1---2---14, Introduction of Amendment 3,

1---7---1. Maximum Structural Weight
Limits for Airplanes Incorporat-
ing CR803SO00002---04.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00AP) 1 December, 2000
62 Temporary Amendment Index, Temporary Amendment No. 3,
iii, 1---2---13. Yaw Damper Procedures,
rescinded.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00CN) 12 January, 2001
63 iii, 1---2---13, 3---2---2. Abnormal Oil Pressure
procedure revised.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(97II) 16 January, 2001
64 iii, iv, 1---2---13, 2---2---1, 2---2---2, Correction of Maximum
5---1---3. Structural Weight Limits.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BS) 17 January, 2001
65 iii, 1---2---13, 3---8---3. Introduction of Spoiler Cable
Failure Emergency procedure.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(01D) 19 January, 2001

2 June,
19 19952001
January, MODEL 315 1---2---13

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
66 iii, 1---2---14, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 14,
UNS---1M Navigation Manage-
ment System (CR834CH00382).

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BH) 22 January, 2001
67 iii, 1---2---14, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BJ) 9 February, 2001
68 iii, 1---2---14, 1---4---3, 1---5---3. Introduction of Supplement 66,
Special Supplement for Japan
Registered Airplanes.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00CB) 9 March, 2001
69 iii, 1---2---14, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Introduction of Supplement 72,
1---5---2, 1---5---3. Autopilot Operations with a
Minimum Use Height of 50
feet.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(010P) 24 March, 2001
70 iii, 1---2---14, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 24,
Auxiliary Fuel System
(CR828SOO0006 or
CR828CH00027).
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(98CC) 3 April, 2001

1---2---14 MODEL 315 23 June,

April, 1995
2001

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
71 iii, 1---2---15, 1---2---16, 1---4---2. Re---Issue of Supplement 13,
Take---off with Reduced Power.

for William Jupp

Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(99O) 4 May, 2001
72 iii, iv, 1---2---15, 4---11---1. Abnormal Indications of
Airspeed, Altitude and Vertical
Airspeed procedure revised.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(010Q---3) 11 May, 2001
73 iii, 1---2---15, 1---7---1. Introduction of Amendment 4,
System Checks Once Every 24
Hours (Flying Day) for FAA
Registered Airplanes Not
Incorporating CR873CH00011. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(010N---3) 12 June, 2001
74 iii, 1---2---15, 1---7---1. Introduction of Amendment 5,
Spoiler Cable Failure Procedure
for Airplanes Not Incorporating
Modsum 8Q100898.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(010T---3) 13 June, 2001
75 iii, 1---2---15, 2---5---3. Miscellaneous changes to
Section 2.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(010O---3) 13 June, 2001

2 June,
13 June,1995
2001 MODEL 315 1---2---15

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date

76 iii, iv, vi, 1---2---16, 3---5---1, Miscellaneous changes to Sec-

3---8---3, 3---11---1, 3---11---2, tion 3, Emergency Procedures
3---15---1, 4---12---1, 5---11---7, and addition of Rudder Jam
5---11---8. Procedure. Miscellaneous
changes to Section 4. Up--- for William Jupp
date to Section 5, Abnormal Chief Flight Test
Landing Distance Factors. for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00BO) 31 July, 2001
77 iii, iv, vi, 1---2---16, 4---7---1, Operation in Icing Conditions
4---7---2, 4---7---3, 4---7---4, revised.
4---7---5, 4---7---6, 5---13---2,
5---13---3, 5---13---4, 5---13---5, Performance in Icing
5---13---6, 5---13---7, 5---13---8. Conditions revised. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(010G) 12 October, 2001
78 iii, 1---2---16, 2---6---2. Ice Protection Procedures
revised.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(01AM---3) 22 January, 2002
79 iii, 1---2---16, 1---5---1, 1---5---2, Supplement Compatibility Table
1---5---3. updated.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(00CS) 12 March, 2002
80 iii, 1---2---16, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 64,
Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System, Honeywell MK
VIII.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(01A0---3) 4 April, 2002

1---2---16 MODEL 315 24 June,

April, 1995
2002

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
81 iii, iv, v, vi, 1---2---17, 1---2---18, Miscellaneous changes.
3---3---1, 3---5---1, 3---7---4,
3---7---5, 3---8---1, 3---8---3,
3---16---1, 4---1---3, 4---1---5,
4---3---1, 4---4---1, 4---8---1, for William Jupp
4---9---1, 4---10---1, 4---13---1, Chief Flight Test
4---17---1, 4---18---1. for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(01AL---3) 30 May, 2002
82 iii, 1---2---17, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(01AS---3) 14 June, 2002
83 iii, iv, 1---2---17, 3---7---4, GPWS emergency procedures
3---12---1, 3---16---1. revised.

for William Jupp

Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(020T---3) 3 July, 2002

84 iii, 1---2---17, 2---5---1. Engine Operating Limits revised.

for William Jupp

Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(99F) 17 September, 2002
85 ii, iii, 1---2---17, 3---7---1, Electrical emergencies up-
3---7---3. dated.

for William Jupp

Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(020W---3) 17 September, 2002

2 June,
17 1995 2002
September, MODEL 315 1---2---17

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
86 iii, 1---2---18, 2---5---3, 3---2---2. Change to Fuel Temperature
Limitation.
Abnormal Oil Pressure proce-
dure revised.
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(01AC---3) 27 September, 2002
87 iii, 1---2---18, 2---5---4. Maximum Propeller RPM cor-
rected.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(030A ---3) 4 March, 2003
88 iii, 1---2---18, 1---4---3. Supplement 64, Enhanced
Ground Proximity Warning
System, Honeywell MK VIII
re---issued.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(030I ---3) 17 April, 2003
89 iii, iv, 1---2---18, 1---4---2, Editorial changes to Autopilot
1---4---3, 2---6---2, 4---3---3. and Flight Director procedures.
Re---issue of Supplement 16,
Category II Operation.
Re---issue of Supplement 18, William Jupp
Dual Bendix MLS---21 Micro- Chief Flight Test
wave Landing System. for Director, Aircraft
Re---issue of Supplement 50, Certification Branch
Flap 10_ Landing 23 April, 2003
(CR803CH00064).
Re---issue of Supplement 56,
Dual UNS---1C Flight Manage-
ment System (CR834SO00409).
Re---issue of Supplement 59,
Single UNS---1C Flight Manage-
ment System (CR834SO00409).
Re---issue of Supplement 72,
Autopilot Operations With a
Minimum Use Height of 50
Feet.
(020Z---3)

1---2---18 MODEL 315 2 June,

23 April, 1995
2003

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
90 iii, 1---2---19, 1---2---20, 1---4---3. Re---Issue of Supplement 67,
SFIM Aircraft Piloting and Iner-
tial Reference System (APIRS)
F227 (CR834CH00538 or
8Q900499).
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(030U ---3) 23 May, 2003
91 ii, iii, 1---2---19, 1---4---1, Re---Issue of Supplement 6,
1---4---2, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Auxiliary Power Unit (S.O.O.
3---1---2, 3---2---1. 8155 or CR849SO08155 or
SA97---39).
Miscellaneous changes.
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(030W---3) 3 June, 2003
92 iii, 1---2---19, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 68,
Collins Traffic Alert and Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS II)
Change 7.0/Airborne Collision
Avoidance System II (ACAS II)
(CR 834CH00535 or for William Jupp
CR834CH00542 or Chief Flight Test
CR834CH00544). for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(03AA ---3) 23 June, 2003
93 iii, 1---2---19, 1---5---3. Supplement Compatibility Table
Revised.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(03AC) 1 August, 2003
94 iii, iv, v, vi, 1---2---19, 3---2---2, New Emergency Procedures
3---2---3, 3---2---4. added --- Engine Failure on
Approach---Go---Around.
Miscellaneous editorial
changes. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(030O---3) 24 October, 2003

2 June,
24 19952003
October, MODEL 315 1---2---19

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages DOT Approval by/

No. Affected Subject Date
95 iii, iv, 1---2---20, 3---1---i, New Emergency Procedures
3---16---1. added --- Emergency Opening
of Flight Compartment Door
(Flight Compartment Door
Jammed) (With MS 8Q310005 William Jupp
Incorporated). Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(03AS---3) 14 January, 2004
96 iii, 1---2---20, 1---4---2. Supplement 16, Category II
Operations re---issued.

for William Jupp

Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(040E) 27 January, 2004
97 iii, 1---2---20, 1---4---2. Re---issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(03AP---3) 28 January, 2004
98 iii, 1---2---20, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 56,
Dual UNS---1C Flight Manage-
ment System and Supplement
59, Single UNS---1C Flight Man-
agement System. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(03AR) 6 February, 2004
99 Temporary Amendment Index, Supplement 79, Operation
iii, 1---2---20, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Into Lugano, Switzerland
1---5---2, 1---5---3. Runway 01 Only.

Temporary Amendment No. 7 William Jupp

rescinded. Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
23 March, 2004

(040D)

1---2---20 MODEL 315 23 2March,

June, 1995
2004

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
100 ii, iii, 1---2---21, 1---2---22, 1---6---3, Re---issue of List of Change
1---6---4. Requests (CR), Customer
Special Installations (C.S.I.),
Standard Option Only (S.O.O.),
Modifications (MOD) and for William Jupp
Modification Summaries (MS). Chief Flight Test
Miscellaneous changes. for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(040E---3) 6 May, 2004
101 iii, iv, 1---2---21, 4---4---1, 4---11---1, Normal Landing procedure
4---17---1, 4---17---2. revised.
Abnormal Indications of
Airspeed, Altitude and Vertical
Speed procedure revised. William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
Airframe Deicing System Air for Director, Aircraft
Supply Failure procedure Certification Branch
revised. 17 May, 2004
(040N---3)
102 iii, 1---2---21, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 56,
Dual UNS---1C Flight
Management System
(CR834SO00409) with VNAV
(MS8Q420488) and Supplement for William Jupp
59, Single UNS---1C Flight Chief Flight Test
Management System for Director, Aircraft
(CR834SO00409) with VNAV Certification Branch
(MS8Q420488). 25 May, 2004
(040R)
103 iii, 1---2---21, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 68,
Collins Traffic Alert And Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS II)
Change 7.0/ Airborne Collision
Avoidance System II (ACAS II) for William Jupp
(CR834CH00535 or Chief Flight Test
CR834CH00542 or for Director, Aircraft
CR834CH00544) Certification Branch
19 July, 2004
(040Y)
104 iii, 1---2---21, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 56,
Dual UNS---1C Flight
Management System
(CR834SO00409) with VNAV
(MS8Q420488) and Supplement
59, Single UNS---1C Flight
Management System William Jupp
(CR834SO00409) with VNAV Chief Flight Test
(MS8Q420488). for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(04AC) 21 July, 2004

2 June,
21 July, 1995
2004 MODEL 315 1---2---21

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
105 iii, 1---2---22, 1---4---3. Introduction of Supplement 80,
Dual UNS---1C+ Flight
Management System
(MS8Q420486). William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
(040W) Certification Branch
22 July, 2004
106 iii, 1---2---22, 1---4---3. Re-issue of Supplement 80,
Dual UNS---1C+ Flight
Management System
(MS8Q420486). for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
(04AE) Certification Branch
30 July, 2004
107 iii, 1---2---22, 2---4---1. Maneuvering Speed (VA) Caution
added.

2 January,
6 June, 1995
2006 MODEL 315 1---2---25

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
126 iv, 1---2---26, 1---4---3, 1---5---3. Re-issue of Supplement 80, Dual
UNS---1C+ Flight Management
System (MS 8Q420486 or MS
8Q420509 or MS8Q420596).
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(060F) 3 March, 2006
127 iii, iv, v, 1---2---26, 4---10---1. Introduction of MS 8Q101573
and MS 8Q101545, Deletion of
Intercompressor Case Fire
Detection.
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(060M---3) 15 May, 2006
128 iv, 1---2---26, 1---4---4, 1---5---4. Introduction of Supplement 92,
Operation with One DC
Generator Inoperative.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(060T---3) 4 October, 2006
129 iv, 1---2---26, 1---4---4, 1---5---3, Introduction of Supplement 93,
1---5---4. Operation With Inoperative
Engine Fire Loop

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(06AI ---3) 30 October, 2006
130 iv, 1---2---26, 1---7---1. Amendment No. 5 rescinded.

for William Jupp

Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(070I ---3) 23 February, 2007

1---2---26 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

23 February, 2007

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
131 iv, v, vi, vii, 1---2---27, 1---2---28, Ice Protection Procedures
4---7---5, 4---7---6, 5---13---6. revised.

Miscellaneous changes.
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(06AX) 6 March, 2007
132 iv, 1---2---27, 1---4---3. Re-issue of Supplement 68,
Collins Traffic Alert And Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS II)
Change 7.0/ Airborne Collision
This Revision was originally Avoidance System II (ACAS II)
approved on 23 May, 2006. (CR834CH00535 or for William Jupp
CR834CH00542 or Chief Flight Test
CR834CH00544). for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(060H---3) 7 May 2007
133 ii, iv, v, 1---2---27, 1---7---1, Re-issue of System Checks Once
4---1---6, 4---1---7*, 4---1---8*. Every 24 Hours (Flying Day).
Introduction of CR873CH00011,
* New Beta Lockout System.
Re-issue of Amendment 4, for William Jupp
System Checks Once Every 24 Chief Flight Test
Hours (Flying Day) for FAA for Director, Aircraft
Registered Airplanes Not Certification Branch
Incorporating CR873CH00011. 9 May, 2007

(06AE---3)
134 iv, 1---2---27, 1---4---2. Re-issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

This Revision was originally William Jupp

approved on 2 July, 2006. Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(060Z---3) 11 May, 2007
135 iv, 1---2---27, 1---4---2. Re-issue of Supplement 19,
Electronic Flight Instrument
System (EFIS) (Honeywell
EDZ---811)
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
22 May, 2007

(070L---3)

2 June,
22 May, 1995
2007 MODEL 315 1---2---27

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
136 iv, 1---2---28, 2---6---1. Landing Gear and Flap Systems
Limitations revised.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(070G---3) 24 May, 2007
137 iv, 1---2---28, 1---4---3. Re-issue of Supplement 68,
Collins Traffic Alert And Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS II)
Change 7.0/ Airborne Collision
Avoidance System II (ACAS II) for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(070Q---3) 5 June, 2007
138 iv, 1---2---28, 1---4---3, 1---5---1, Introduction of Supplement 83,
1---5---3, 1---5---4. Single UNS---1E Flight
Management System
(MS8Q420543 or MS8Q310011)
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(060W) 15 August, 2007
139 iii, iv, 1---2---28, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 64,
Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System Honeywell,
MKVIII.
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(07AA ---3) 20 September, 2007
140 iv, 1---2---28, 1---4---3, 1---5---3. Re --- issue of Supplement 84,
Dual UNS---1E Flight
Management System
(MS 8Q420574 or 8Q310007).
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(07AD) 23 October, 2007

1---2---28 MODEL 315 2 June, 2007

23 October, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
141 iv, 1---2---29, 1---2---30, 1---4---2, Issue of Supplement 35,
1---4---3, 1---4---4, 1---5---1, Operation from Runways with
1---5---2, 1---5---3. Slopes Greater than ±2%.

William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(070W---3) 28 October, 2007
142 iv, v, vii, 1---2---29, 3---3---1, Propeller Malfunctions and
3---3---2, 3---4---1, 3---4---2, Unknown Source of Smoke
5---11---7. procedures revised.

for Richard Walker

A/Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(07AK---3) 17 October, 2008
143 iv, 1---2---29, 1---4---2. Re-issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch
(090G---3) 26 November, 2009
144 iv, v, 1---2---29, 4---9---1, 4---9---2 Low Fuel Level (Illumination of
#1 TANK FUEL LOW or #2 TANK
FUEL LOW Caution Light)
procedures revised
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(100C---3) 4 March, 2010
145 iv, 1---2---29, 1---4---4. Re---issue of Supplement 88,
Stabilized Approach with Landing
Flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) or
Flap 15_.
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(080W---3) 5 March, 2010

2 March,
5 June, 1995
2010 MODEL 315 1---2---29

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
146 iv, 1---2---30, 1---4---3. Re---issue of Supplement 64,
Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System Honeywell,
MKVIII.
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(090V ---3) 19 April, 2010
147 iv, v, 1---2---30, 3---3---1. Propeller Malfunctions
procedures revised.

Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(090I ---3) 21 April, 2010
148 iv, 1---2---30, 1---4---4, 1---5---2, Re --- issue of Supplement 84,
1---5---3. Dual UNS---1E Flight
Management System
(MS 8Q420574 or 8Q310007 or
8Q420777). for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
Miscellaneous changes. for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(090U ---3) 15 July, 2010
149 iv, 1---2---30, 1---7---1, 2---5---1, Engine limitations revised.
2---5---3.
Re---issue of Amendment 2.

for Walter Istchenko

Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(060K---3) 9 September, 2010
150 iv, 1---2---30, 1---4---2. Re-issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

for Walter Istchenko

Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(090T---3) 10 September, 2010

1---2---30 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

10 September, 2010

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
151 iv, v, 1---2---31, 1---2---32, 3---17---1 Fuselage Contact with Runway
(Illumination of Touched Runway
Warning Light) procedures
revised
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(100G---3) 11 September, 2010
152 iv, v, vi, 1---2---31, 1---4---1, Introduction of Section 4---23,
1---5---1, 4---1---i, 4---23---1*, Flight Data Recorder Malfunction
4---23---2*.
Supplement 1, Flight Data
Recorder canceled Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
* New (100I ---3) 4 October, 2010
153 iv, v, 1---2---31, 3---5---1, 4---1---i, Landing Gear Malfunctions
4---12---1, 4---22---1, 4---22---2. procedures revised.

Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(100T---3) 2 December, 2010
154 iv, v, vi, vii, 1---2---31, 3---1---i, New Section 3.18 High Angle of
3---18---1*, 3---18---2*. Attack Recovery Procedures
created.

for Walter Istchenko

Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
* New (090R---3) 4 March, 2011
155 iv, v, 1---2---31, 3---7---4. Inverter Failure procedures
revised.

for Walter Istchenko

Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(110G---3) 8 April, 2011

2 April,
8 June, 2011
1995 MODEL 315 1---2---31

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
156 iv, 1---2---32, 1---4---4. Re---issue of Supplement 88,
Stabilized Approach with Landing
Flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) or
Flap 15_.
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(110B---3) 6 July, 2011
157 iv, 1---2---32, 1---4---2. Re-issue of Supplement 41,
Configuration Deviation List.

Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(110T---3) 29 September, 2011
158 iv, v, vii, 1---2---32, 1---5---1*, Flight Control System Failure
1---5---2*, 1---5---3*, 3---8---3, procedures revised.
5---11---7.
Miscellaneous changes.
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
* dated 21 November, 2012 (100V ---3) 22 November, 2012
159 iv, v, 1---2---32, 4---22---1, Alternate Landing Gear Extension
4---22---2. procedures revised

Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(12AG---3) 23 November, 2012
160 iv, v, 1---2---32, 4---22---2. Landing Gear Malfunction
procedures revised.

Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(12AQ---3) 7 December, 2012

1---2---32 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

7 December, 2012

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#

! #$% (+,

" && '() #
= $ %# '%
%

5# 3%18
/1& .$1 %
& "##
#& /&#
9#1
2 6 4(
= !%%' & ##$#1
= - - 0 01 .#'

!%%' & ##$#1 $

+%4 /18% + 5# 3%18
;'% 2.+$ #+6 /1& .$1 %
& "##
3' & C<= #& /&#
9# 8' +%4 9#1
2 ? 6
= = 3$ & # '%
- - - %
- -= --:
-:
5# 3%18
/1& .$1 %
& "##
#& /&#
9#1
: "0 #$% 2 6 ?'+
= = '4# .$1 / +%4
' %

5# 3%18
/1& .$1 %
& "##
#& /&#
9#1
2 D 6 ?'+
= ;+#' +%4 .#'%
'% %

& 5# 3%18

:#0 4%3;
<3& 20$3 %
& "##0
#& <&#
=#3
5 6 >
, - . !%% & 01 .
<&$# # %

& :#0 4%3;

<3& 20$3 %
& "##0
#& <&#
=#3
5> 6 1' >
> - . !%% & 01 -
< 44 + < 44

:#0 4%3;
<3& 20$3 %
& "##0
#& <&#
=#3
5->= 6 ##* >-

- ##*>-

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#

" $%& (+,

# '' () $
. ' $ #& /$ 0
- $ 1%2 3 4-5-67

' 9$1 .&20

:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
3658 7 - 1 56
-6 - '$2 $ < =>
:20 &

9$1 .&20
:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
35 7 $+ 56
-- 1$1 >%& %
- $ $ % &$
- & &

. ' >> 6 9$1 .&20

$ <2 : :2' 81%2 &
/$ .$ ' ' #$$1
"%& 1$& 1+ $' :'$
;$2
"&& ' 1> ! $+ 56
$ <2 :
/$ .$

3 . 7
- -! (>$1 81 >$
& &

9$1 .&20
:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
35 7 $+ 56

$+ !!
56

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#

" $%& (+,

# '' () $
-- . ' 1> 55
$ <2 ;1
+&> .$

9$1 .&20
:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
3 #7 - $+ 56
6 6 . ' 45!
- - % "1%2
- - -
-- - -
9$1 .&20
:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
365/ 7 %& 56
- =$ 8&1$% 8 >0
- 8>& >%&

9$1 .&20
:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
365 7 #>( 56
- "&& ' 1> 6
?1$+ < = 3
:"-! 5 ! !7

9$1 .&20
:2' 81%2 &
' #$$1
$' :'$
;$2
359 7 $+ 5

$+ 5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" $%& (+,

# '' () $
- . "&/ '0
. . ! 1/ ! 2# 33 41%5
! ! $$%/ +&/ 6
37
1/-.-8#
#$%$-$$%/-+&/
69" .9: 7
1/ . 8#; 41%5 ' <$1 =&5>
$$%/ +&/ 95' 41%5 &
69" . 7 ' #$$1
$' 9'$
;$5
6 7 $+
$1 $% + 9'$ 51 $/
. 5$%

' <$1 =&5>

95' 41%5 &
' #$$1
$' 9'$
?4@
. A "&& ' 1/ 3
B1$+ C 8 6 !!
9". !! D 7
$ $ '1 E$+ & 5
&$ <$1 =&5>
95' 41%5 &
' #$$1
$' 9'$
;$5
A$$1 $ $$+ 6 7
. "&& ' 1/ 3.
. .. 5$ F B/+
<$% +&/ 6F<7
:+C11 2 G===

8$ % $11 /& $& "$$11

95' 41%5 &
' #$$1
$' 9'$
;$5
6 7 #/(

#/( !

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" $%& (+,

# '' () $
. .. ! C 1/ .
! ! !. $11C /$+ '%5 $+%
$& C5 $&&% &$&
/ 6 H.3
&(&E E$1 /&/&7

$& "$$11
95' 41%5 &
' #$$1
$' 9'$
;$5
6= 7 $+
. . .. "&& ' 1/ .
& $ ' &/
1+

' $& "$$11

95' 41%5 &
' #$$1
$' 9'$
;$5
6I 7 . %&
! . ' % &
. ! /& &%1 %
! $% & %
& '0

% '$1
$5F

% $
$5 $ $%

% =$ ' $& "$$11

$5 91/( 6 &57 95' 41%5 &
' #$$1
8$ 1% $11 /& $' 9'$
;$5
6 7 ! (

. ! ! (

Print Date: 2022-07-31
Section 1
PSM 1- 83- 1A AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

LIST OF REVISIONS (Cont’d)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
196 iv, v, vi, vii, 1- 2- 41, 1- 2- 42, Re- issue of Supplement 124 to
1- 4- 4. revise date of rescindment to
December 31, 2021.

for Jason Randall

Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(210G- 3) 13 April, 2021
197 iv, v, vi , vii, viii, 1- 2- 41, 3- 1- i, Introduction of Weight - On-
3- 1- ii, 3- 10- 1, 3- 10- 2, Wheels Malfunction procedure
4- 1- i, 4- 1- ii, 4- 24- 1*, and change to Abnormal Landing
4- 24- 2*, 5- 11- 7, 5- 11- 8. Distance Factors.

Jason Randall
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
*New (210C- 3) 19 July, 2021
198 iv, 1- 2- 41, 1- 4- 4. Re- issue of Supplement 124 to
revise date of rescindment to July
31, 2022.

for Jason Randall

Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(210N- 3) 4 November, 2021
199 iv, v, vi, vii, viii, 1- 2- 49, 2- 1- i, Update to approved Fuel Grades
2- 1- ii, 2- 5- 1, 2- 5- 2, and Fuel Additives. Addition of
2- 5- 3, 2- 5- 4, 2- 5- 5, Minimum Fuel Tank Temperature
2- 5- 6, 2- 5- 7*, 2- 5- 8*. limitations. Re- numbering of
sub- paragraphs under Fuel
Limitations.

Jason Randall
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
*New (200S- 3) 3 December, 2021

1 December,
3 June, 2019 2021 MODEL 315 1- 2- 41

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1
D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1- 83- 1A

LIST OF REVISIONS (CONT’D)

Rev. Pages Approved by/

No. Affected Subject Date
200 iv, vi, 1- 2- 42, 5- 1- 5. Update to section 5.1.6 Use of
Performance Data and Charts.

Jason Randall
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(20AB - 3) 11 March, 2022
201 iv, 1- 2- 42, 1- 4- 4, 1- 5- 3, Re- issue of Supplement 97
1- 5- 4. Single or Dual UNS- 1Ew Flight
Management System
(MS 8Q420799 or MS 8Q420829
or MS 8Q420864). Andreas Hartono
A/ Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
(210W- 3) 7 June, 2022

1- 2- 42 MODEL 315 71June,

June,2022
201
Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#$%

, % .$ , % .$

/ .$ 23 / .$ 23

4
%3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

1.4 LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS
A supplement is inserted in Section 6 of this Flight Manual when the equipment to which it refers is incorporated
in the airplane, or when any special limitation, operating procedure or configuration to which it refers is
approved for the airplane. This manual is valid only when it contains all the supplements issued relating to such
equipment, limitation, procedure or configuration approved for the airplane.
Canadian Department of Transport approval of each supplement is recorded on the initial page of each
supplement.
The LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS provides a complete listing of supplements for this Flight Manual. Only
supplements applicable to the airplane for which this manual is intended to be used should be inserted in
Section 6 and recorded in the LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS, Sub- Section 1.6.

LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS

Supp. Issue
Subject
No. No.

2 1 Ground Proximity Warning System

3 2 Operation in Tailwinds Between 10 and 20 Knots

4 1 Standby Attitude/Heading System (SAHS) (S.O.O. 8151)

5 Rescinded by Revision 189 <190E>, 2 May, 2019

6 7 Auxiliary Power Unit (S.O.O. 8155 or CR849SO08155 or SA97- 39)

7 1 Operation with Inoperative Anti-skid Brake Control System

8 2 Operation with Inoperative Nosewheel Steering System

10 3 Operation with One ECU Inoperative

11 3 Operation with One Inoperative Stall Warning and/or Stick Pusher System

12 1 Steep Approach and Landing (S.O.O. 8054 or CR834CH00151 or CR834CH00223)

13 4 Take-off with Reduced Power

14 Rescinded by Revision 189 <190E>, 2 May, 2019

2
21June,
January,
19952019 MODEL 315 1- 4- 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS (Cont’d)

Supp. Issue
Subject
No. No.

16 5 Category II Operations

18 2 Dual Bendix MLS- 21 Microwave Landing System (S.O.O. 8015)

19 3 Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) (Honeywell EDZ- 811)

20 1 Omega/VLF Navigation System (C.S.I. 82374)

21 1 Take- off and Landing with Bleed “ON” (Mod 8/2183, 8/2184 and 8/1908)

23 1 Noise Abatement Procedures (Landing with 1050 propeller RPM)

24 2 Auxiliary Fuel System (CR828SOO0006 or CR828CH00027)

Operation from Unpaved/Gravel Runways

26 2
(CR803CH00039, CR853CH00024, CR853CH00028 or CR853SO08007)

Operation with 10-Minute Maximum Take-off Power Following Engine Failure During
27 1
Take-off

33 7 Collins Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS II) (CR834SO00375)

35 1 Operation from Runways with Slopes Greater than ±2%

37 3 Supplementary Performance Information for Operation on Contaminated Runways

39 1 Noise Abatement Procedures and Performance (Landing with 900 Propeller RPM)

41 17 Configuration Deviation List

43 1 Operation with Inoperative Autofeather System

ILS Raw Data Only Steep Approach (S.O.O. 8054 or CR834CH00151 or

45 1 CR834CH00223)

1- 4- 2 MODEL 315 20 November,

2 June, 2019
1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS (Cont’d)

Supp. Issue
Subject
No. No.

48 3 Landing from 4.5° Approach and 35 ft Screen Height

49 Rescinded by Revision 189 <190E>, 2 May, 2019

50 3 Flap 10 Landing (CR803CH00064)

51 2 Supplementary Performance Information for Take-off on Wet Runways

54 3 Operation from Narrow Runways

Dual UNS- 1C Flight Management System (MS8Q420551 or CR834SO00409) with

56 6
VNAV (MS8Q420488)

58 1 Rolling Take- off

Single UNS- 1C Flight Management System (CR834SO00409) with VNAV

59 7
(MS 8Q420488 or MS 8Q900997 or MS 8Q902075 or MS 8Q902069)

64 9 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) Honeywell MK VIII

66 1 Special Supplement for Japan Registered Airplanes

SFIM Aircraft Piloting and Inertial Reference System (APIRS) F227

67 3 (CR834CH00538 or MS8Q900499)

Collins Traffic Alert And Collision Avoidance System (TCAS II)

68 6 / Airborne Collision Avoidance System II (ACAS II) (Version 7.0/7.1) (CR834CH00535
or CR834CH00542 or CR834CH00544)

72 2 Autopilot Operation with a Minimum Use Height of 50 feet

79 1 Operation Into Lugano Switzerland Runway 01 Only

80 4 Dual UNS- 1C+ Flight Management System

(MS 8Q420486 or MS 8Q420509 or MS8Q420596)

83 1 Introduction of Supplement 83, Single UNS- 1E Flight Management System

(MS8Q420543 or MS8Q310011)

2
20June,
November,
1995 2019 MODEL 315 1- 4- 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS (Cont’d)

Supp. Issue
Subject
No. No.

84 3 Dual UNS- 1E Flight Management System (MS 8Q420574 or 8Q310007 or 8Q420777)

85 1 Operation with Inoperative CAB DUCT / CABIN / FC DUCT Gauge

86 1 Single UNS- 1C+ Flight Management System (MS 8Q902087)

88 3 Stabilized Approach with Landing Flap 10 (CR803CH00064) or Flap 15

92 2 Operation with One DC Generator Inoperative

79. Operation Into Lugano, Switzerland All except 3, 7, 12, 16, 18, 23, 35, 39, 45, 48,
Runway 01 Only 50, 64, 72 and 88

80. Dual UNS- 1C+ Flight Management System All except 20, 56, 59, 83, 84 and 86
(MS 8Q420486 or MS 8Q420509 or
MS8Q420596)

81. and 82. - Reserved -

83. Single UNS- 1E Flight Management System All except 20, 56, 59, 80, 84 and 86
(MS8Q420543 or MS8Q310011)

84. Dual UNS- 1E Flight Management System All except 20, 56, 59, 80, 83and 86
(MS 8Q420574 or 8Q310007 or 8Q420777)

85. Operating with Inoperative CAB DUCT/ All

CABIN / FC DUCT Gauge

86. Single UNS- 1C+ Flight Management All except 20, 56, 59, 80, 83 and 84
System (MS 8Q902087)

88. Stabilized Approach with Landing Flap 10 All except 3,12,16, 45, 48 and 79
(CR803CH00064) or Flap 15

92. Operation with One DC Generator Inoperative All

93. Operation With Inoperative Engine Fire Loop All

94. through 96. - Reserved -
97. Single or Dual UNS- 1Ew Flight Management All except 20, 56, 59, 80, 83 and 86
System (MS 8Q420799 or MS 8Q420829 or
MS 8Q420864)
94. through 99. - Reserved -
100. Operation With One Bleed System All except 21 and 124
Inoperative

2
7 May,
June,2019
2022 MODEL 315 1- 5- 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1
D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1- 83- 1A
SUPPLEMENT COMPATIBILITY TABLE (Cont’d)
Supp. No. Subject “May be used with:”
101. through - Reserved -
112.
113. Unpressurized Flight - Bleed “ON” All except 21

114. through - Reserved -

123.

124. Temporary Freight - Carrying Operations with All except 42 and 100
Passenger Seats Removed
(With MS 8Q420861 incorporated, or
subsequent equivalent modsums)

1- 5- 4 MODEL 315 72June,

May, 2019
2022

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

1.6 LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS

Insertion of all applicable supplements or reissues of those supplements must be recorded in the
appropriate columns of the LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS below.

LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS

Supp. No. Date Inserted Supp. No. Date Inserted

& Issue Inserted By & Issue Inserted By

1---6---4 MODEL 315 2

6 June, 1995
May, 2004

Print Date: 2022-07-31

#$$ %&' ( % & )'*& ##' '+ ,& & %$ %#' %#''# ,&&
-% % # & #'# #& #$$ $% ( % & $##' -#* & #* .
# # & - #& #$$ %& &% $##' % #' '+ ,& #% #'' #$$% %%
'# & #'# $-# %#%
/### #$ - #% ##' - #& #$$ % #& #$$
0% - #'' #'#(' #$$% $% ( & 1 ) 2 2 (

$
2 30%% #*% -- (4

0%% )' 1#% - 5$## 5*% '#%

#6$$ #' 7& $% ) '#% 0#

/58 888889

9: ) +%$ /&;% + 9 <% =)'+* #+> - )

9 0%%
9 ) 5*% '#% 2 0#* /5 /<888

:! # ,& / 1# 0# )

:
:! 5*% '#% '+

#+ !!
8:

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#

$
#*% -- (4
2 30%%

!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

1.8 LOG OF AMENDMENTS

Insertion of all applicable amendments or reissues of those amendments must be recorded in
the appropriate columns of the LOG OF AMENDMENTS below.

LOG OF AMENDMENTS

Amdt. No. Date Inserted Amdt. No. Date Inserted

& Issue Inserted By & Issue Inserted By

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 1---8---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

LOG OF AMENDMENTS(Cont’d)

Amdt. No. Date Inserted Amdt. No. Date Inserted

& Issue Inserted By & Issue Inserted By

1---8---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

1.9 DEFINITIONS

IAS Indicated airspeed --- Airspeed indicator reading corrected for instrument error. Values
in this manual assume zero instrument error.

CAS Calibrated airspeed --- Indicated airspeed corrected for position error.

EAS Equivalent airspeed --- Calibrated airspeed corrected for compressibility error.

TAS True airspeed = (EAS)

√⎯⎯
σ

VS Stalling speed.

VMCA Minimum control speed, air --- Minimum flight speed at which the airplane is
controllable with a maximum of 5_ bank, when the critical engine suddenly becomes
inoperative, with the remaining engine at maximum take---off power.

VMCG Minimum control speed, ground --- Minimum speed on the ground at which control can
be maintained and take---off continued using aerodynamic controls alone, when the
critical engine suddenly becomes inoperative, with the remaining engine at maximum
take---off power.

VEF Critical engine failure speed.

V1 Take---off decision speed --- Speed at which, due to engine failure or other causes, the
pilot may elect to stop or to continue take---off.

VR Rotation speed --- Speed at which rotation is initiated during take---off to attain V2 at or
before a height of 35 ft above the runway.

VLOF Lift ---off speed.

V2 Take---off safety speed --- Target climb speed to be attained at or before a height of 35 ft
above the runway during a continued take---off, following an engine failure.

VMCL Minimum control speed during landing approach --- Minimum flight speed at which the
airplane is controllable with a maximum of 5_ bank, when the critical engine suddenly
becomes inoperative and with the remaining engine at maximum take---off power.

VREF Approach speed at a height of 50 ft above the runway in the landing configuration.

ISA International Standard Atmospheric Conditions.

OAT Outside air temperature.

SAT Static air temperature (In---flight SAT = OAT).

RPM Revolutions per minute.

σ Density ratio.

Np Propeller RPM.

NH High pressure gas generator RPM.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 1---9---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

NL Low pressure gas generator RPM.

Take---off The take---off distance is the longer of:

Distance

a. 115% of the distance from the start of the take---off roll to the point at which the
airplane attains a height of 35 feet above the take---off surface, with all engines
operating.

b. The distance from the start of the take---off roll to the point where the airplane
attains a height of 35 feet above the take---off surface, with a critical engine failure
such that the failure would be recognized at the Decision Speed V1.

Take---off The take---off run is the longer of:

Run

a. 115% of the distance from the start of the take---off roll to the mid point between
lift ---off and the point at which the airplane attains a height of 35 feet above the
take---off surface, with all engines operating.

b. The distance from the start of take---off roll to the mid---point between lift ---off and
the point at which the airplane attains a height of 35 feet above the take---off
surface, with a critical engine failure such that the failure would be recognized at
the Decision Speed V1.

Accelerate--- The accelerate---stop distance is the longer of a. and b. which are defined
stop below:
Distance

a. Accelerate---stop distance with an engine failure at VEF as defined below:

1. The distance necessary to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to VEF
with all engines operating plus:

2. The distance required to accelerate the airplane from VEF to V1 and continue the
acceleration for 2.0 seconds after V1 is reached, assuming the critical engine
fails at VEF plus:

3. The distance required to come to a full stop from the point reached at the end of
the acceleration period prescribed in paragraph a.2 above, assuming that the
pilot does not apply any means of retarding the airplane until that point is
reached and that the critical engine is still inoperative.

b. Accelerate---stop distance with all engines operating as defined below:

1. The distance necessary to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to V1 and
continue the acceleration for 2.0 seconds after V1 is reached with all engines
operating plus:

2. The distance required to come to a full stop from the point reached at the end of
the acceleration period prescribed in paragraph b.1 above, assuming that the

1---9---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

pilot does not apply any means of retarding the airplane until that point is
reached and that all engines are still operating.

Clearway An area beyond the runway, not less than 500 feet wide, centrally located about the
extended centerline of the runway, and under the control of the airport authorities. The
clearway is expressed in terms of a clearway plane, extending from the end of the
runway with an upward slope not exceeding 1.25%, above which no object nor any
terrain protrudes. However, threshold lights may protrude above the plane if their
height above the end of the runway is 26 inches or less and if they are located to each
side of the runway. (The clearway in no instance may be more than one---half the
runway length as required by the relevant operating regulation).

Stopway An area beyond the take---off runway at least as wide as the runway and centered upon
the extended centerline of the runway, able to support the airplane during an aborted
takeoff, without causing structural damage to the airplane, and designated by the
airport authorities for use in decelerating the airplane during an aborted takeoff.

Take---off The take---off path begins from a standing start and ends at 1500 feet

Path above the take---off surface or at the point where transition from take---off to enroute
configuration is completed, whichever is higher.

Take---off The take---off flight path begins at the end of the take---off distance and

Flight Path at a height of 35 feet above the take---off surface, and ends at 1500 feet above the
take---off surface, or at the point where transition from take---off to enroute
configuration is completed, whichever is higher.

Net Take---Off The net take---off flight path is the actual take---off flight path diminished

Flight Path by a gradient of climb (or equivalent reduction in acceleration along that part of the
take---off flight path at which the airplane is accelerated in level flight) of 0.8 percent.

Land as soon Land at the nearest airport that offers sufficient runway landing distance available
as possible and if required, emergency services to support the emergency or abnormality.

Land as soon The airplane may continue to the destination airport or the nearest airport where
as practicable maintenance services are available.

2 January,
6 June, 1995
2006 MODEL 315 1---9---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1---9---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

1.10 ABBREVIATIONS
The following is a list of abbreviations used in this manual:
AC --- Alternating Current E.L.T. --- Emergency Locator
ACT --- Actuator Transmitter
A/COL --- Anti---collision EMER
ADC --- Air Data Computer EMERG --- Emergency
ADF --- Automatic Direction Finder ENG --- Engine
ADI --- Attitude Director Indicator EXT --- External
ADVSY --- Advisory EXTG --- Extinguisher
AFCS --- Automatic Flight Control FC --- Flight Compartment
System FD --- Flight Director
AGL --- Above Ground Level FDR --- Flight Data Recorder
AHRS --- Attitude Heading FGC --- Flight Guidance Computer
Reference System FLT --- Flight
AIL --- Aileron FLTR --- Filter
ALT --- Altitude/Altimeter FLX --- Flexible (Temperature)
AP --- Autopilot fpm --- Feet per Minute
ASDA --- Accelerate---stop ft --- Feet
Distance Available FWD --- Forward
ATA --- Air Transport Association GEN --- Generator
ATT --- Attitude GND --- Ground
AUX --- Auxiliary GPWS --- Ground Proximity Warning
BAT/BATT --- Battery System
BAG --- Baggage G/S --- Glideslope
BAR --- Barometric HBOV --- Handling Bleed---off Valve
BTL --- Bottle HP --- High Pressure
_C --- Degrees Celsius H.S. --- High Speed
CAB --- Cabin HSI --- Horizontal Situation
CAS --- Calibrated Airspeed Indicator
CAT --- Category HT --- Heat
CAUT --- Caution HTR --- Heater
CB --- Circuit Breaker HYD --- Hydraulic
CG --- Center of Gravity IAS --- Indicated Air Speed
comm --- Communication ICAO --- International Civil Aviation
CONT --- Control Organization
CVR --- Cockpit Voice Recorder ISO --- International Standard
DADC --- Digital Air Data Computer Organization
DC --- Direct Current IFR --- Instrument Flight Rules
DET --- Detection ILS --- Instrument Landing
DG --- Directional Gyro System
DIFF --- Differential in --- Inches
DISC --- Discing INBD --- Inboard
DISENG --- Disengage IND --- Indicator
DN --- Down INV --- Inverter
D.O.T. --- Department of INVLD --- Invalid
Transport (Canada) ISA --- International Standard
EAS --- Equivalent Airspeed Atmosphere
ECU --- Electronic Control Unit ITT --- Inter Turbine Temperature
EL --- Elevation KG --- Kilograms
ELEV --- Elevator kt --- Knots

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 1---10---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 1 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

L --- Left PWR --- Power

LB --- Pounds QTY --- Quantity
L/G --- Landing Gear R --- Right
m --- Meters REC --- Record
M.A.C. --- Mean Aerodynamic Chord RECIRC --- Recirculation
MAN --- Manual RMI --- Radio Magnetic Indicator
MAX --- Maximum RPM --- Revolutions per Minute
MCL --- Maximum Climb Power RUD --- Rudder
MCP --- Maximum Continuous Power SAHS --- Standby Attitude/Heading
MCR --- Maximum Cruise Power System
MIC --- Microphone SAT --- Static Air Temperature
MIN --- Minimum SEC --- Secondary
MLS --- Microwave Landing System SEL --- Select
mm --- Millimetres S/L --- Sea Level
Mod --- Modification Spec --- Specification
MS --- Modification Summary SPLR --- Spoiler
(Modsum) SPU --- Standby Power Unit
MTOP --- Maximum Take---off Power Sq --- square
NAV --- Navigation STBY --- Standby
NO. --- Number SW --- Switch
NORM --- Normal SYM --- Symbol
NTOP --- Normal Take---off Power T.A. --- Temporary Amendment
OAT --- Outside Air Temperature TAS --- True Airspeed
O/RID --- Override TCS --- Touch Control Steering
OUTBD --- Outboard Temp --- Temperature
PA --- Public Address TMR --- Timer
PASS --- Passenger TOP --- Take---off Power
PFCS --- Powered Flight Control TQ --- Torque
Surface TRANS --- Transmitter
PL --- Power Lever TRU --- Transformer Rectifier Unit
PLT --- Pilot V --- Volts
PRESS --- Pressure VERT --- Vertical
PRI --- Primary VFR --- Visual Flight Rules
PROP --- Propeller VG --- Vertical Gyro
psi --- Pounds per Square VHF --- Very High Frequency
Inch WARN --- Warning
PSID --- Pounds per Square WDO --- Window
Inch Differential WT --- Weight
PSM --- Product Support YD --- Yaw Damper
Manual
PTU --- Power Transfer Unit

1---10---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

21 January, 2000

de Havilland Inc. Section 1
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

1.12 MEASUREMENT CONVERSION

Standard measurement conversions are presented in the following figures.

Figure Title Page

1---12---1 Conversion of Outside Air Temperature (OAT)

Figure 1-- 12-- 7

1---12---8 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!!"!# $% !"

&!' !" !)
*"# ! !"
+!
, )) ,
- '! !)
. /) !) .

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! #$ %&#' !' ' &' ( (' !
# ) ! #%#

! *#%%# *+ % ' # ! #' +#$,
&%# -! ! .&' %' ) +### ! #) , #%

! ##) ' ) ) !$ -! ! '#), .& ')
(, ! #%#(% $%#' ' '#%%

! ! *+ % ' %$(% ) ! )%%-$ /' ) #'0
#, # $! 123
423
4$ +'
"
$ &#, '% )& &#% ' ' ) !'
) -!! ! #%# -#' )# '(5 6 7 #
4 4$ +'

# " ! &&& )%$! - ' % # %

(
8

Print Date: 2022-07-31

$ % !

Print Date: 2022-07-31

AMENDMENT
de Havilland Inc. Section 2
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

2.2 WEIGHT AND LOADING

2.2.1 MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL WEIGHT LIMITS.
CR803S000001 CR803S000002
incorporated incorporated
Ramp weight 18,734 kg 19,087 kg 19,595 kg
(41,300 lb) (42,080 lb) (43,200 lb)
Max Take---off weight 18,643 kg 18,997 kg 19,505 kg
(41,100 lb) (41,880 lb) (43,000 lb)
Max Landing weight 18,144 kg 18,597 kg 19,051 kg
(40,000 lb) (41,000 lb) (42,000 lb)
Max Zero fuel weight 16,874 kg 17,463 kg 17,917 kg
(37,200 lb) (38,500 lb) (39,500 lb)
Minimum Structural Design 11,204 kg 11,204 kg 11,204 kg
Weight (24,700 lb) (24,700 lb) (24,700 lb)

Note
Maximum take---off weight and maximum landing weight may be
reduced by performance requirements of Section 5.

2.2.2 CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS (LANDING GEAR DOWN).

MAX. TAKEOFF WEIGHT
CR803SO00002 CR803SO00001
WEIGHT WEIGHT
--LB --KG
45,000
43,000 19,505
41,880 18,997
41,100 18,643
40,000

MAX. TAKEOFF WEIGHT

35,000 21.5

20.9
20.55
30,000 13,608
dfm0100000_001.dg, ik/jc, 05/12/00

25,000

15 20 25 30 35 40
C.G.--%M.A.C.

Figure 2--2--1. CG Limits

2 June,
17 19952001
January, MODEL 315 2---2---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

AMENDMENT
Section 2 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

Forward limit:
Up to 13,608 kg (30,000 lb) --- 15% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,937 mm)
From 13,608 to 18,643 kg --- Varies linearly from 15%
(30,000 to 41,100 lb) to 20.55% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,937 mm)
to 395.94 in (10,057 mm)

Forward limit (CR803SO00001):

Up to 13,608 Kg (30,000 lb) --- 15% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,937 mm)
From 13,608 to 18,997 kg --- Varies linearly from 15%
(30,000 to 41,880 lb) to 20.9% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,937 mm) to
396.24 in (10,065 mm)

Forward limit (CR803SO00002):

Up to 13,608 Kg (30,000 lb) --- 15% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,937 mm)
From 13,608 to 19,505 kg --- Varies linearly from 15%
(30,000 to 43,000 lb) to 21.5% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,937 mm) to
396.75 in (10,078 mm)

Aft limit:
40% M.A.C. (412.57 in or 10,479 mm) at all weights

2.2.3 LOADING INSTRUCTIONS. The airplane must always be loaded (i.e. crew, passengers, fuel, freight,
and baggage) to remain within the weight and center of gravity limits in paragraphs 2.2.1 and 2.2.2. Procedures
for calculating weight and center of gravity of a loaded airplane are contained in the Weight and Balance Manual
(PSM 1---83---8).
2.2.4 LOADING LIMITS. For baggage compartment loading limits for the various configurations, refer to
the Cargo Loading Manual (PSM 1---83---8A).

2.2.5 MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS. The following maneuvering limit load factors limit the
permissible angle of bank in turns and limit the severity of pull---up and push---over maneuvers.
Flap retracted + 2.5g
--- 1.0g

Flap extended + 2.0g

0.0g

2.2.6 MAXIMUM LATERAL ASYMMETRY. Maximum fuel imbalance between contents of main fuel tanks is
272 kg (600 lb).

2---2---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

17 January, 2001

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 2
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

2.3 PERFORMANCE

2.3.1 MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE.

Maximum Operating Altitude 25,000 ft ASL

Maximum Operating Altitude for Take---off and Landing 10,000 ft ASL

2.3.2 MAXIMUM RUNWAY SLOPES.

Maximum runway slopes approved for take---off and landing are:

+ 2% (uphill)
--- 2% (downhill)

2.3.3 MAXIMUM TAILWIND COMPONENT.

Maximum tailwind component (measured at a height of 10 meters) approved for take---off and landing
is 10 knots.

2.3.4 MAXIMUM CROSSWIND COMPONENT.

Maximum crosswind (measured at a height of 10 metres) approved for take---off and landing on a
hard, dry runway is 36 knots.

2.3.5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE LIMITS -- FLIGHT AND GROUND.

a. Airplane maximum operating ambient temperature limit is 48.9_C or ISA + 35_C, whichever is
lower.

b. Airplane minimum operating ambient temperature limit is ---54_C.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 2---3---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 2 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2---3---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 2
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

2.4 AIRSPEEDS

2.4.1 AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS. The airspeed limitations and associated definitions are as follows:

NOTE
The airspeed limitations apply to all weights up to 19,500 kg (43,000 lb)
gross weight unless otherwise stated.
KNOTS IAS
1. Maximum Operating Speed (VMO) 0 to 17000 ft 243
This speed limit must not be deliberately 20000 ft 232
exceeded in any regime of flight (climb, 25000 ft 214
cruise or descent) unless a higher speed is
authorized for flight test or pilot training. VMO
varies linearly between the given altitudes.

2. Flap Extended Speed (VFE) Flap 5_ 163

Flap 10_ 154
Flap 15_ 150
Flap 35_ 138

3. Maneuvering Speed (VA) 177

Full application of rudder and aileron controls, and

maneuvers that involve angles of attack near the
stall, should be confined to speeds below this value.

CAUTION
Rapid and large alternating control inputs, especially in combination
with large changes in pitch, roll or yaw (eg. large sideslip angles), may
result in structural failure at any airspeed, including below VA.

4. Landing Gear Operating Speed (VLO) 163

The maximum speed at which it is safe to extend or

retract the landing gear.

5. Landing Gear Extended Speed (VLE) 173

The maximum speed at which the airplane can be

safely flown with landing gear extended.

6. Rough Air Speed 190

The maximum airspeed for flight in severe

turbulence.

7. Alternate Gear Extension Speed 140

Under this mode of extension, speed is limited

because all wheel well doors remain open after gear
is fully down.

2 August,
5 June, 1995
2004 MODEL 315 2---4---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 2 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2---4---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"! $ %& " " '
( %
)* )! )+ ,-. /_'
)* )! )+ ,0. 1/ _' 2 1 _' - + (-
% 3&++ + '
- +4+ () 5)!)
)* )! ) "6 2 1_'
5)!) (! " + 7777 "
!) 8"" - 79 :! ,)(.
( +&+) ,- !).

; 2<=22

%; ? ?@ ? ? ? 2; 2

' < <A < 2 , . ',7.
2<= ;>0
9 9; 9; ;
,D.
? B CC 7 @ 77 7/ 7 D @ /
, .,.

< ; B CC ,. D@,@. 7 D 7 ,. @ /
,< .

?20 7 77 7/ 7 D @ /

' <2<0 0 , .
,'. @

;2<= 7 ,/. 77 ? /72<

; <2<,. /7 7/ 7 D 7 77 ? ?

?;E; 7 D@,@. 7 D 7 @ /

* )!+ * !+ " +4 4 -
!*F+

' ;"+6
,. + 4 + ) () )!+
,. )( 8"" + :! () (!+ 9 + ) :! "((-4
- +4 + "(4 () + 79
, . 5)!) :! + 79 " <
5)!) :! + @9 " < (-
,/. )! (! " 77_' 7_' + ) () ++ )! (! " /7_'
77_' + ) () ++
,. 0(++ -+ + + ()+ ) () 7 ++

)*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

,@. <)( 8F"" 2 () 4 C4! )& * 5 *& _ ' " )5)!) " 7
++ !4 8F"" 4! ((

_

,D. )!) "(4 ( <A + @@9
,. <A () +- C4! )& * 5 *& 7 9 " )5)!) " ++

!"
/77

/77

/777

77
@7,7 D9.

D7,7 9.
D77

@77

/77
7 @7 /7 7 7 7 /7 @7
_

)*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

AMENDMENT

, . ( ++! )+6
,. <)( ( ++! + @ 2
,*. ( ++! *- /7 2 + ((- 4 + *(- D9 <A
,. % 5 " +( ! !4 4 + ( ++! *(- /7 2 :!+ 4
+!-
,7. <)( ( )! + /_ ' _'
,. )! (! " _' _' + ) () 7 )!+
,*. !"4 (( " - +4+ * "(4 ( ))!) (
)! " 7_' + :!
,. C :! ( +( F4 ))!) ( )! " /_ ' + :!

C0 =;
C!(+ ")4 & " "((-4 +"+ " !+ 54 " "!(+ + )

'2C2' 2 <
G
' < 2 < 0 '2
B; <
H H '=3 @
H '=3 =/ 2 @/
H 2
H177 2
; = 7D
= 7D
%2 '0
H 3 '=3 @
H/ '=3 2 @/

+ - % '! & "!(+ + * - !+
)! , . + )! , . -) 7I '
% !+4 H177 "!( "!( +*! +&+) )!+ )
:!)+ + !*(+ !+& ++
;"6
,. 2J2F6 "+ >!("
!+ " H C!( C(J+
'4& K77L
,*. ' F3 @6 4 A(4 ++4 "
C!(+ )+
@ '=3 M "!(+ 4((& 8- + D@@
, !* C!( '4 &+N A&*+.
F" + H H "!(+ + :!( "++(
*+ "!(+

)*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

2<20 C0 <B ; 0;

))!) 4 "!( 8 )! )!+ * (++ I ' * "N4 )! "
"!( *4 !+

C0 G C;O2<= ,I '. % 30B C0 ,I '.

B; <
H /7
H H H177 /D /
H /@ /
; 7
@7
%2 '0
H 3 7 /
H/

2" "!( 8 + "" "!( 4+ 4+ "!( "N4
)! " "!( 4+ 8 )!+ * !+ +!
"N4 " "!( + ) "!( 8 +!(
))!) " 79 " "!( 4 - (-+ "!( "N4
)!

/ )*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

C0 22E

"((-4 "!( + " !+ - "!(+

22E G '2C2' 2 < ; 3; < < ? ' <'<; 2 <

&( =(&( )&( , =.
7 9 *& E(!)
,2 /D7 /D & 222.
;!++ :! 2
C0 G ,&( =(&( &( ")4 7 7 9 *& E(!)
2'2<= 2<A232 ; = .
;!++ C(! 2 ,79 )5! :! 2 -
79 )&( (( + " 7 7 9 *& E(!)
0@7/.
3* HC D7 *& %4
32 '2
B C 77 *& E(!)

2' 2 /7 7 *& %4

22 ; ;!++ P4*(Q 7 *& %4

/ 0 3 C0

C!( )4 "!( 8+ - :!& + +- N "!( + !+*( "(4 0+*( "!(
8 + D 84 , (*. 8

0?22 ;G C0 0

8 8 !5(& !)+ )!+ * " 8"" (4

@ C0 A ;

'!!+ - "!( !( )! *(- R ' * DR ' +
*

)*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

#
( 46 (+ - ") 2 @

$
!"!6 A)( !+
(6 /C /C

%

; ? 2 < C % 3G
) ) ""
) ) ""
) 7 ) ""

& % '(! )84+ +4 4 ()+
4+ 4 +!) (+ "( *+
:! 2+
5)!) ,+ (. 7 9
7 @ , J @.
5)!) )( , (. 79
'! ,&((- . @ 7 9
@ 7 @ , J @.
<)( 4 ,4 . 7 @9
!* )! 2+ ,@.
5)!) +4 , 4(. 7_'
5)!) ,+ (. 77_'
5)!) )( , (. D@_'
<)( 4 ,4 . 7 77_'
() ,)* (4. 77_'
(( ; 2+ ,<.
5)!) , (. )
'! ,&((- . 77 D7 )
<)( 4 ,4 . D7 )
=+ = ,A4 ++!. ; 2 ,<A.
5)!) , (. 7 D9
<)( 4 ,4 . @@ 7 D9
<)( + 4 ,4 . 7 79
=+ = ,- ++!. ; 2 ,<.
; ;( 7/9

@ )*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

( )! 2
5)!) , (. _'
)!) , (. /7_'
'! ,&((- . _'
/7 /_'
<)( 4 ,4 . / _'
( ++! 2
)!) , (. /7 +
'! ,&((- . /7 +
- ++! -4 (4 /7 // +
<)( 4 ,4 . @ +
C!( )! 2
5)!) , (. D_'
'! ,&((- . /7 _'
<)( 4 ,4 . D_'

' ( (

5)!) :! + 9
5)!) :! - (( " /9
)!) <A @@9
/ (( !!+ *- 77 D7 ) + *
5 - (( ) 5++ " D7 )!+ (& * ! - (
(& -
) "
2"(4 " %; (+ " " C 2 4 + * C(! *+ +
() -(( !+ (( + ++*( 4 "(! )& +!( (++ " "
(

)*7
D

Print Date: 2022-07-31

)*7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" $%& & ' ' ( () '( * +, - . ,(/,, +(, ('
/ 0 (+ 1(2 *(' 0 '* 3) '( +( ,(2 / )* (+
0 ,

(/,, +(, (' 0 0+') ( -

&4 ( (/,, +(, (' 0 ' ( -

& &4 (/,, +(, (' 0 0+') ( -

" $%& & (/,, +(, (' 0 ' ( -_" -
(/,, +(, (' 0 ' ( ( (1 -_" -
(/,, +(, (' 0 0+') ( -

5%6&& (/,, +(, (' 0 ' ( 0+') ( -

! " (/,, (+ 3) ) +(' '( (7 0+( /
* --- 0

# $ ! " (/,, 8 '*

% ! "!! &

%,(+ (1 ** 00(+ +, 9- *
(/,, (1 ** 00(+ +, ! *
(/,, (1 ** 00(+ +, - *
' (/' (800 ( +('
(/,, (1 (+ :**; 0+')< --- 0
=+ ( ,* 1 00 0 (800 ( +('

' ( )!* =(8 +' ,* :*1* < ,* 1 1*
13 ( +(' ( +3'2 > (800 ( ( *1*? (800 * )( *00
1(8 '2 * ((+(1+ 1' ) (+( ( ,+ * 0 ) *1*? (800 * >

@(2 !!
--.

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

"!

See Effective TA
%$5%
' (8 12A(** * ,* 1 ( ' ' *3) ( %4 : B--
B-! 4 < 0 ' ( ' *

5"5%$ " % 55 %C
5' * /* 3) ) ) ' ( 0 (800 *
-_" 1+3 0+') * _" 1+3 ( *1+ ,*
(2 0, * * :*) (* +* 0' 3) *1+2 0 ,+ +**
( *3 *+ 2*(+*< 5' * ( *
/* ( ,(* 0 @-D" :@-DE< 1+3
5' * (+* /* 3) ) ) ' ( 0 (800
* -_ " 1+3 3) (' (,* (/3(2* 3(2* 3)
*0( *3 *(' 3( *+*) ,(2 1 '* 12 )
'* 0; '* (++* ' ** 1*

5&E&
F) * ) 5&E& 4 *+ ,* 1 * E F
(('() @ . & 5 % 5% 5"5%$ " % 55 %

+ ! ,-

) E" * ( 0 "('2 (* +2
' (+ ( ) + ,* 1 *( ( ) +* 3) )(** *
) (+ ,* 1 ,((++2 3
@ + ( 0+') +2 (()* ( ( 0 ( '+*+ ('+ 0 _ )') @_
$+*+ ('+* '( )( -_ ( ( 0 (() 0+( _ +2
(() ) (+ ,* 1 *'(' ( (1 -- 0 (1 3(2 +(
(+ (() ,* 1 ,, 3) ( ( '

) (+ ,* 1 *'(' ( (1 --- 0 $
. , * , 3)C
:(< E+( _
:1< E+( _ (+ '(' 1+3 -- 0 $
:< E+( -_ (+ '(' 1+3 -- 0 $
4* 0 6 & 3) (**( * , % 6 ( ,
! + 1(8* (()* ( ,
- 0 (800 '( ) ,,, )') 0 (+ '(', * --- 0 $
, 7!. (+(* ) (+ ,* 1 *'(' ( (** (1 -- 8* 5
) (+ ,* 1 *'(' * '

'* -
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 13

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 2---6---2 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

Insert the additional Limitation below following 2.6.7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS) on
page 2---6---2.

2.6.8 MODE S ELEMENTARY SURVEILLANCE (ELS) AND ENHANCED SURVEILLANCE (EHS)

CAPABILITY.

The Mode S transponder does not provide EHS parameters defined in EASA AMC 20---13, and as
such is referred to as “EHS Non Capable”.
Bombardier has received an Exemption Letter from Eurocontrol Ref. # DAP/SPR/MSA/2005---69,
which allows an operator to apply for and be granted an open ended exemption against EHS
requirements. A prerequisite of this exemption is that aircraft must be compliant with Mode S
Elementary Surveillance requirements.
With MS 8Q420485 or MS 8Q310008 incorporated, the DHC---8 Model 315 is compliant with the
Mode S Elementary (ELS) requirements defined by JAA TGL 13 Rev. 1.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 29 March, 2007

MODEL 315 Page 1 of 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 18

ENGINE IGNITION
FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100813

Insert this sheet facing page 2---6---2

Replace with text below the following after paragraph 2.6.6 :

ENGINE

Engine intake by---pass doors must be open and engine ignition switch at MANUAL for
engine operation in icing conditions.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch

Date: 10 July, 2013

Issue 1 MODEL 315 Page 1 of 6

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

AMENDMENT NO. 3

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL WEIGHT LIMITS FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING CR803SO00002-- 04

Insert this sheet facing page 2---2---1

In paragraph 2.2.1 MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL WEIGHT LIMITS and in paragraph 2.2.2 CENTER OF GRAVITY
LIMITS (LANDING GEAR DOWN), replace the existing content with the following:

2.2.1 MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL WEIGHT LIMITS.

CR803SO00002-- 04
incorporated
Ramp weight 19,586 kg (43,179 lb)
Max Take-off weight 19,495 kg (42,979 lb)
Max Landing weight 19,051 kg (42,000 lb)
Max Zero Fuel weight 17,917 kg (39,500 lb)
Minimum Structural Design weight 11,204 kg (24,700 lb)
NOTE
Maximum take-off weight and maximum landing weight may be
reduced by performance requirements of Section 5.

2.2.2 CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS (LANDING GEAR DOWN).

MAX. TAKEOFF WEIGHT
CR803SO00002--04
45,000
42,979 19,495

40,000

WEIGHT WEIGHT
--LB 35,000 --KG

30,000 13,608
dod1400000_003.dg, jc, 15/08/00

25,000

15 20 25 30 35 40
21.49
C.G. -- % M.A.C.

Figure 2-- 2-- 1. CG Limits

Page 1 of 4
3 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

1 December, 2000
Date:

Issue 1 MODEL 315 Page 2 of 4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

AMENDMENT NO. 3

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL WEIGHT LIMITS FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING CR803SO00002-- 04

Insert this sheet facing page 2---2---2

Forward limit (CR803SO00002---04):
Up to 13,608 Kg (30,000 lb) --- 15% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,936 mm)
From 13,608 to 19,495 kg --- Varies linearly from 15%
(30,000 to 42,979 lb) to 21.49% M.A.C., 391.20 in (9,936 mm) to
396.74 in (10,077 mm)

Aft limit:
40% M.A.C. (412.57 in or 10,479 mm) at all weights

Flap extended + 2.0g

0.0g

2.2.6 MAXIMUM LATERAL ASYMMETRY. Maximum fuel imbalance between contents of main fuel tanks is
270 kg (600 lb).

Page
Issue 31 of 4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

AMENDMENT NO. 2

FUEL GRADES FOR ROMANIAN REGISTERED AIRPLANES

Insert this sheet facing page 2---5---3

In paragraph 2.5.2 FUEL, replace the Fuel Grade table with the following:

2.5.2 FUEL
[Link] FUEL GRADES
1. Fuels conforming to any of the following specifications are approved for use. Mixing of fuels is permitted.

SPECIFICATION
TYPE
CANADIAN U.S. ROMANIA
KEROSENE

JET A, JET A1 CGSB 3.23 ASTM D1655 STAS 55639---88 (TH)

JP---5 CGSB 3---GP---24 MIL---DTL---5624 ---
JP---8 --- MIL---DTL---83133 ---
--- MIL---DTL---83133 ---
WIDE CUT
JET B CGSB 3.22 ASTM---D1655 ---
JP---4 CGSB 3.22 MIL---DTL---5624 ---

Approved:
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch

Date: 9 September, 2010

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

At commencement of third segment:

5. Airspeed --- Accelerate to final take---off climb speed (figure 5---2---9).
6. FLAP selector lever --- 0_ at flap retraction initiation speed (figure 5---6---14) flap 5_ and 10_ or (figure
5---6---15) flap 15_.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.
7. Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN. See paragraph 3.2.1.
8. Power --- Set maximum continuous (figure 5---1---12) and continue climb.

3---1---2 MODEL 315 14 2March,

June, 1995
2005

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

!" $ %&'' () * +
, $ %&'' () *- **

+' '$$.( /$ ' $ *- ** 0 $$ /
'&0 /$ && "1 * 2"3-1* 2"
/.0 "1 * 2"
- * 2" /.0 // ,04 , & " &/5 $(0/

!0 - * 2" / /$ '' -"+ !" / &$$

$$ .$$ '&0 ' - * 2" /.0 / /$ '' 6'
$ / /$ *- **
7 - *- ** 0&$ %&'' () $$ ,04 *- 8 8 , &/5 $(0
$$9&/
+:1++ 1 & +:1++ 1 /.0/ 1- %&( () ** %&'' ()
% ;<< ;< &$&/) - %&( () ** %&'' ()
= > /.0 %&'' () **
? > /$ @
A1,2" 2 /.0 **
>A 2A " /.0/ &
< 1B -@ - & 1B -@ - /.0/ 1 %&( () ** %&'' C
()
!" $/ & (0

!" $ %&'' () D/ &/ E
!" $ %&'' () * +
, $ %&'' () *- **

+' '$$.( /$ ' $ *- ** 0 $$ /
'&0 /$ && "1 * 2"3-1* 2"
/.0 "1 * 2"
7 - *- ** 0&$ %&'' () $$ ,04 *- 8 8 , @: *! > &
@: * > &/5 $(0/ $$9&
1B -@ - /.0 %&'' () **
= 1:+1 *+" %+-+1 + 1 * 1:+1 *+" ,2,B *+" ! "1+1: 1 " "+
- *- ** 2 1 +:2)
& @: /.0 %&'' () *! > ,04 @: *! > &/5 $(0
!& < // ' ' ///F
6 @: /.0 %&'' () * > ,04 @: * > &/5 $(0

6<<

Print Date: 2022-07-31

+' ' / G(/0 1:+1 *+" & - *- ** 0&$ $(0/
.$$ ( %.0 < ," << & '
.&( 6$$ / /$)
? ,9$ 1:+1 2- !1 &&(&0

, $/ @
!" $/ & 9&G99 &4'' . %'( )
99 &/ :& / %'( =<7) '$& H %,"< ,2<<<=7) %'( )
'$& <H %'( ) '$& H
7 99 &/ %" " /$ %;<?< A<<=? &) > 8
<H , > ! <H , +1," "* /.0 %;<?< A<<=?) +1," "*
) :& / %'( =<7) '$& H I 4 %,"< ,2<<<=7) %'( ) '$&
<H I 4 %'( ) '$& H I < 4
/ & ' $96F
1 +1: : " $ - ,04 &$$ (& & 1 +1: : " &/5 $(0/

+' & / & ' $96 / & 0 $&( (& 9/ 9&
. $ 0 $$ / '&0 & & / & ' $96 /
&
= !" $ %&'' () *+:2 +
? , %&'' () *- **
+' $$ / '&0F
"1 * 2"3-1* 2" /.0 $ "1 * 2"
!0 $& ' 6/&$/ 6 6$. 7<< ' :F
/ $& '&$ &4'' $96 / %'( )
< / %" " /$ %;<?< A<<=? &) > 8 <H ,
> ! <H , +1," "* /.0 %;<?< A<<=?) +1," "* )
$& '&$ &4'' $96 / %'( ) I 4
* $ <H & '$& & & / %'( =7) '$& H %,"< ,2<<<=7) & '$&
<H %'( =) '$& H
* $ <H & '$& & & / %" " /$ %;<?< A<<=?
&) > 8 <H , > ! <H , +1," "* /.0 %;<?<
A<<=?) +1," "* ) %'( =7) '$& H I 4 %,"< ,2<<<=7) & '$& <H
I 4 %'( =) '$& H I < 4
. 9&G99 / %'( )
7 ,9$ 1:+1 2- !1 &&(&0

!" $/ * +
, $/ *- **
- *- ** 0&$ %&'' () $$ ,04 *- 8 8 , @: *! > &
@: * > &/5 $(0/ $$9&
7 1B -@ - & 1B -@ - /.0/ **

6<<

Print Date: 2022-07-31

@: /.0 %&'' () *! > ,04 @: *! > &/5 $(0

!& < // ' ' ///F

= @: /.0 * > ,04 @: * > &/5 $(0
? > "A " /.0 **
, @ !" & , @ !" /.0/ **
"B3": >" B $ "B
< && &$&

! "

$ // 6. 7< & /F
!" $ %&'' () * +
, $ %&'' () "3* 2"
+& $ // 6$. 7< / / $$9& ' J 1: + " J 1: + "
.&( $(0F
,&5 1:+1 2- !1 &&(&0
# $ $

= " , 1,1 2+" :1 1 ,+> ,"-+ 1 ,1

,- /.0 %&'' () // ,04 ,- &/5 $(0 1-
!" $ %&'' () D/ &/ E

* 0 ( .0 0 & ,-F

( /( & /$ '9 & !" $ 9 &$&$5
.0 ( 6$ '' + / ' 65 & // ' 9''$ (
// & 9&5 6 &9& 65 & /9&$$ /0$ + /
& ( /( 0 !" $ /0$ 6 &D/ /$.$5
& /90$5 0 / E /(
0 & ' ( // . $ 99 9&5 6 '&/
0& 0 & ,-
7 !" $ // 9&5 6 &/599 ' /599 E

#

,- 9 /.0 %&'' () // ,04 ,- &/5 $(0 1-
!" $ %&'' () D/ &/ E

$&( & !" $ %&'' () 6$. +,

6<<

Print Date: 2022-07-31

% "

7 6<<

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.3 PROPELLER MALFUNCTIONS

3.3.1 PROPELLER OVERSPEED.

Above 400 ft AGL:

1. SYNCHROPHASE switch --- OFF.
2. Airspeed --- Reduce.

NOTE
Minimum airspeed will be appropriate to flap configuration and flight conditions.
3. POWER lever (affected engine) --- FLT IDLE.
4. Condition lever (affected engine) --- START/FEATHER.

If propeller does not feather:

5. ALTERNATE FEATHER switch (affected engine) --- Select ALTERNATE FEATHER. Check
ALTERNATE FEATHER advisory light illuminates.
6. POWER lever (non---affected engine) --- As required to maintain the desired flight profile.

PROPELLER FEATHERS:
1. Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN. See paragraph 3.2.1.

PROPELLER DOES NOT FEATHER:

1. ALTERNATE FEATHER switch (affected engine) --- Select NORM. Check ALTERNATE advisory light
out.
2. Condition levers --- MAX.
3. POWER lever (affected engine) --- Advance. Do not exceed 1212 rpm.
4. Power--- As required to maintain the desired flight profile and reduce airspeed.

NOTE
Power and POWER levers will be asymmetric.
5. Land as soon as possible.
3.3.2 UNSCHEDULED PROPELLER FEATHERING.

Above 400 ft AGL:

1. POWER lever (affected engine) --- FLT IDLE.
2. Complete ENGINE SHUTDOWN. See paragraph 3.2.1.

3.3.3 PROPELLER GROUND RANGE ADVISORY LIGHT CYCLING.

1. POWER levers --- Advance above FLT IDLE.

2. Avoid POWER lever position that results in illumination of GROUND RANGE advisory light.

CAUTION

Do not select affected POWER lever aft of FLT IDLE on land-

ing.

3. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.

2 June,
21 April,1995
2010 MODEL 315 3---3---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

3.3.4 POWER LEVER MICRO SWITCH FAILURE (PROPELLER RPM CYCLING AT 1000 RPM)
(WITH CR873CH00011 OR MS 8Q101956 INCORPORATED)
Above 400 ft AGL:
1. Condition levers --- MIN/900Np. Check RPM of the affected propeller stops cycling.

NOTE
To avoid exceeding the maximum torque limit, the POWER lever of the
affected engine will require adjusting when retarding the condition
levers.
2. Continue the flight with the condition levers at MIN/900Np.

Approach and landing:

3. Flap 15.
4. Condition levers MIN/900Np.
5. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.

GO---AROUND FROM FINAL APPROACH:

1. Condition levers --- MAX.

NOTE
The RPM of the affected propeller will commence cycling above 1,000Np.
2. POWER levers --- Advance to normal in---flight take---off settings (figure 5---1---6).

NOTE
1. Adjust the POWER lever of the affected engine to ensure that the peak torque does
not exceed 100%

2. With normal in---flight take---off power set on the non---affected engine, the POWER
lever positions will be asymmetric.

When clear of obstacles:

3. Condition levers --- MIN/900Np. Check RPM of the affected propeller stops cycling.

3---3---2 MODEL 315 2 June,

2 June,
24 1995 1999
December, MODEL 315 3---6---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

FDR CVR
ADVSY1 FAN ADVSY 2 FAN
GPWS WEATHER RADAR
ATTENDANT PANEL LIGHTING
LEFT 26 V AC RIGHT 26 V AC

VHF NAV 1 VHF NAV 2

ADF 1 HYD QTY 2 IND + TRANS
PFCS IND HSI 2
HYD QTY 1 IND + TRANS ADI 2
HSI 1 RMI 1
ADI 1 RMI 2
RMI 1 ADF 2 (if installed)
RMI 2 ALT 2
ALT 1 STALL WARNING 2
STALL WARNING 1
EGPWS (MS 8Q100880)

3---7---4 MODEL 315 28 June,

April, 1995
2011

Print Date: 2022-07-31

1 # ! ! ! ! $

& :7 >6< 7<7 <77 > 9 ><<8? <> ?9 :7 775
& '( . & '(
> 6G<6= >< ; .?9 6G<6= >< ;
> << ? .?9 << ?
> 6<96 6 96 .?9 6<96 6 96
.?9 76:= 9=6< ; > 76:= 9=6< ;
> .( .?9 .(
<I7 7 88 96 &<I7 879< 96 )><<3
<I7 879< 96 )><< F 86;3 .?9 ? 6A 96
> ? 6A 96 .?9 <6 9 96
&<I7 879< 96 )86;3 .?9 76:= 9=6< ; ) E! 3
> <6 9 96

! # ! ! % ! %" ! $

>> & & %. +% 789 "" 9 % &9A * & + * & +% 6 <?9
6 6>> & ?6 - 6
!
> 7<? 9 6>> & & %. +% 789 % ;6= :
776= 7< 9 /%&4. 4 789 "" 6 :6A %
;66 << 7=9C6
$> 6 <?9 ;67 5
>> & & %. +% 789 ""

" / !' # ! ! ! ! - ! * $

' ./ . (. ; &>; :6= 96
>> ' 789 "" &9A > <<;6 > 66 $% ' ./ (, ' ./
6 <?9
$> :6= ;6 7 75
6 67 7 67 77:<

! !' # ! ! % ! ! %" ! ! %

! ! %" ! ! $
>> & & %. +% & & %. +% 789 "" &9A > <<;6 > 66
& +% & +% 6 <?9
!
& 6 > 9 ? 6> 9 ?6 7 789 >> 7
;77:< > 9 ;6 > 9 ><?9 9 6>> & +% 4
& +% 4 6 <?9 ;6= ;6 <<;6

6= !!
2D

Print Date: 2022-07-31

) ! / 2

D !!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.8 FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURES

3.8.1 ELEVATOR CONTROL JAM.
1. Retain flap setting and approximate airspeed at time of jam.
2. Both pilots should attempt to maintain control by increased control column force against the jam.
If the jam is not overcome:
3. Relax control column force.
4. PITCH disconnect handle --- Pull and turn 90_
Pilot with free control column will have pitch control. Elevator forces will be lighter and pitch control
degraded.

CAUTION
With the PITCH disconnect handle pulled, the autopilot must be
disengaged.

NOTE
Maximum airspeed with jammed elevator is 150 kt IAS or speed at which
jam occurred, whichever is greater.
Maximum airspeed with free and floating elevator is 180 kt IAS.
5. Land with flap setting at time of jam at an airport with minimum crosswind and turbulence.
6. Approach airspeed and VREF --- 1.3 VS (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_ and flap 5_ or (figure 5---1---3) flap 10_
and 15_.

7. For landing with flap 0_, 5_, and 10_ (CR803CH00064 not incorporated), refer to the procedures
given in paragraph 4.14.1 (disregard items 2. and 3.).
8. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.

3.8.2 ELEVATOR CONTROL MALFUNCTION -- USE OF STANDBY ELEVATOR TRIM. If control of the
elevators and the manual trim is lost in flight, the standby elevator trim system may be used to control the
airplane in pitch to complete the flight, and a landing may be performed at a destination having Visual
Meteorological Conditions, with minimum turbulence and crosswind.
[Link] CREW COORDINATION. One pilot shall control the airplane in pitch by use of one of the STBY
ELEVATOR TRIM switches, at the same time controlling engine power with his inboard hand. The other pilot
shall control the rudder and roll control system throughout the approach and landing.
[Link] APPROACH AND LANDING.
1. STBY ELEVATOR TRIM switch --- Raise guard and select ARM.
2. STBY ELEVATOR TRIM NOSE DOWN/NOSE UP switch --- Select as required until desired trim is ob-
tained. ELEVATOR TRIM indicator will not indicate trim tab position.
3. Minimize engine power changes.
4. If possible, move passengers to shift the CG aft.

CAUTION
1. Do not exceed normal CG limits. See paragraph 2.2.2.
2. Bank angle should not exceed 15_.

2 June,
30 May, 1995
2002 MODEL 315 3---8---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

CAUTION (cont’d)
3. Not more than 15_ flap may be used for approach and landing.
4. No configuration change may be made after the approach has been
commenced.
5. FLAP selector lever --- 5_. Trim to not less than 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2).
6. FLAP selector lever --- 15_. Trim to not less than 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3).

CAUTION
Airplane must be trimmed with flap 15_ and landing gear extended at
final approach speed prior to descending below 1000 ft AGL.
7. Minimum airspeed --- 1.4 VS (figure 5---1---3) flap 15_ to touchdown.
8. Power --- FLT IDLE only at touchdown.
9. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.

WARNING
1. The airplane should not be flared nor should power be brought to FLT
IDLE prior to touchdown.
2. Power changes during the approach should be limited to small amounts
and the airplane should be trimmed before a subsequent power change
is made.
3. The standby elevator trim rate is low, which requires that the effect of a
change in trim setting be monitored before a subsequent trim change is
made.

3.8.3 ROLL CONTROL JAM.

1. ROLL DISC disconnect handle --- Pull and turn 90_.

CAUTION
With the ROLL DISC disconnect handle pulled, the autopilot must be
disengaged.

Pilot with unjammed wheel will have roll control and should take the following appropriate action:
RIGHT CONTROL WHEEL FREE
Roll control will be degraded and forces will be normal.
Continuous illumination of SPLR 1 and SPLR 2 switches:
a. SPLR 1 and SPLR 2 switches --- Press. Check ROLL SPLR INBD HYD and ROLL SPLR OUTBD
HYD caution lights illuminate and PFCS indicator shows all spoilers retracted.
b. Land at an airport with minimum crosswind and turbulence using flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) or
flap 15_.

LEFT CONTROL WHEEL FREE

Roll control forces will be low and tendency to over---control should be avoided.
a. Land at an airport with minimum crosswind and turbulence using flap 10_ (CR803CH00064),
flap 15_ or 35_.

3---8---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA See Effective TA AMENDMENT
de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.8.4 ROLL CONTROL MALFUNCTION (AIRPLANE ROLLS WITH NO CONTROL WHEEL INPUT).
1. Roll control --- Apply to hold wings level.
CONTINUOUS ILLUMINATION OF SPLR 1 OR SPLR 2 SWITCH:
a. Appropriate SPLR 1 or SPLR 2 switch --- Press. Check ROLL SPLR INBD HYD or ROLL SPLR
OUTBD HYD caution light illuminates and PFCS indicator shows affected spoilers retracted.
b. Land at an airport with minimum crosswind and turbulence using flap 10_
(CR803CH00064),15_ or 35_.
SPLR 1 OR SPLR 2 SWITCH DOES NOT ILLUMINATE:
a. Power --- Apply.
b. Airspeed --- Increase as required for roll control.
c. Land at an airport with minimum crosswind and turbulence using flap 10_ (CR803CH00064),
15_ or 35_.
d. Approach airspeed and VREF --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064), flap 15_ or
figure (5---1---4) flap 35_.
e. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
3.8.5 SPOILER CABLE FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF ROLL SPLR INBD HYD AND ROLL SPLR OUTBD
HYD CAUTION LIGHTS).

1. SPLR 1 and SPLR 2 switches --- Press. Check PFCS indicator shows all spoilers retracted.
2. Land at an airport with minimum crosswind and turbulence using flap 15_.
3.8.6 RUDDER JAM (RESTRICTED RUDDER PEDAL MOVEMENT)
1. Affected rudder pedal --- Apply a normal push force in the desired direction.
Rudder pedal moves as required:
2. Affected rudder pedal --- Reduce push force and allow rudder pedal to center.
WARNING
Should the rudder pedal (rudder jam) suddenly break free, do not apply
rudder pedal input in the opposite direction.
3. Rudder pedals --- Use as required.
Rudder pedal does not respond to normal push force (rudder remains jammed or rudder jam reoccurs):
4. Directional control --- Use roll control as required.
5. Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 VS (Figure 5---1---2 and 5---1---3).
Landing:
6. STEERING switch --- OFF.
7. Approach airspeed and VREF --- (Figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) and (Figure 5---8---1) flap
15_ and (Figure 5---8---2) flap 35_.
8. Land at an airport with minimal crosswind and turbulence.
NOTE
If the rudder jam occurs on take-off and conditions permit, return for a
landing on the take-off runway.
9. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
10. Power --- Maintain as required to touchdown.
NOTE
Small amounts of asymmetric power may be used to maintain
directional control on approach and after landing.
After the aircraft has come to a stop.
11. STEERING switch --- STEERING. Use tiller for directional control.

2 June,
22 1995 2012
November, MODEL 315 3---8---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3---8---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!

"

"#$ &'()( *+ , -./0 (

1 ' 23 (*+ 4 ' ('5(+ &&1'
2' &$# ( ''$'+
! 6 0 7 ' 0 420/ ($ (*+( 6 0 7 ' 0 420/

# !$ !

+ 8*$ 1 '((1&( (11' $# 8 +

'' 28 (11' 8'1 '&'$ ( ' ((5# &
( '( &1+ '( ((5 ' ' +$+ &'1$
'(

9: ( 6 2

3 ( -
( ;
28 ' &&' ( ' '1 *+ "#$ ( <1 ' 5 1= *+ &1( 8
$ "#$ &'()(>
! "#$ &'() )5 0 :

? @ 0@ ? (*+ ?

7 ' 7 (*+( 7 ' 7
"#$ ( <1
6 8$+ *+ 5 ' (1# ( 88 ( ''$'+ ! A A

!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

$ % &

B1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3
PSM 1-83-1A AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved
3.10 Reserved

19 July, 2021 MODEL 315 3-10-1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3
D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1-83-1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3-10-2 MODEL 315 19 July, 2021

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.11 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURES

3.11.1 NO HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AVAILABLE FROM NO. 1 AND NO. 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
(MOD 8/1983).
1. STBY HYD PRESS switch --- 2. Check No. 2 STANDBY HYD PRESS indicator.
2. Airplane control --- Use aileron, elevator and rudder.
3. Minimum Airspeed is:
Flap 0_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2).
Flap 5_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2).
Flap 10_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt.
Flap 15_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt.
Pre Landing:
4. Landing gear --- Extend via alternate procedure. See paragraph 4.22.1.
5. Minimum Approach Airspeed and VREF are:
Flap 0_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2).
Flap 5_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2).
Flap 10_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt.
Flap 15_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt.
6. Land as soon as possible at an airport with minimum turbulence and crosswind.
7. For landing with flap 0_, 5_ and 10_ (CR803CH00064 not incorporated): GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE
switch --- Press. Check GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light illuminates.
8. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
9. Power --- Reduce gradually to achieve FLT IDLE at or just prior to touchdown.
CAUTION
Pitch attitudes greater than 6_ in the landing flare may cause the
fuselage to contact the runway.
After Landing:
10. POWER levers --- DISC.
CAUTION
If landing with one engine inoperative, use discing commensurate with
directional control.
11. EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever --- Apply. See paragraph 4.15.1.
NOTE
The approximate number of EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever applications is
six.

3.11.2 NO HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AVAILABLE FROM NO. 1 AND NO. 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS AND
BOTH ENGINES OPERATIVE (PRE-MOD 8/1983).
Pre Landing:
1. Aircraft control --- Use aileron, elevator and asymmetric power.
2. Landing gear --- Extend via alternate procedure. See paragraph 4.22.1.
3. GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE switch --- Press. Check GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light illuminates.
4. Approach speed and VREF --- 1.4Vs (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_.
5. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
CAUTION
Land at an airport with minimum turbulence and crosswind.

2 June,
31 July, 1995
2001 MODEL 315 3---11---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

6. Power --- Reduce gradually to achieve FLT IDLE at or just prior to touchdown.
CAUTION
Pitch attitudes greater than 6_ in the landing flare may cause the
fuselage to contact the runway.
After Landing:
7. POWER levers --- DISC.
CAUTION
If reverse power is required, care should be taken to ensure that engine
torque limit in reverse is not exceeded.
8. EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever --- Apply. See paragraph 4.15.1.
NOTE
The approximate number of EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever applications is six.
9. Directional control --- Use differential power as required.
10. GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE switch --- Press. Check GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light out.
3.11.3 LOSS OF ALL HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS, EXCEPT RUDDER
(ILLUMINATION OF #1 HYD ISO VLV AND #2 HYD ISO VLV CAUTION LIGHTS) (MOD 8/2781)
1. No. 1 and No. 2 STBY HYD PRESS switches --- 1 and 2. Check No. 1 and No. 2 STANDBY HYD PRESS
indicators.
2. Airplane control --- Use aileron, elevator and rudder.
3. Minimum Airspeed is:
Flap 0_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2),
Flap 5_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2),
Flap 10_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt,
Flap 15_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt.
Pre Landing:
4. Landing gear --- Extend via alternate procedure. See paragraph 4.22.1.
5. Minimum Approach Airspeed and VREF are:
Flap 0_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2),
Flap 5_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2),
Flap 10_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt,
Flap 15_ --- 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---3) but not less than 105 kt.
6. Land as soon as possible at an airport with minimum turbulence and crosswind.
7. For landing with flap 0_, 5_ and 10_ (CR803CH00064 not incorporated): GPWS FLAP
OVERRIDE switch --- Press. Check GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light illuminates.
8. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
9. Power --- Reduce gradually to achieve FLT IDLE at or just prior to touchdown.
NOTE
Pitch attitudes greater than 6_ in the landing flare may cause the
fuselage to contact the runway.
After Landing:
10. POWER levers --- DISC.
CAUTION
If landing with one engine inoperative, use discing commensurate with
directional control.
11. EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever --- Apply. See paragraph 4.15.1.
NOTE
The approximate number of EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever applications is six.

3---11---2 MODEL 315 2 June,

31 1995
July, 2001

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.12 DITCHING PROCEDURES

3.12.1 PREPARATIONS.

1. Broadcast emergency and distress signals.

2. Alert flight attendants to review ditching procedures with passengers.
3. Check security of cargo and baggage and restrain if necessary.
4. Crew life jackets --- On.
5. Pilot and Copilot harness --- Secure and locked.
6. FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING sign switches --- FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING.

3.12.2 OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS. The two factors which bear most directly upon a successful ditching
are aircraft ground speed and the water surface condition. Under all circumstances the aircraft should be
brought onto the water surface as gently as possible. In rolling swell surface conditions, the generally
recommended technique is to ditch along and parallel to the crest of a swell, as much into wind as the swell line
permits. In all other conditions land into wind.

3.12.3 APPROACH.

1. GPWS circuit breaker B9 (EGPWS MS 8Q100880 --- B3) on left rear circuit breaker panel --- Pull.
2. SYNCHROPHASE switch --- OFF.
3. Condition levers --- MAX.
4. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- OFF.
5. AUTO/MAN/DUMP switch --- DUMP.
6. LDG GEAR HORN circuit breaker (E5 on L MAIN circuit breaker panel) --- Pull.
7. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- UP.
8. FLAP selector lever --- 35_.
9. Airspeed --- VREF (figure 5---8---2) flap 35_.
10. Rate of descent --- 200 to 300 fpm.
11. EMER LIGHTS switch --- ON.
12. LANDING APPROACH and LANDING FLARE light switches --- As required.
13. ELT switch --- ON.
14. Order to brace --- On P.A. system.
15. Prior to touchdown --- Achieve pitch attitude 10_ nose up.
16. Touch down with minimum speed and rate of descent. DO NOT STALL.

NOTE
A transient nose---up pitching motion may result following
touchdown. Over---correction of this tendency could result in
porpoising or nosing in.

2 July,
3 June,2002
1995 MODEL 315 3---12---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

3.12.4 AFTER TOUCHDOWN.

1. Condition levers --- FUEL OFF. If any engine is not shut down by use of condition lever, pull appropriate
PULL FUEL OFF handle.
2. BATTERY MASTER switch --- OFF.
3. Passenger evacuation --- After airplane has stopped.

NOTE

After completion of the ditching run, the airplane will float with
one wing in the water. The exits on the high side of the cabin
should be used for evacuation.

WARNING

Do not open the front door on the lower side.

3---12---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.13 DOOR FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF PASS DOOR, BAG DOOR, FWD EXIT DOOR OR SERV
DOOR WARNING LIGHT)

3.13.1 ON THE GROUND.

1. Inspect and secure affected door.

3.13.2 IN FLIGHT.

1. FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING switches --- FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING.
2. Depressurize. See paragraph 3.9.3.
3. Land as soon as possible.

WARNING

Do not attempt to secure affected door.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 3---13---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3---13---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.14 CRACKED WINDSHIELD IN PRESSURIZED FLIGHT

1. Decrease airspeed to 190 kt IAS (Rough Air Speed).

2. Reduce cabin differential pressure to 2.5 --- 3.0 PSI. See paragraph 4.16.4 (PRESSURIZATION ---
MANUAL MODE).
3. If practical, descend to 14,000 ft.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 3---14---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3---14---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.15 FORCED LANDING WITH BOTH ENGINES INOPERATIVE

After all attempts to achieve a successful airstart (paragraph 4.8) have failed, proceed as follows:

1. FLAP selector lever --- 0_ if possible.

2. Airspeed --- 1.3 Vs appropriate to weight and flap angle (figure 5---1---2).

NOTE
With 0_ flap, propellers feathered and landing gear retracted, under
zero wind conditions, 2.5 nautical miles can be travelled for every 1000
feet of altitude lost. This distance will increase in a tailwind and decrease
in a headwind.
3. MAIN and AUX BATT switches --- OFF.
4. BATTERY MASTER switch --- BATTERY MASTER.

NOTE
The following services will be inoperative:
HYDRAULIC:
Flap
Roll spoilers
Rudder
Anti---skid braking
Normal landing gear operation
Nosewheel steering

PNEUMATIC:
Airframe deicing
Pressurization

ELECTRIC:
All variable frequency ac services
All non---essential dc services
(See paragraph [Link] for remaining essential services)

5. Flight attendants and passengers --- Advise of impending forced landing.

If the available surface is appropriate:
6. Landing gear --- Extend by use of alternate extension procedure. See paragraph 4.22.1.

NOTE
1. Extending the landing gear will steepen the glide angle and decrease
the horizontal glide distance.
2. Allow sufficient time for landing gear extension.
7. Pilot and copilot harnesses --- Secure and locked.
8. BATTERY MASTER switch --- OFF prior to ground contact.
WARNING
Make the approach and landing into wind maintaining the 1.3 VS airspeed until
immediately prior to the flare. The flare should be commenced so as to achieve
zero vertical velocity immediately prior to ground contact.

9. EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever --- Operate after nosewheel contact, if appropriate.

10. Evacuate passengers and crew immediately after the airplane has come to a stop.

2 June,
31 July, 1995
2001 MODEL 315 3---15---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

# $$%&' ( )*' %$+

$ * *(( & , -. * * *$ ( # ($&*/0)*' *

( 1$ % (&) $ 1 &

1%
!! 22

Print Date: 2022-07-31

% " & '

!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 3
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

3.18 HIGH ANGLE OF ATTACK RECOVERY PROCEDURES

3.18.1 RECOVERY FROM STALL WARNING AND STALL (STICK SHAKER, UNUSUAL AIRFRAME
BUFFET, UNCOMMANDED WING DROP, ACTIVATION OF STICK PUSHER)
1. Autopilot --- Disengage, and
Pitch attitude --- Reduce.
NOTE
Relax any control column pull force and/or move the control column
forward sufficient to achieve a reduction in pitch attitude. This action can
result in a loss of altitude.
WARNING
With the aircraft in close proximity to the ground the degree of pitch
attitude reduction will be limited.
If the aircraft is not in a wings level attitude prior to or during stall warning or stall:
2. Lateral control --- Roll wings level.
3. Power --- Increase to maximum continuous power (MCP).
4. Airspeed --- Increase to not less than the minimum reference airspeed appropriate to the
aircraft’s flap configuration and any additional airspeed factors, if applicable.
CAUTION
Do not change the aircraft’s flap and landing gear configuration until the
minimum reference airspeed appropriate for the new configuration is
achieved.
Aircraft recovered from stall and/or stall warning (minimum reference airspeed is achieved):
5. Return to the desired flight profile and assigned altitude.

4 June,
2 March,1995
2011 MODEL 315 3---18---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 3 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3---18---2 MODEL 315 4 2March, 2011

June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 10

INVERTER FAILURE (FOR AIRPLANES NOT INCORPORATING MS 8Q101917)

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 3---7---4 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

Replace paragraph 3.7.6, Inverter Failure, on page 3---7---4, with the following:

3.7.6 INVERTER FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF PRI INV, SEC INV, OR AUX INV CAUTION LIGHT).
1. PRI INV CAUTION LIGHT ON:
a. AUXILIARY INVERTER switch --- L.
b. PRIMARY INVERTER switch --- OFF.
2. SEC INV CAUTION LIGHT ON:
a. AUXILIARY INVERTER switch --- R.
b. SECONDARY INVERTER switch --- OFF.
3. AUX INV CAUTION LIGHT ON:
a. AUXILIARY INVERTER switch --- OFF.

Insert the following after paragraph 3.7.6 on page 3---7---4:

MULTIPLE INVERTER FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF PRI INV, SEC INV, AUX INV, AND L26 AC AND R26
AC CAUTION LIGHTS)
1. 115V BUS TIE circuit breaker (top of avionics circuit breaker panel) --- Pull.
PRI INV and/or, SEC INV and/or, AUX INV caution lights remain illuminated:
2. Affected PRIMARY, SECONDARY or AUXILIARY INVERTERS switches --- OFF.
If the auxiliary inverter is operative:
3. AUXILIARY INVERTERS switch --- Select L or R appropriate to the illuminated L 26 AC or R 26 AC caution
light.
With one or more inverters operating (PRI INV, and/or SEC INV, and/or AUX INV) caution lights out:
4. 115V BUS TIE circuit breaker (top of avionics circuit breaker panel) --- Push. Check L 26 AC and R 26 AC
caution lights out.
5. Monitor inverter VOLTS and LOAD.

Approved:
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National Aircraft Certification

Date: 14 June, 2011

Issue 2 MODEL 315 Page 1 of 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 8

INBOARD AND OUTBOARD ROLL SPOILER HYDRAULIC CAUTION LIGHTS

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 3---8---3 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

Insert the NOTE below in paragraph 3.8.5, SPOILER CABLE FAILURE, following the title:

NOTE
With MS8Q101445 not incorporated, the ROLL SPLR OUTBD HYD
caution light will not illuminate until the airspeed is less than 135 kt
IAS.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 21 January, 2004

Page 1 of 2 MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 12

SPOILER CABLE FAILURE PROCEDURE

FOR AIRPLANES NOT INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100898

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 3---8---3 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

With Modsum 8Q100898 not incorporated, disregard the procedures and instructions in paragraph 3.8.5.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 23 February, 2007

Page 1 of 1 MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 18

ENGINE IGNITION
FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100813

Insert this sheet facing page 3---2---1

Replace with text below in paragraph 3.2.1, Item . 5.:

5. IGNITION 1 and IGNITION 2 switches --- MANUAL (operating engine), --- OFF (affected engine).

Page 2 of 6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

AMENDMENT NO. 5

SPOILER CABLE FAILURE PROCEDURE

FOR AIRPLANES NOT INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100898

Insert this sheet facing page 3---8---3

With Modsum 8Q100898 not incorporated, disregard the procedures and instructions in paragraph 3.8.5.

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 13 June, 2001

Page 1 of 1 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! "#$ !

%& "(
) *++ "( )
,+-! "(
! "(
(+-! "(
. /"- !& .
0 ,! 1( 0

! (
/"- 2(& /-"(
3 ! / 2(& /-"( 3
-- 4! 2(& /-"(
) 52"- 2(& /-"( )
/- /-"
#&- !(
4- 6* 2(& /-"(
. 1! 2(& /-"( .
0 ! 2(& /-"( 0
/-! 1- 2(& -+"(
" 5! %+ 2(& /-"(
)3 /1 -+"( )3
) ! 7 -+"( )
)) ! 7 -+"( ))
) /-! % -+" )
) 4! 4-( -+" )

8"-2)3)

Print Date: 2022-07-31

8"-2)3)

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SECTION 4

NORMAL PROCEDURES

4.1 RAMP PROCEDURES

4.1.1 BEFORE ENTERING THE AIRPLANE. Perform an exterior inspection including the following:
1. Remove main gear safety lock pins.
2. Disengage nosegear lock.
3. Check oxygen discharge indicating disc.
4. Check fire extinguisher indicating discs.
If door locking provisions are installed:
5. Remove airstair and baggage door external locking devices.
Upon entering the airplane:
6. Remove all internal locking devices from the forward, mid---cabin emergency doors and the right hand
aft service door.

4.1.2 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK -- POWER OFF.

1. Hydraulic handpump handle, flashlights, fire axe, fire extinguisher, life vests, portable oxygen with
smoke mask, goggles, and emergency escape rope --- Stowed.
2. LANDING GEAR ALTERNATE RELEASE and LANDING GEAR ALTERNATE EXTENSION
doors --- Closed.
3. L/G INHIBIT switch --- NORM.
4. Crew oxygen masks and oxygen quantity --- Check.
5. FWD OUTFLOW VALVE selector --- NORMAL.
6. Seats, rudder pedals and harnesses --- Adjust and secure.
7. DC CONTROL GEN 1 and GEN 2 switches --- GEN 1 and GEN 2.
8. AC CONTROL GEN 1 and GEN 2 switches --- GEN 1 and GEN 2.
9. AC CONTROL EXT POWER switch --- OFF.
10. PRIMARY INVERTER switch --- PRIMARY.
11. AUXILIARY INVERTER switch --- L.
12. SECONDARY INVERTER switch --- SECONDARY.
13. ICE PROTECTION switches --- OFF.
14. PITOT STATIC switches --- OFF.
15. WINDSHIELD HEAT selector --- OFF.
16. PLT WDO/HT switch --- OFF.
17. E.L.T. --- AUTO (with CR825CH01370 incorporated --- ARM).
18. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- OFF.
19. BLEED selector --- MIN.
20. POWERED FLIGHT CONTROL and STICK PUSHER SHUTOFF switches --- Normal.
21. SYNCHROPHASE switch --- OFF.
22. PITCH and ROLL DISC disconnect handles --- In.
23. STATIC SOURCE selectors --- NORMAL.
24. ROLL SPOILER PRESS switches --- Normal.
25. HYD PWR PTU SEL switch --- Normal.
26. CONT LOCK lever --- ON.
27. Circuit breakers --- In.

2 November,
9 June, 1995 2000 MODEL 315 4---1---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

4.1.3 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK -- POWER ON.

1. MAIN BUS TIE switch --- MAIN BUS TIE.
2. BATTERY MASTER switch --- BATTERY MASTER.
3. MAIN BATT and AUX BATT switches --- MAIN BATT and AUX BATT (MAIN BATTERY and AUX
BATTERY caution lights out). Check voltage.
4. DC CONTROL EXT PWR switch --- EXT PWR (if applicable). Check for illumination of DC CONTROL
EXT PWR advisory light and MAIN BATTERY and AUX BATTERY caution lights. Check voltage.

NOTE
With CR824CH82066 incorporated, MAIN BATTERY and AUX BATTERY
caution lights will not illuminate.
5. RECIRC CABIN and RECIRC F/C fan switches --- RECIRC CABIN and RECIRC F/C.
6. CABIN ALTITUDE controls --- Set.
7. AIR CONDITIONING controls --- Set.
8. FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING switches --- FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING.
9. EMER LIGHTS switch --- ARM. Check EMER LTS DISARMED caution light out.
10. TEST CAUT/ADVSY lights switch:
a. Hold at CAUT --- Check AP/DISENG, master CAUTION and WARNING lights flash, all caution
lights and #1 ENG OIL PRESS and #2 ENG OIL PRESS warning lights illuminate and all
remaining warning lights flash. Press master CAUTION light and check light goes out. Press
master WARNING light and check light goes out and warning lights cease flashing.
b. Hold at ADVSY. Check all advisory lights illuminate.
11. BAGGAGE SMOKE WARNING TEST switch --- Hold at TEST 1. Check master WARNING and SMOKE
warning lights flash. Repeat check with switch at TEST 2.
12. ANTI SKID switch --- ON. Check INBD ANTISKID and OUTBD ANTISKID caution lights out.
13. STALL WARNING TEST switch --- Hold at TEST 1. Check stick shakers operate, and illumination
of #1 STALL SYST FAIL and PUSHER SYST FAIL caution lights.
Check ADI speed command pointer moves to SLOW.
--- Hold at TEST 2. Check stick shakers operate, and illumination
of #2 STALL SYST FAIL and PUSHER SYST FAIL caution lights.
Check ADI speed command pointer moves to SLOW.
--- Release. Check stick shakers do not operate, #1 STALL SYST
FAIL, #2 STALL SYST FAIL and PUSHER SYST FAIL caution
lights out.
14. ENGINE ECU selector --- TOP.

CAUTION
To ensure engine uptrim in the event of engine failure, the ENGINE ECU
selector must be at TOP.
15. ENG 1 ECU MODE and ENG 2 ECU MODE switches --- ON.
16. AUTOFEATHER switch --- Off.
17. ALTERNATE FEATHER/UNFEATHER switches --- NORM.
18. FUEL TRANSFER switch --- OFF.
19. Fuel quantity indicators --- Check fuel quantity.
20. TANK 1 AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP switches --- OFF.
21. PARK BRAKE HYD PRESS indicator --- Check minimum 1500 psi.

4---1---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

# % )* 5- '+* '' 0*/ %' #((+',
% A )' %' *
2 A )' )* +) +
(( #(%)' +
(( 5- (( %'. ()*' (($%
5%) '(+' %' *%) % )' '
# 0*/ %(( #(%)' # + %'. ()*' % *%) $%(G
-E9-7 :- E ( -E
0*/ 6 7 - 0E % ()* C HA4D

$ #

17611 6 % 17611 6 '+*' 6 - C HAA HA! 3 D
90 ()* '+* -
- : 7 - <= 81 - % -> - C @D +%) ()*' %
<3167 6 % ()*
=- (' < 1
0 (' <3 <<

'
6716 - 0 '+* 2' 0 ()* (($%'
) - '+* '' 2' - ()* (($%'
AI !I 65, 0 ( -9< 5-

'( (' -9< 5- % ('' *% AI 65
0*/ *% ) %(%' %&$%(. @ @I 65 % 1 ' & !A_0 0*/
) - % 6716 - 0 '+*' ## C2' 0 % - ()*' D
< * %% ) */ ( '' ' )% *% ' 67 1 - 67
63 67 <3 - % 67 5B 3 +%) % % ()*' C1# 2%. '%)
*/ 0 76 % ()* D

=* 2%. '%) #%* (( # #' ) % (%. '%
# ' ) # A '' %((+ $( # #()* )%
$ '% '(#'

:# $$) '% # * ' ) ') * %%#
2%' * 16 % 38 2%. (%' $' 2 A (''
-% '% # * )
4 0 0 6- 8 =- '+* << C# %(%2(D 0*/ 0 0 6- 8 =- %'. ()*
% F 0 76 F 0 76 16 : -B % 38 : -B % ()*'
@ &%( + ' C# %(%2(D
16 :3 1 '+* <<
! : % : '+*' : % :

) ) %' ) #( #(+ %' $%. 2 '%2(
2' %(( * ) %' # '%2( %

)'
A4
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

( !
4 < 13- 175 3 C1< 6716 < 1 175 3 =1516 A 0 6 < 0167
0 6 11 6 >- -9< 5-D,
0 ( <3 <<
17611 6 17611 6 '+* <<
) +* '% # % %%( '' *,
6716 - 0 '+* ( ## 2' 0 % - ()*'

4 1< >- - 3- 1 1166,

0 ( <3 <<
1# 1 ' %' $$%(.,
3 <3 << *%( ((
17611 6 17611 6 '+* <<
) +* '% # % %%( '' *,
6716 - 0 '+* ( ## 2' 0 % - ()*'

4 6 -- 03 3 < =167 6716 - C6716 - 175 - 16
1316 D
6716 - 0 '+* << 0*/ 6716 - % 0 ()* %#
%&$%(. ''
0 0 6- 8 =- '+* << C# %(%2(D
0%. ) '*+ ' %%)%*
%% ; #()*

) $ %((. % #(,

0 ( <3 <<
=- ( < 1
17611 6 17611 6 '+* <<
6716 - 0 '+* 2' 0 ()* (($%'
) - '+* '' 2' - ()* (($%'

2' '% %/) ($' %%)%*

# ' ) %,

4 6716 - 0 '+* ( ## 2' 0 % - ()*'

$ * #

0 (' 16 8
0 % 0 > % 0*/
: -B - 3- 16 % 38 %' 0*/
:B 5B - '+*' %
5B HB %' 0*/ ((',
6 '.'$ ;%' C @ ('D $$$
6 '.'$ A ;%' C ('D $$$
4 16 5B - %' 0*/ ''' C!AA AA 'D
@ 6 :B 5B - %' 0*/ ''' CAA AAA 'D
< '( ( %/## ' % #$ %

4%%. AA4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

% % #(% '( (%' #(% '( (%* #((+)
$$ # #(% '( #$ (%' '( '
! - 0( 0*/ <0 % # #(( % # %( ' *% <0 %
%(' #(( (# % #(( )* & $%/'
A -167 '+* -167 0*/ 6 -167 % ()*
6716 16 E :B - 0 695- %' ;
10 - % 0*/ J '
<()* '$' % %( %( (( 0*/
'. '(%. 0*/ # #%( $''%)'
B '*2 '' 0*/ B (# %'. (($%'
% - <0 '*2 %'. '(%. '' 0*/ $$%. $''%) K- <0
-L % B )* %'. (($%'
2 <0 '*2 %'. '(%. '' 0*/ $$%. $''%) K <0
-L % B (# %'. (($%'
4 =16 51 5 ' ;
@ = 95 '+* ' ;

3 ' # '('* + '+ %&+%.' *% $'
2 +*( %&) %/##

+ * ,
-167 '+* -167
6'+*( 0
) (( % %(' 0 ' ') (( %(' )
' %&)

%&) ' '*( (. 2 % '#%' %
''+' ('' *% A /'

4%%.
AA4
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

- . # ,. " / . .0

:< - 6716 -
: 0E 3 C0-@ 05AAA %D,
% =- (' < 1
2 : '+* 0E 3
6 - % ' 2 '' 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67
%'. ()*
6 - % ' 2 -(%'
=- ( 10 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'. ()*
# 6 - % ' 2 '' 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67
%'. ()* (($%'
) 6 - % ' 2 -(%' 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67
%'. ()*
* =- ( < 1
: '+* -(%'
? -% # 6 (( ') : '+*
: 0E 3 C HA!4 %D,
% =- (' < 1
2 : : 0E3 9 = '+* ( 9 =
6 - % ' 2 '' 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'.
()*
6 - % ' 2 -(%'
=- ( 10 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'. ()*
# 6 - % ' 2 '' 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'.
()* (($%'
) 6 - % ' 2 -(%' 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'.
()*
* =- ( < 1
: : 0E3 9 = '+* -(%'
? -% # 6 (( ') : : 0E3 9 = '+*
<- 6716 -
3 < 5- 6 =- 3-1 050E,
% 3 < 5- '+* '' 0*/ %#%* 0 %'. ()* (($%'
2 3 < 5- '+*' 5( % %
0*/ ; %' '*+ %' %2 AI %#%* - %'. ()*
(($%' % 65 %'' 2. %&$%(. I
'+* -(%'
0*/ 6 ; % #%((' #()* ( %( =- 3-1 %'. ()* (($%' %
6 ) 65 %'' 2. %&$%(. I
# # '' */ *% %#%* - %'. ()* )' -6 < 5-
%'. ()* (($%' % 6 (( $ 2)' %' %' (( #%*'

=* 9! % * F 3 38 =- % ()* $%.
(($% ) * #%*) # 6 (( % 6 ((
) '+* -(%'
* 0*/ 6 ; % #%((' #()* ( %( =- 3-1 %'. ()* )' 6
) % 6 ) 65 ' ( % 6 (( ' #%*
((+ 6 (( $ % 6 (( $ '%2(G % < 1
? -% %#%* ' (%') '+* #'

4 %. A4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

/ 3 < 5- '+*' 5( % %

( 0#$ 6 (( % 6 (( #%*
$ 3 < 5- '+*' -(%'

=* - 175 '+* % - * $). ()*' +(( (($%
$$%(. ) * #%*) # 6 ((
3 < 5- '+* '' 0*/ %#%* 0 %'. ()*
6716 % 6716 # 01 6 '+* 5( %(%(. # % $$$ #
' % 6716 % 6716 '' % */,
% 3 <3 << *%( ()* (($%'
2 < 3 % < 3 : %'. ()*' (($%
050E <1- +%) ()* (($%'
%' = -6167 ()* #(%'*'
6716 <1- ()*' #(%'*
# =* A % * # +%) 2(( )'
63 3 ,
% 63 3 '+* '' 0*/ 5B =- 3 %'. ()* (($%'
2 63 3 '+* '' 0*/ 5B =- 3 %'. ()*
4 : : 0E3 C0-@ 05AAA %D,
% =- (' < 1
2 : '+* : 0E3

( # =- (' %# # < 1 '() :
% '+*' : 0E3 +(( %' * 03' 63
%% % +(( 2 ; # 03 6 %
=- ( -% 2(+ < 1 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67
%'. ()* .(' # + .(' # * %'. ()*M
=- ( < 1 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'. ()*
: '+* -(%'
# -% # 6 (( ') : '+*
@ : : 0E3 C HA!4 %D,
% =- (' < 1
2 : : 0E3 9 = '+* : 0E3

( # =- (' %# # < 1 '() :
: 0E3 '+*' : 0E3 +(( %' * 03'
63 %% % +(( 2 ; # 03 6 %
=- ( -% 2(+ < 1 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'.
()* .(' # + .(' # * %'. ()*M
=- ( < 1 0*/ 6 - - 7- 36 - 67 %'. ()*
: : 0E3 99= '+* -(%'
# -% # 6 (( ') : : 0E3 99= '+*
10 - 01 6 B
1# #()* ) ' ' ''2(M
% 0%. */' %%)%* @

%. !!
A4 @

Print Date: 2022-07-31

. ! #

!%. !!

AA@

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

!"!

" # $$ &'&#
$()* +,+ +)- . *,*
+ (/

# $$0 ""10"2&3

&34 & # $$" 53

$ "6 " 4 $5

$ 74 $6 5

#$% && '()) (% %+ %,$, "

$ /( ( &8+ / ,988 /)

, , 8(, /( (,/ 8(, /( (,* 8((:)
++ 8 8(, /( 8+ (,/ /( /
18 8(, 7_ ,988 / ; < $ /:* // &*9 < $ 7_ ,/- ()* ((+,/
5# 2= 2 , 5# 2= 2 /:*/ 5# , 5# &*9 5# 2=
2 , 5# 2= 2 ,/- ()*/ ((+,
> ? /*@ // &*9 ? ,/- ((+,/
A 2 $ '" /:* // &*9 ,8,* & ,/- ()* ((+,/
1 1& /:*/ ,
! 1 (/ , ) ,9 @-,// / / B
7 0 0" , 0 &*9 C8) > A ,
D
& (/ =
E , E /:*/ $$
E /( 15
13511 5 , 13511 5 /:*/ 5 " C F77 F7! 2 D

,(,/ ,) F77 F7!
13511 5 /:*/ /*( @ /( 52 / 8
@( ) *,- ,
<& ()* /:* 6'1
152 &'&# 5 # $$ " & 2"
& 5 &# $$ &*9 (9 *,( )/ 8((- 8:,

"
/, (, ,( :* * ,,8 *,
:: *( * ( :*( 8+(- (,/) * )/ (9
$()* (/ (,/ ,(/ , /(/ 8 &*9 *)* 8(( ,( , ,,
$& ,/
6,) , , ()*/ &*9

)/
7>
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

6" (/ , /+*(- +,( ,988 /)/ C8) !D

"
18 * * 5 " " 3" 25 " 53 5 " "
3" 25 " 53 ,/- ()* ((+,/ * ,988 +/ @
,@
8,* &*9 ,8,* " ,/- ()* ((+,/

"
18 ,8,* " ,/- ()* 8,(/ ((+, ,988 +/ @
G
> 0" C8) D 8(, 7_ C8) D 8(, _ C8) D 8(, 7_ C8) AD 8(, _
, !_ / ,* (888

"
5/ * ,/ ), *, !_ (888 +,- ,/ *
,( , * :,-

,* * ,9H88 8+, ) , , ,(/
), *, 777 8 * B ,9H88 , , / (// ,
A 8 (888 , ,* 0 C8) D 8(, 7_ I 7 9 C8) D 8(, _ I
7 9 C8) >D 8(, 7_ I 7 9 C8) D 8(, _ I 7 9 , 8

( !!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.3 IN-- FLIGHT PROCEDURES

4.3.1 AFTER TAKE-- OFF.
Positive rate of climb:
1. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- UP. Check all gear, door and gear selector lever advisory lights out.
2. Minimum airspeed --- V2 (figure 5---2---2, 5---2---4, 5---2---6 or 5---2---8) + 10 kt.
After commencement of third segment:
3. Minimum airspeed --- Final take---off climb speed (figure 5---2---9).
4. FLAP selector lever --- 0_ at flap retraction initiation speed (figure 5---6---14) flap 5_ and 10_ or (figure
5---6---15) flap 15_.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.
5. AUTOFEATHER switch --- Press. Check autofeather SELECT and ARM advisory lights out.
6. Flap 0_ take-off: T/O FLAP switch --- Check T/O FLAP 0_ advisory light out.
7. Reduce power to climb setting.
8. When propeller rpm set; SYNCHROPHASE switch --- ON.
9. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- BLEED 1 and BLEED 2.
10. BLEED selector --- As required.
11. Monitor cabin pressure.
12. WINDSHIELD HEAT selector --- As required.
13. PLT WDO/HT switch --- As required.
14. STBY HYD PRESS switches --- NORM.
15. TANK 1 AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP switches --- OFF. Check TANK 1 AUX PUMP and
TANK 2 AUX PUMP advisory lights out.
NOTE
Engine fuel flow indications may be unstable with condition levers at or
near MIN. Observe all other engine idicators for stable operation. If
unstable fuel flow indication is observed, advance condition levers until
fuel flow indication is stable.

4.3.2 AUTOPILOT ENGAGEMENT.

1. Select flight guidance modes as required.
2. AP pushbutton --- Press. Check appropriate AP advisory pointer illuminates.
CAUTION
If AHRS test is performed in flight, the autopilot, yaw damper and all
flight guidance modes may disengage.

NOTES
1. On pre---mod 8/1597 airplanes, the autopilot must be disengaged at
airspeeds above 200 knots IAS.
2. In the event of an engine failure disengage the autopilot. The autopilot
may be re---engaged following retrimming except during approach.

2 June,
30 May, 1995
2002 MODEL 315 4---3---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

3. If an engine airstart is performed, the automatic pilot, yaw damper and

all flight guidance modes will disengage. The system will then enter test
mode, after which systems may be re---engaged.

4. If HSI transfer is selected, all flight guidance modes including altitude

hold will disengage and should be reselected as required. The Altitude
Alerter/Preselector setting should be confirmed following HSI transfer.
5. With the autopilot engaged, power and speed changes may require the
pilot to manually retrim the rudder. Trimming should be accomplished
with TCS button pressed or autopilot disengaged.
6. The altitude loss due to an elevator nose down autopilot malfunction, in
a level cruise condition is less than 220 ft. when recovery is initiated
within 3 seconds of malfunction recognition.

4.3.3 AUTOPILOT OPERATION IN SEVERE TURBULENCE.

1. Disengage IAS, VS or ALT mode as applicable.

4.3.4 TOP OF DESCENT.

1. CABIN ALTITUDE controls --- Set.

4.3.5 IN RANGE.
1. FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING switches --- FASTEN BELTS and NO SMOKING.
2. TANK 1 AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP switches --- TANK 1 and TANK 2. Check TANK 1 AUX
PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP advisory lights illuminate.
3. Fuel TRANSFER switch --- OFF. Check VALVE advisory lights CLOSED.
4. CR803CH00064 incorporated GPWS LDG FLAP switch --- Press 10_, 15_ or 35_. Check appropriate
10_, 15_ or 35_ advisory light illuminates.
4.3.6 APPROACH.
1. STBY HYD PRESS switches --- 1 and 2.
2. Hydraulic system pressures and quantities --- Check.
3. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- DN. Check 3 green gear locked down advisory lights illuminate, all
amber doors open, red gear unlocked and selector lever advisory lights out.
4. FLAP selector lever --- 5_ (CR803CH00064),10_ or 15_.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.
5. Minimum airspeed --- Approach speed (figure 6---50---4) flap 5_ (CR803CH00064), (figure 5---8---1) flap
10_ or (figure 5---8---2) flap 15_.
6. Cabin DIFF PSI --- Maximum 0.5 psi.

NOTE
If cabin differential is greater than 0.5 psi, refer to the procedures given
in paragraph 4.16.6.
7. Warning and caution lights --- Check.
8. SYNCHROPHASE switch --- OFF.

4---3---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

17 December, 2004

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

! C $ C ";0" ::

9 C "& +*
+,*++ * $ +,*++ * ";0" * - 5 H99 H9! . 7

!
$&$" $2 H99 H9!
+,*++ * ";0" "0& ( "& *. " %
(& 2 0$3 $

) :&$ "0& ( G $$0 "2 (% 2& "& $
$ " $$0 (% ''2 %$& " ''' " $& 5 7 $ 4 -
$$0 0 $& '" ( "2$2 $ $( 99 % $( ;$3 &$ (% &$2

2"
96
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! ! * ! & #

!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.4 LANDING PROCEDURES

4.4.1 NORMAL LANDING.

Where the planned landing flap is greater than the approach flap, when landing is assured:
1. FLAP selector lever --- 10_ (CR803CH00064), 15_ or 35_.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.
2. Airspeed --- VREF (figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064), (figure 5---8---1) flap 15_ or (figure
5---8---2) flap 35_.
NOTE
The airspeed indicator is the primary speed reference; however, the ADI
FAST---SLOW indicator may be used as an aid in managing engine
power to maintain VREF appropriate to flap angle.
3. Condition levers --- MAX.
4. POWER levers to FLT IDLE before touchdown then to DISC after touchdown. Check PROPELLER
GROUND RANGE advisory lights illuminate.
NOTE
To decrease the landing descent rate at airport altitudes greater than
5,000 ft, it may be necessary to maintain power in the landing flare
through to touchdown.
CAUTION
Pitch attitudes greater than 6_ in the landing flare may cause the
fuselage to contact the runway.

NOTE
The nosewheel should be promptly brought into contact with the
ground following mainwheel contact.
5. Anti---skid brakes --- As required.
4.4.2 GO-- AROUND FROM FINAL APPROACH.
1. Condition levers --- MAX.
2. POWER levers --- Advance to normal in---flight take---off settings (figure 5---1---10).
3. Pitch attitude --- Rotate to approximately 9_.
4. FLAP selector lever --- 5_ (CR803CH00064), 10_ or 15_ as required.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.

2 June,
17 May, 1995
2004 MODEL 315 4---4---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

5. Minimum airspeed --- Go---Around Speed (figure 6---50---4) flap 5_ (CR803CH00064), (figure 5---8---1)
flap 10_ or (figure 5---8---2) flap 15_.
Positive rate of climb:
6. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- UP. Check all gear, door and gear selector lever advisory lights out.
NOTE
On pre---Mod 8/1386 airplanes, during go---around the landing gear
warning horn will sound if the landing gear is retracted with the flap at
10_ (CR803CH00064),15_ or 35_.

When clear of obstacles:

7. Minimum airspeed --- Final take---off climb speed (figure 5---2---9).
8. FLAP selector lever --- 0_ at flap retraction initiation speed (figure 5---6---14) flap 5_ (CR803CH00064), flap
10_ or (figure 5---6---15) flap15_.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.

4.4.3 CROSSWIND TECHNIQUE. Crosswind landing is based on the steady state wing down/zero crab
technique, i.e:

Approach and touchdown with upwind wing lowered, using rudder to align airplane with runway. Following
touchdown hold nosewheel on runway with elevators and use ailerons to inhibit any upwind wing lifting.

4---4---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!!

" !

" # "% & #

' (& & )_
!

+& (& &( +& (& &, +&&-.

// + +&* (& +/ &*( (& (

0 0" (-,( ''

10# 20 2 (& ''
1 32 (-, ''
4 0 (-,( '' *( 5
6 #% 78 7 * #% 78 7 (-,( '' ",9 #% 78 7 * #%
78 7 *(: &.,(

# ! ! $

;%3;< =; % & ;%
=> 2> ; (-,( # ;
1; &( ' 0
" &( ;3' 2; &&- .( (*?&@ + ) (( /// ?+ (,A
-
;0#< (-, ''
4 #0 %0 (-, '' ",9 0#= #0%0 * 7= #0%0 * &.,(
6 = * = (-,( ''
;"0;" " =0# * ;"0;" '3" +* (-,( ''
! ; 0<2 (-, ''

!
3 ) *&*( -, 36 *
; 0<2 (-, /( ? :& # , ''

) " &( '7 ''

$
1, * . B C)) C)! D *
/. , &( + '7 '' /*: *( , .(
&.,
3" &., (-, ''
0# = ;> * 78 = ;> (-,( '' ",9 0# = ;> * 78 = ;> *A
&.,( &&/*
= ;> ; (-, ''

.(
)4
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! ! % ! & '

!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.6 FUEL MANAGEMENT

4.6.1 NORMAL OPERATION.

1. Fuel TRANSFER switch --- OFF. Check both VALVE advisory lights CLOSED.
2. TANK 1 AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP switches --- OFF, except for take---off and landing. Check
TANK 1 AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP advisory lights out.

4.6.2 FUEL TRANSFER.

TRANSFER FROM TANK 1 TO TANK 2:

1. Fuel TRANSFER switch --- TO TANK 2. Check both VALVE advisory lights OPEN and TANK 1 AUX
PUMP advisory light illuminates.
At completion of transfer:
2. Fuel TRANSFER switch --- OFF. Check both VALVE advisory lights CLOSED and TANK 1 AUX PUMP
advisory light out.

TRANSFER FROM TANK 2 TO TANK 1:

[Link] TRANSFER switch --- TO TANK 1. Check both VALVE advisory lights OPEN and TANK 2 AUX
PUMP advisory light illuminates.
On completion of transfer:
2. Fuel TRANSFER switch --- OFF. Check both VALVE advisory lights CLOSED and TANK 2 AUX PUMP
advisory light out.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 4---6---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---6---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

#$#%& $ % ## %(
#) * +* ,- - - ) . / .0// *
1$ 23,! /3)- * $ 23,! . *23 4*
.5 /4 * * 6* - .* 3 *! /) ,- *235 / 43 3**!
.! *,! *3! 5*.3*7 #) * . *
+* . 4. * / 1$ 6187 23,
#) * .3* +* ,- - - ) . / .0//
* 1$ 23, ,- .) .4*! .+,.5* ,.5* ,-
* /. *,! ! *.) ,.! *3 *- 4.5 2 )* 25 -
)* /9 )*! .33* ) ** 2*

!
83)- /9) .! /9) 993 4+ ) *
6* 3 3: ,. . 5*.3*7 4.5 * 3 2 3;
* /.*! +) - ..235 / -
*5*4 4.5 * 3 /4) ./ / - * /.* -*
4.5 2 *- *) - *5*4* . 4.5 * *35
). - /4. . 33.235 / - .3.
) * 4.5 2 ) /3)- *23 .
,- 23, 1 $ .42 4. . */.335 ,- 3*
-. *3.*- *3. 4.
) 4.5 2 / 25 * .335 +* .
- ./.4 ..* 4.335 2* 33 ! - .
/ - 33 * ./ / - * * ,. -
33 23.* . - * ,,* / - /3)-
4.4 ./ / - 3.) )

" #

#<8<
#$ < . $-0 = * .- .3
> > ? *,- > > ?
#<8< @ *3 8 ) 43 53 6A1 **7 + - /33,)
-0*(
. $-0 - B#%& .*5 3)-* 33 4. . ) *: .335 .*! 44) ,-
2. . . ) ,- 2. .! /33, 25 - 2. # - - 2. #

- *: / - B#%& . - .*5 3)-* - 3/ * *
*
2 $-0 -. #$ < . 3* /3 . -.* ,- . 3)-*
$-0 * .335 -. ) . .0 2* /3. ,- - 3)-* ,) 2 *:
$-0 -. 53 44* ./ ** ,33 - *3 88
#<8< %@ *3 <. - )- ,) . .3 ** . 2* B#%& . #
.*5 3)-* 33 4. .* *3
> > ? *,- 88

1!""
35!1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

< <
< < *3 < < ! C > 1$
B< 3* . .- 3** -. "11 %
< *,- ?3 . $-0 < .*5 3)-* 33 4. .335 /
.+4.35 1 ** . ) *: - )- 53

) ) * -3 < *,- . / 4
-. 53 ,- . A1* ,33 4 2, 53*
< < *3 < < ! C B 1$ $-0 < .*5 3)-* 33 4.
.335 / .+4.35 1 ** . ) *: - )- 53
< *,- <3.*
A < < *3 88
B< 3* 8 #
> < ? <%
> ? <% *,- ?3 . $-0 -. > ? <% ? . < > ? <% ? .
3)-* 33 4. . ) ./ **
> ? <% *,- <3.*
%&#% #% D CE <
%&#% #% D CE < *,-* ** $-0 $ .*5 3)-* ) . ./
1 ** %F?< .*5 3)-* 33 4.
%&#% #% D CE < *,-* ** $-0 $ .*5 3)-* 33 4.

- ?< .*5 3)- 4.5 33 4. / * ). -. $
< $# % E
#%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 #%$< <8 $-0 #%$< <8
.*5 3)- 33 4.*
#%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 88 $-0 #%$< <8 .*5
3)-
$
D 88 #% < #% #$#%& $ % ## %
< D 88 $?$D
%&#% #% D CE < *,-* ** $-0 %F?< .*5 3)-* 33 4.
#&%## % . #&%## % *,-* %@ 6 G11 G1" @ 7
> ? <% *,- ?
> > ? *,- > > ?
< < *3 3 3 C > 1 $ C B 1 $ .* ..

- //** / - 33 ) *5*4 . 2 4
. 33 2. 25 . / - 33*
11 %
- < .*5 3)-* ,33 33 4. 3 - ../ * .2
A B#% ?# ? (
. B#% ?# ? *3 B <@ 644 4 1 **7
2 B#% ?# ? *3 % <
D 88 B#? #%$< >! ><! >
#%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 #%$< <8 $-0 #%$< <8
.*5 3)- 33 4.*

) !""

*!1A

Print Date: 2022-07-31

#.* >! ><! > 83. 1 = 0

83. = 0
83. 1 = 0
83. =1 0
8 /4. .3* * .23
11 / &(
.3 / ( #<8< @ *3 8 $-0 -. B#%& . # .*5 3)-*
33 4. . ) *: .335 .*
444 / - *)4(
* #.* 8.3 .0// $342 6/) "7 = 0
A 8 *3 3 1 . /3. . . * 6/) A7 /3. = 0 . 1 = 0
6/) A7 /3. =1 0
..).-
D 88 B#? $ %$% 8 ?#< &% 11 8 & B#? G11 <
E11A #%$ < <
#%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 88 $-0 #%$< <8 .*5
3)-
8 /4. .3* * .23
11 / &(
* #.* 8.3 .0// $342 68) "7 = 0
8 *3 3 1 . /3. . . * 6/) A7 /3. . 1 6/)
A7 /3.
#%$< <8 *,- 6 G11 E11A7 #%$< <8 $-0 #%$< <8
.*5 3)- 33 4.*

#/ .* * .* 2/ #%$< <8 *,- * *3
#%$< <8 ! *.33 ,.) 4.5
A .3 / ( #<8< @ *3 8 $-0 -. B#%& . # .*5 3)-*
33 4. . ) *: .335 .*
8 /4. .35! * .23
D 88 B#? $ % &% $ %#%@ C > 11 8 & B#? G11 <
E11A #%$ < <

#%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 88 $-0 #%$< <8 .*5
3)-
8 /4. .3* * .23
11 / &(
*
#.* > 68) 7 83. 1 = 0
#.* > 68) 7 83. = 0
#.* > 68) A7 83. 1 = 0
#.* > 68) 7 83. =1 0
#%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 #%$< <8 $-0 #%$< <8
.*5 3)- 33 4.*

#/ .* * .* 2/ #%$< <8 *,- * *3
#%$< <8 ! *.33 ,.) 4.5

!""
42!11

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

.3 / ( #<8< @ *3 8 $-0 -. B#%& . # .*5 3)-*
33 4. . ) *: .335 .*
A 8 /4. .35! * .23
444 / - *)4! * ..).-
* #.* 8.3 .0// $342 6/) "7 = 0
8 *3 3 1 . /3. . . * 6/) A7 /3. = 0 . 1 = 0
6/) A7 /3. =1 0
" ..).-
C8 < %<#%& #$#%& $ % ## % < B?% #$ # $
%&#% #% D CE < *,-* ** $-0 %F?< .*5 3)-* 33 4.
#&%## % . #&%## % *,-* %@ 6 G11 G1" @ 7
> ? <% *,- ?
> > ? *,- > > ?
< < *3 3 3 C > 1$ C B 1$ .* .. 2*
< .*5 3)-* 33 4. .335 . ) *:

- //** / - 33 ) *5*4 . 2 4 .
33 2. 25 . / - 33* 11
%
F11 .3.* 33 4 *- 3 2 4..
.2 111 % ) 33 ) .
F1 .3.* - E%$?< ? *,- 4 * 2
*3 88 ,- 33 ) *5*4 * .)
A #%$< <8 *,- 6G11 E11A7 #%$< <8 $-0 #%$< <8
.*5 3)- 33 4.*

#/ .* * .* .- . .2 - 4 4 .*
) ..).- 2/ *3) < <
*3 6G11 E11A .7 #%$< <8
6G11 E11A .7! *.33 ,.)
4.5
B#% ?# ? (
. B#% ?# ? *3 B <@ 644 4 1 **7
2 B#% ?# ? *3 % <

#/ /4* /,. ) / 3H* * ,,( B F? *,- %
" 3$ < . $-0 = * .- .3

* ; ** * 4.. . * ). )
*! -3) . ..-! 4.5 2 **.5 .* % 25
..) - B< 3*
F1 .3.* .) F1 ! / **
3$ < . * 2* *.239 . . .3 23, *I
** 4.5 2 * 25 *3) C *,- 88 /
- / **
8 /4. .35! * .23

) !""

*!1A

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link] CLIMB, CRUISE AND DESCENT IN ICING CONDITIONS.

On initial detection of ice:
1. Minimum airspeed:
a. Climb --- Final Take---off Climb Speed (figure 5---2---9) + 15 kt.
b. Descend --- 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_+ 15 kt.
2. AIRFRAME AUTO selector --- FAST or SLOW, depending on the rate of ice accumulation. Check that
WING and TAIL advisory lights illuminate and go out sequentially in pairs.
NOTE
Monitor ice accumulation between boot cycles (use wing inspection
lights as required) to confirm that the selected AIRFRAME AUTO rate
[FAST or SLOW] is appropriate.
CAUTION
An accumulation of ice on the airplane may change the stall
characteristics, stall speed, or warning margin provided by the stall
warning system.
3. Monitor WING and TAIL deicer boot advisory lights for normal operation.
When ice accumulation is no longer detected:
4. Continue to operate the boots for two complete cycles.
Then:
5. AIRFRAME AUTO selector --- OFF.
When the aircraft is aerodynamically clean:
NOTE
The aircraft can be considered aerodynamically clean when
all ice is removed from the visible leading edges and wing tips.
6. With MS8Q101170 or MS8Y101067 not incorporated, PROP TMR selector --- OFF.
7. INCR REF SPEED switch (MS8Q101170 or MS8Y101067) --- OFF. Check INCR REF SPEED advisory
light out.
NOTE
With MS8Q101170 or MS8Y101067 incorporated, the INCR REF SPEED
advisory light will continue to flash until the PROP TMR switch is selected
OFF.
8. Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 VS for all flap settings.
[Link] HOLDING, APPROACH AND LANDING IN ICING CONDITIONS.
NOTE
When holding in icing conditions flap must be at 0_.
On initial detection of ice:
1. Airspeed --- Minimum holding, 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_ + 15 kt.
--- Approach and Go---around Speed (figure 6---50---4) flap 5_ (CR803CH00064) + 15 kt.
--- Approach and Go---around Speed (figure 5---8---1) flap 10_ + 15 kt.
--- Approach and Go---around Speed (figure 5---8---2) flap 15_ + 10 kt.
--- Landing VREF (figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) + 15 kt.
--- Landing VREF (figure 5---8---1) flap 15_ + 10 kt.
--- Landing VREF (figure 5---8---2) flap 35_ + 5 kt.
2. AIRFRAME AUTO selector --- FAST. Check that WING and TAIL advisory lights illuminate and go out
sequentially in pairs.

2 June,
10 July, 1995
2013 MODEL 315 4---7---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

3. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- BLEED 1 and BLEED 2.

NOTE
For performance penalty, see Table 5---13---2.
CAUTION
An accumulation of ice on the airplane may change the stall
characteristics, stall speed, or warning margin provided by the stall
warning system.
[Link] HOLDING, APPROACH AND LANDING AFTER FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS OR ICING IS NO
LONGER DETECTED.
Before commencing the hold or approach or at any time airspeed is 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2 thru 5---1---4) or less:
1. Continue to operate the boots for two complete cycles.
Then:
2. AIRFRAME AUTO selector --- OFF.
When the aircraft is aerodynamically clean:
NOTE
The aircraft can be considered aerodynamically clean when
all ice is removed from the visible leading edges and wing tips.

3. With MS8Q101170 or MS8Y101067 not incorporated, PROP TMR selector --- OFF.
4. INCR REF SPEED switch (MS8Q101170 or MS8Y101067) --- OFF. Check INCR REF SPEED advisory
light out.
NOTE
With MS8Q101170 or MS8Y101067 incorporated, the INCR REF SPEED
advisory light will continue to flash until the PROP TMR switch is selected
OFF.
If the conditions for aerodynamically clean aircraft in the note above are met:
5. Airspeed --- Minimum holding, 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_.
--- Approach and Go---around Speed (figure 6---50---4) flap 5_ (CR803CH00064).
--- Approach and Go---around Speed (figure 5---8---1) flap 10_.
--- Approach and Go---around Speed (figure 5---8---2) flap 15_.
--- Landing VREF (figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064).
--- Landing VREF (figure 5---8---1) flap 15_.
--- Landing VREF (figure 5---8---2) flap 35_.

NOTE
For performance penalty, see Table 5---13---3.

4.7.3 FLIGHT IN SEVERE ICING.

1. Autopilot --- Disconnect immediately.
CAUTION
Be prepared for a possible roll force requirement by firmly holding the
control wheel prior to disconnecting the autopilot.
2. Condition levers --- MAX.
3. POWER levers --- Adjust as required to maximum continuous power (figure 5---1---13).
4. Minimum airspeed --- 160 kt IAS.

(0 0 &D+ %& , 0(( *, @C #%
$*5 *, - ,0,( ,E7,04 < <C #% , 1 ( E !@_$ $*5
- & , #=1# & $ ()*( 33 >B( $ , & 0-*( A
+ * ,, - *5 0 (( ( -, *, ( #= 1 & #=
#2 #= +2 & #= %" 2 , $ =# ),- , , 0-*(
/* - (,B0F(.
$ 0 1#

13 00 ( 3,* 77,04 (0 &#
+ %&D2#+ %& ()* 2#+ %&
+00)- 00 3,*-.
/& ,( G
$ =# , 0-*
9 $ , $ 6 , $*5
< #: 2; 2 ()*( ++ $*5 #: 2; 2 , #: 2; 2 ,(4 0-*(

8" %" & ()*( # &
! 8 , 8 ()*( 8 , 8
@ 1=#11 # , 1=#11 # ()*( # & > ?@@ ?@! 2 A
1# 82 1 ()* ++
/* 00 7 (H "#$%& % ()* #

-(
@9
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

&2&
12 @
@@@+

@
@ @ 9@ @ @@
1 :#

!"# $%$& ! '(#( )*

!!

7B @

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # $ " $% "

& '

" $% &' & $% &' & ()* $% $% +*, (-

$% &' & "(. -/* -- 0"( " "11 $2 3& 4 " -/*
51 " -/* ( / 6
" - $% &' & ()* 33 +*, "" $% &' & "(. -/*
7 +*, 1 8"- -",( " 1 - )* "-" 51 * ( 10! (* ) /
""/"*

%

3 5&4 3 $% &'55 49 & & 5+ 3&$+5 $ :$ $5&5$ 5 $ 3 $% &' &

;5 49 52<=6

" $% &' & $% &' & ()* $% $% +*, (-

$% &' & "(. -/* -- 0"(
0- 1 1 - "(16
- $% &' & ()* 33 +*, "" $% &' & "(. -/*
3 5&4 3 $ 4 > < 4 $34 ; ; $ : $ 4 > < ; ; ;5 49 52< $
$=6

3 - 4 $34 ()* 33
+(" (* - 7 / * 11( 1 1 - 0"80 0 -""- "(.00. 1 - -) --
""/"* ?

( ! ) # $ * ! $% * ! &

+*, ( 1 "11 ",

11 ", 1 - ( -)6
+*, 1 8"- " "- 1 - -",(

*, 1 * "7 )-- 7 ((". 1. " ((7- "- 1 -
-",
$ " 1 " 1 - -",6
"(1 1 - 10 "11 ", ""/"* ?
1 - @ ".
3 - -", 106
* ) / "11 ( ""/"*
11 ", 1 - ( 0"-6
"" " -- " "( 0 * "( ((7-
" $% &' & $% &' & ()* $% $% +*, (-
$% &' & "(. -/* -- 0"(
1 - @ ".
((" $2 3& 4 " -/* -- 0"(6
* ) / "11 ( ""/"*

"*!AA
!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

+ " # " & +) + !
" '

" $% &' & $% &' & ()* $% $% +*, (-

$% &' & "(. -/* -- 0"(
+ 1-/* 7 0"" -- " "( 0 * "( ((7- 1 - 0" " 1 - (B
(
"" " @ 8 1-/*

, " " +" ! # $ +"

$% +" & '

"11 / 10"

".!A?

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.10 ENGINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM FAILURES

4.10.1 FIRE DETECTOR LOOP FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF CHECK FIRE DET WARNING LIGHT AND
FAULT A OR FAULT B ADVISORY LIGHT).

1. Appropriate LOOP SELECTION knob --- Select non---illuminated FAULT position.

Mod 8/1835 airplanes with MS 8Q101573 or MS 8Q101545 not incorporated:
2. FAULT A advisory light illuminated --- Land as soon as practicable.

2 June,
15 May, 1995
2006 MODEL 315 4---10---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---10---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.11 PITOT-- STATIC, STALL WARNING AND STICK PUSHER SYSTEM FAILURES
4.11.1 ABNORMAL INDICATIONS OF AIRSPEED, ALTITUDE AND VERTICAL AIRSPEED.
1. Appropriate STATIC SOURCE selector --- ALTERNATE.
If switching the STATIC SOURCE selector to ALTERNATE does not correct the abnormal indications:
2. Rely on the flight instruments on the opposite side and land as soon as practicable.

4.11.2 PITOT HEAT 1 OR PITOT HEAT 2 CAUTION LIGHT ON.

1. Check appropriate NO. 1 PITOT STATIC or NO. 2 PITOT STATIC switch is on.
If switch is on:
2. In icing conditions or precipitation rely on the flight instruments on the opposite side.

4.11.3 NO. 1 STALL WARNING OR NO. 2 STALL WARNING SYSTEM FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF #1
STALL SYST FAIL OR #2 STALL SYST FAIL AND PUSHER SYST FAIL CAUTION LIGHTS).
With the exception of go---around and enroute climb:
1. Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2, 5---1---3 or 5---1---4) for all flap settings or the appropriate
airspeed for icing conditions and other failures if applicable.

4.11.4 STICK PUSHER SYSTEM FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF PUSHER SYST FAIL CAUTION LIGHT).
With the exception of go---around and enroute climb:
1. Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2, 5---1---3 or 5---1---4) for all flap settings or the appropriate
airspeed for icing conditions and other failures if applicable.

4.11.5 STICK PUSHER SYSTEM FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF STICK PUSHER SHUT-- OFF SWITCH).
1. Aircraft attitude --- Control.

Note
Elevator pull force may be 70 lbs.
2. Pilot or copilot STICK PUSHER SHUT---OFF switch --- Press. Observe illumination of PUSHER SYST
FAIL caution light.
With the exception of go---around and enroute climb:
3. Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2, 5---1---3 or 5---1---4) for all flap settings or the appropriate
airspeed for icing conditions and other failures if applicable.

2 June,
17 May, 1995
2004 MODEL 315 4---11---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---11---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.12 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURES

4.12.1 NO HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INDICATED IN NO. 1 or NO. 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS

(ILLUMINATION OF #1 ENG HYD PUMP OR #2 ENG HYD PUMP CAUTION LIGHT).
1. Appropriate HYD QTY indicator --- Check.
If hydraulic quantity is within normal range, and STBY HYD PRESS switches are at NORM.
2. STBY HYD PRESS switches --- 1 or 2.
NOTE
With No. 2 STBY HYD PRESS switch selected, see paragraph 4.22.4 for
landing gear extension.
If all hydraulic quantity is lost:
3. Affected No. 1 or No. 2 STBY HYD PRESS switch --- NORM. (With Mod 8/1983 incorporated, No. 2 STBY
HDY PRESS switch --- 2).
The following services appropriate to No. 1 or No. 2 hydraulic system may be inoperative:

NO.1 SYSTEM NO. 2 SYSTEM

Inboard roll spoilers Outboard roll spoilers

Flap Normal landing gear retraction and extension
Wheel brakes and anti---skid Nosewheel steering
No. 1 rudder system Emergency/parking brake (if PARK BRAKE
indicator shows depleted pressure)
No. 2 rudder system (with the exception of Mod 8/1983
airplanes)

NOTE
1. With No. 1 hydraulic system inoperative, minimum approach airspeed
and VREF is 1.4 Vs (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_, see paragraph 4.14.1. For
unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
2. With No. 2 hydraulic system inoperative, minimum approach airspeed
and VREF is VREF (figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) + 6 kt,
VREF (figure 5---8---1) flap 15_ + 6 kt or VREF (figure 5---8---2) flap 35_ + 6
kt. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
3. With mod 8/2781 incorporated, #1 HYD ISO VLV or #2 HYD ISO VLV
caution light will illuminate. With the affected hydraulic system hydraulic
fluid at an extremely low level, the affected #1 HYD ISO VLV or #2 HYD
ISO VLV caution light may go out.

4.12.2 HYDRAULIC FLUID OVERTEMPERATURE (ILLUMINATION OF #1 HYD FLUID HOT OR #2 HYD

FLUID HOT CAUTION LIGHT).
1. Monitor pressure and quantity of affected hydraulic system.

4.12.3 STANDBY HYDRAULIC PUMP OVERHEAT (ILLUMINATION OF #1 STBY HYD PUMP HOT OR #2
STBY HYD PUMP HOT CAUTION LIGHT).
Flap selector lever set greater than 0_:
1. No action required.
Flap selector lever at 0_:
2. Appropriate STBY HYD PRESS switch --- NORM.

2 June,
30 July, 1995
2013 MODEL 315 4---12---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

4.12.4 PARTIAL LOSS OF HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM NO. 1 OR NO. 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
(ILLUMINATION OF #1 HYD ISO VLV OR #2 HYD ISO VLV CAUTION LIGHTS) (MOD 8/2781).
1. The following services appropriate to No. 1 or No. 2 hydraulic system will be inoperative:
NO.1 SYSTEM NO. 2 SYSTEM

Inboard roll spoilers Outboard roll spoilers

Flap Normal landing gear retraction and extension
Wheel brakes and anti---skid Nosewheel steering
Emergency/parking brake (if PARK BRAKE
indicator shows depleted pressure)

NOTE
1. With No. 1 hydraulic isolation valve closed, minimum approach
airspeed and VREF is 1.4 VS (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_, see paragraph
4.14.1. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
2. With No. 2 hydraulic isolation valve closed, minimum approach
airspeed and VREF is VREF (figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) +
6 kt, VREF (figure 5---8---1) flap 15_ + 6 kt or VREF (figure 5---8---2) flap 35_
+ 6 kt. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.

4---12---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1998

2 February, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.13 FLAP FAILURE

4.13.1 FLAP DRIVE FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF FLAP DRIVE CAUTION LIGHT).

Flap will continue to operate and may be used to complete the flight.

4.13.2 FLAP POWER UNIT FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF FLAP POWER CAUTION LIGHT).

1. Observe NO. 1 MAIN HYD PRESS and HYD QTY indicators and #l ENG HYD PUMP caution light.
If loss of pressure is indicated and quantity level is within normal range:
a. STBY HYD PRESS switch --- 1. Operate flap normally.

NOTE

1. Operation of flap with No. 1 standby hydraulic pump may

cause illumination of FLAP POWER caution light.

2. With complete loss of hydraulic fluid, flap will remain in se-

lected position.

3. For flapless landing, see paragraph 4.14.1.

4.13.3 ILLUMINATION OF FLAP POWER CAUTION LIGHT FOLLOWING NORMAL FLAP OPERATION.
Flap will continue to operate normally but the malfunction must be rectified before the next flight.

2 June,
30 May, 1995
2002 MODEL 315 4---13---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---13---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.14 ABNORMAL LANDINGS

4.14.1 FLAPLESS LANDING.

1. GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE switch --- Press. Check GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light illumi-
nates.
2. Minimum approach airspeed and VREF --- 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_.
NOTE
With loss of No. 1 hydraulic system; minimum approach air-
speed and VREF --- 1.4 VS (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_. See para-
graph 4.12.1.

3. For unfactored landing distance required, see paragraph 5.11.2.

4. Power should be reduced gradually to achieve FLT IDLE at or just prior to touchdown.
CAUTION

Pitch attitudes greater than 6_ in the landing flare may cause

the fuselage to contact the runway.

NOTE

The nosewheel should be promptly brought into contact with

the ground following main wheel contact.

5. POWER levers --- DISC.

CAUTION
If reverse power is required, care should be taken to ensure
that engine torque limit in reverse is not exceeded.

6. GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE switch --- Press. Check GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light out.

4.14.2 NOSEWHEEL STEERING FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF NOSE STEERING CAUTION LIGHT).

1. Center steering handle and nosewheel.

If NOSE STEERING caution light remains illuminated:
2. STEERING switch --- OFF.
3. Taxi airplane using differential braking and power.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 4---14---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---14---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.15 WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEM FAILURES

4.15.1 NO. 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURE.

With complete loss of pressure from No. 1 hydraulic system:
1. Minimum approach airspeed and VREF --- 1.4 VS (figure 5---1---2) flap 0_.
2. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.
After touchdown:
3. EMERG/PARK BRAKE lever --- Apply intermittently with duration of each application approximately
one second, with intervals of reduced braking as brief as possible.

NOTE
Emergency brake application is proportional to lever travel
with no differential braking and no anti---skid control.

CAUTION

Excessive application of emergency braking can result in

skidding and tire failure.

4.15.2 BRAKE ANTI-SKID FAILURE (ILLUMINATION OF INBD ANTI SKID AND/OR OUTBD ANTI SKID
CAUTION LIGHTS).

1. ANTI SKID switch --- ON.

2. Pedal brakes --- Apply using manual technique.

NOTE

For maximum deceleration with reduced anti---skid control,

brakes should be applied intermittently, with the duration of
each application approximately one second, with intervals of
reduced braking as brief as possible.

1. CAB ALT indicator --- Check.
If cabin altitude exceeds 8000 ft:
2. BLEED selector --- MAX.
If operating in AUTO/NORM:
3. CAB SET or MANUAL mode --- Select. See paragraph 4.16.4.
If cabin altitude does not decrease:
4. Airplane altitude --- Descend to below 14,000 ft as soon as possible.
4.16.6 RAM VENTILATION
1. RECIRC CABIN and RECIRC F/C fan switches --- OFF.
2. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- OFF.
3. AUTO/MAN/DUMP switch --- MAN.
4. MAN knob --- Fully clockwise (towards INCR).
5. FWD OUTFLOW VALVE selector --- OPEN.
NOTE
Ram ventilation is most effective at speeds above 150 kt IAS.

4---16---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!! " # # !
# $
#$%$ ' () %%
* #$ (+, #
#- $ . -,/ 0 (( 1 1 (2(3
#
, 4 ./ 5 , ( +, 3.) (( . 5
% , 0.) ( 0 ..4., % #'$ % 16#1
#1 7 *
1' () # . 4 ./ ((
#
() , + 8#16 (( 4 3. .) 4 0 ,
.) . 4 ./
#
, +)) . ., # . 4 ./ ( (, ) 5
.93.)2 : ((
9 4 ( 0 ((5)
;)4! .., . ).4<
: 3 ).4 0). =_ >-$= -;===:? . _
( 3 3 ,)4! @( >04 ? 0). =_ A/
.,! @$% . 6. >04 :=? 0). =_ >-$= -;===:?
A /
.,! @$% . 6. >04 ? 0). _ A /
% 0. ).4 (.! ( ..4.,
% # &##
%%- @# $B #6; 1 #'#1
- 'C @B (+, @B
#0 .)) 5 .(2 )4,( )) 3.<
9 4 ( 0 ((5)
;)4! .., . ).4<
3 ).4 0). =_ >-$= -;===:? . _
( 3 3 ,)4! @( >04 ? 0). =_ A/
.,! @$% . 6. >04 :=? 0). =_ >-$= -;===:?
A /
.,! @$% . 6. >04 ? 0). _ A /
% 0. ).4 (.! ( ..4.,
%%- @# $B #6; #'#1 - 1#1' 'B
9 4 ( 0 ((5)
;)4! .., . ).4<
3 ).4 0). =_ >-$= -;===:? . _
( 3 3 ,)4! @( >04 ? 0). =_ A /
.,! @$% . 6. >04 :=? 0). =_ >-$= -;===:?
A /
.,! @$% . 6. >04 ? 0). _ A /
% 0. ).4 (.! ( ..4.,

.2!==
!""

Print Date: 2022-07-31

' # ( &##

% 3. 0 0)4,<
. 16#1 #1 7 *B $ (+, -,/ 0 )) 3. 0 1C;$ .(2
)4,(
. #61## 1 #61## 1 (+, 1' > D== D=" ' ?
9 4 ( 0 ((5)
!#! "#) # # !#! * #
$
- 'C @B (+, @B
-,/ .)) $ .(2 )4,( )) 3.
#0 .)) )4,( )) 3.<
$ $ () ) .). ( 5( . 0 $ .(2 )4,(
#0 0. ) ( 0<
. ))( == 1
9 4 ( 0 ((5)

+ * # # " # # * # # * #

# $
4 ( 0 ((5)
#0 4 ( . 5 .<
%). =_
#
. . 0). ()! ).( 0). () )., 0))+4
33 0 0). () 03 ).( () (
3 3 .( / #
).4 4 (<
3 ).4 0). =_ >-$= -;===:? . _
( .,! @$% . 6. >04 :=? 0). =_ >-$= -;===:?
A /
.,! @$% . 6. >04 ? 0). _ A /
: % 0. ).4 (.! ( ..4.,

, - #* " # # - # # - # #

$
8#1 ;# ; () (+, 8 $ '
4 ( 0 ((5)

- #- #* " # # -# # # $

8 C; (+, %%

4 !""

(!=:

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA
de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.18 FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS

4.18.1 ILLUMINATION OF ROLL SPLR INBD HYD OR ROLL SPLR OUTBD HYD CAUTION LIGHT.
1. Appropriate ROLL SPLR PRESSURE INBD or ROLL SPLR PRESSURE OUTBD switch --- PUSH OFF.
2. Airspeed --- VREF (figure 6---50---4) flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) + 6 kt, (figure 5---8---1) flap 15_ + 6 kt or
(figure 5---8---2) flap 35_ + 6 kt.
3. For unfactored landing distance, see paragraph 5.11.2.

4.18.2 AILERON TRIM TAB RUNAWAY.

1. Airspeed --- Reduce.
2. Attempt to reverse trim and stop movement at neutral position by pulling AIL TRIM ACT circuit break-
er. (J7 on L ESSENTIAL circuit breaker panel).
If aileron trim actuator cannot be reversed:
3. AIL TRIM ACT circuit breaker --- Pull.

4.18.3 RUDDER CONTROL MALFUNCTION (ILLUMINATION OF RUD 1 SWITCH OR RUD 2 SWITCH).

1. Illuminated RUD 1 switch or RUD 2 switch --- PUSH OFF. Observe illumination of RUD FULL PRESS,
RUD PRESS and #1 RUD HYD or #2 RUD HYD caution lights.

4.18.4 ILLUMINATION OF #1 RUD HYD OR #2 RUD HYD CAUTION LIGHT (NOT ASSOCIATED WITH
ENGINE SHUTDOWN OR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURE).
1. Associated RUD 1 switch or RUD 2 switch --- PUSH OFF. Observe illumination of RUD FULL PRESS
and RUD PRESS caution lights.

4.18.5 ILLUMINATION OF RUD PRESS OR RUD FULL PRESS CAUTION LIGHTS.

1. Maximum airspeed --- 200 kt IAS.
WARNING

When operating with RUD FULL PRESS caution light illumi-

nated, limit airspeed to a maximum of 200 kt IAS.

CAUTION

Abrupt and excessive rudder movements must be avoided at

speeds above 150 kt IAS.

4.18.6 RUDDER TRIM ACTUATOR RUNAWAY.

[Link] opposite rudder and attempt to reverse trim and stop movement at the neutral position by pull-
ing the RUD TRIM ACT circuit breaker (F7 on L ESSENTIAL circuit breaker panel).
If rudder trim actuator cannot be reversed:
2. RUD TRIM ACT circuit breaker --- Pull.

4.18.7 ELEVATOR TRIM MANUAL CONTROL FAILURE.

1. STBY ELEVATOR TRIM switch --- Raise guard and select ARM.
2. STBY ELEVATOR TRIM NOSE DOWN/NOSE UP switch --- Select as required until desired trim is ob-
tained. ELEVATOR TRIM indicator will not indicate trim tab position.

NOTE

The standby elevator trim rate is slow.

2 June,
30 May, 1995
2002 MODEL 315 4---18---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---18---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.19 ATTITUDE AND HEADING REFERENCE SYSTEM FAILURES

4.19.1 PRIMARY HEADING DATA FAILURE. (Appearance of HDG flag on affected HSI (EHSI), OFF flag on
cross---side RMI and illumination of SLAVE advisory light on the AHRS controller).

NOTE

The system operating in slaved mode (SLAVE advisory light

on AHRS controller is out) is the standard AHRS heading
operating mode.

advisory light on AHRS controller is out) is the normal operat-
ing mode.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 4---19---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---19---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.20 AFCS MALFUNCTIONS

4.20.1 AFCS TRANSFER. For most AFCS malfunctions an automatic transfer to the other system will occur,
and an appropriate failure message will appear on the advisory display. If transfer cannot be completed, the
autopilot will passively disengage (A/P DISENG lights illuminate) and manual control must be resumed.

4.20.2 HSI TRANSFER. The following advisory display messages require HSI transfer to be selected on the
AFCS controller and reselection of flight director modes for continued AFCS operation:

FD DADC DATA INVLD

FD NAV DATA INVLD

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 4---20---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---20---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 4
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

4.21 LANDING GEAR DOOR MALFUNCTIONS

4.21.1 ILLUMINATION OF AMBER DOOR OPEN ADVISORY LIGHT

[Link] LANDING GEAR UP

1. Maximum airspeed --- 140 kt IAS .
2. Flap selector lever --- 0_.
If amber DOOR open advisory light remains illuminated:
3. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- DN.
If amber DOOR open advisory light remains illuminated:
4. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- leave DN.
If amber DOOR open advisory light out:
5. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- UP.
If amber DOOR open advisory light illuminates:
6. Maximum airspeed --- 140 kt IAS.

[Link] LANDING GEAR DOWN

1. Maximum airspeed --- 140 kt IAS.
2. Complete flight with landing gear down.

2 June,
24 1995 1999
December, MODEL 315 4---21---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 4 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4---21---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

24 December, 1999

Print Date: 2022-07-31

"##$% '( #'% %' ' )* +'#,
-( ' *, .* * . #'% %' +*
- ) *% . #' '% /' )* '*
% ''%'.

! "" #

$% & & #%
! $
')++ '* 0 1 2
3/ 245262 *$. 245262
4 24/ / 7 *# # 4 8, *# # *#( *# 49
4 24/ / 7 74 7 ,##(
' %' #'* .'# ## ,##( $ :.1 7 ' 7 7 '+- * ' "
' 72/5 % %' #1 $ '*( #%.* ##+'

. +' %' #'* .'# ## , $## - *%,'#( .%. .'
) % ' '#' #'% %' )** .
; ## , #'* . +' %' #1* ' - '* .%. '*
1% 8!0 #-9 2 +'( ; ' ' ## ,, '. ' +'
#'% %' $ ' #1 '
< 4 24/ / 7 74 =42 4 ,##(

2, " '3 72/5 % %' #1 $ '*( #%.*
##+' * 5> 7 ?2: ? .'# *1 ' ' #
" ' 72/5 % %' #1 $ '*( #%.* ##+'
@ 4* %' '#' #'* .'# ## ,##( :.1 4 7 '+- * ' 4
% %' #1 $ '*( #%.* ##+'

. * %' #'* .'# ## , $## - *%,'#( .%. .'
) % ' '#' #'% %' )** .
; ## , #'* . * %' #1 ' - '* .%. '*
1% 8!0 #-9 2 +'( ; ' ' ## ,, '. ' *
#'% %' $ ' #1 '
4 24/ / 7 74 7 ' 4 24/ / 7 74 =42 4 *
A "?> 4
! 3/ 245262 *$. ' ' 245262

'% %' ' - ' ,##$% )* -( '#'
)* ''%'. *# ? +''#
% ''.

4*$.# *% * ' ,##$% #'% %' )* '*
''%'.

4+-
!! 0

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA

0 42BC2 *$.

, #'%D
/ #1* 2*'## +' %' *',( #1 * ' %'% * %' #1 '* * '* **-# ',
% *.$

' ( # ")
( ( & $

'% %' * +'( - #* 8'+- * '*(
#%.* ##+' 9
4 24/ / 7 # 4 :,+ % %' #1 $ '*( #%.* +' ##+'
*# #'% %'
' '* * '* ''-#

)

2, '( , . % %' #1 $ '*( #%.* ,'# ##+'D
4 24/ / 7 74 =42 4
/ 7 :C E4 24 2: 7 2/5 *$. 4 :.1 , ##+' , '' %'
#1 $ '#' #%.
4 24/ / 7 74 =42 4 :#*

* ' "

$ " +,-.. +,-/-$
+ , . #' /' 1 $ 2' %. 8*9 * *'-#

E. . #'% %' '% $ ' #1 8. % #1
$ '*( #%.* ##+'9 . ,'# '#' %' #1 $
' #%. 8*9 ' - , -( *#% . '#' /'
1 $ 2' %. *$. ' -*% . '#' $
' #1 ' #%.* . #%.8*9 '**' $. . ,'#
8*9 $## ##+'
'' ' ; -, ) ,#%.

. ! # 0 # (

& # # " & & $

4 6> 5> 7 *$.

4? ? *$. ** :.1 ##+' , 5> E7 7 4"7 '*( #%.
4 24/ / 7 *# # 4 :.1 % %' #1 $ '*( #%.* ##+' '##
'+- %' #1 ' *# # '*( #%.*

E. 4 % ' '#'* '% 3! D

4? ? *$. ** :.1 5> E7 7 4"7 '*( #%.

B 3! '#'* ' '#'* $. 3@ B
' * ' , . ? *.# - #+ '
+')++ , +*

'. 0

. 2 " . . $ +5+% 3 7*
..& .

8.. + 2 + 35. .*+ .5"

2+*
9 8 + *." 22+ 35" &

,++$ 2 ' ( ') +" % $ 2+" 7*.

$ 32 8 2+" *" * +" $%
" * *&

;
!:*+% !!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!:*+% ;
!!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

"# $% $$ # & " '( ) *)#" +),

- . "# $% $$ # )#/0) #) #/ # 1"# % 2+)) #
2 3 24& "# $% $$ $% 0 $ #/ # 1"# %
2+)) # 25 ,

+ " 0#)# % " + " % $6 " + "37 #$ ("/8 $+ 0 /+/ #
/" )#"

" ))9# /"/8 : " & &

7 * '; - 1; 7; ('(<.

7 * '; 9# /" ("/8 + " ( #% )#" #))+$#
0 7 * '; 9# /" ')
/ ("/8 =+ ##/ "9 #/ 0 >?6 + " ; #% )#" #))+$#
-' / 0% @#$ )% ?
9# /" ;)
("/8 - =+ ##/ )) )#" #) )+6 1; 7; #% )#" #))+$# -
# -' #/ 0% @#$ )% ?
/ /"/8 " + " ; #% )#" + 6 ;- * ';
#% )#" #))+$# - )) $ 0# / )) "

1# " 35 #/ 6 " A 7 7B 1; /+ # )#" $%
#))+$# +# " "# - )) - ))
9# /" ;)
" ("/8 - =+ ##/ )) )#" #) )+6 1; 7; #% )#" + 6 -
# - # -' + #) - )) "
# ))9 - )) $ - )) $ 0#)#C *
D ; + " )# 9# /" #
8 7 * '; 9# /" ')
) (#$ - )) - )) "
$ 7 * '; 9# /" ;)

1# " ; E' 9# /" ;6 " $/% )#" 9#)) #))+$#
$$ #)% +# " "# - ))
7 * '; 9# /" ("/8 + " ( #% )#" +

) # " & > &4

+

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" / "# $% $$ 9#)) 0 /# # " + + 0% " #9 "# + "# %

.
1) /"8
("# *)#"
#/ 6 - #)
#/ ( ##/ #
2/"

. %6 >4

+

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 8

INBOARD AND OUTBOARD ROLL SPOILER HYDRAULIC CAUTION LIGHTS

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 4---18---1 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

Insert the NOTE below in paragraph 4.18.1, ILLUMINATION OF ROLL SPLR INBD HYD OR ROLL SPLR
OUTBD HYD CAUTION LIGHT, following the title:

NOTE
With MS8Q101445 not incorporated, illumination of the ROLL SPLR
INBD HYD caution light, at an airspeed of 135 kt IAS or greater, may
be indicative of a spoiler cable failure. See paragraph 3.8.5.

Page 2 of 2 MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 9

ELEVATOR TRIM CHECK

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 4---1---1 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

To preclude the possibility of an erroneous elevator trim indication due to a chain failure in the elevator trim
circuit, insert the following text at the end of the FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK --- POWER OFF on
page 4---1---1:

If the elevator trim is moved through its full travel NU and ND or the ELEVATOR TRIM indication is found at
or near the full NU or ND position, the following procedure must be accomplished:

1. Trim wheel --- Adjust until ELEVATOR TRIM indication is centered in the TO trim band.
2. Visually confirm that the elevator trim tabs are approximately aligned with the trailing edge of their
respective elevator.
3. If the elevator trim tabs are observed to be in an unacceptable position, maintenance action is
required prior to flight.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 28 January, 2004

Page 1 of 1 MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 14

RUDDER ACTUATOR TEST (FOR AIRCRAFT NOT INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q101890)

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 4---1---7 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

Add new paragraph at the end of section 4.1.10:

7. RUDDER ACTUATOR TEST

a. STEERING switch --- OFF.
b. RUD 1 switch --- Push off. Observe illumination of #1 RUD HYD and RUD FULL PRESS caution
lights. RUD PRESS caution light may also illuminate.
c. Rudder pedals --- Move left and right. Check PFCS indicator for rudder travel
d. RUD 1 switch --- Push on. Observe #1 RUD HYD, RUD FULL PRESS, and RUD PRESS (if
illuminated) caution lights out.
e. RUD 2 switch --- Push off. Observe illumination of #2 RUD HYD and RUD FULL PRESS caution
lights. RUD PRESS caution light may also illuminate.
f. Rudder pedals --- Move left and right. Check PFCS indicator for rudder travel
g. RUD 2 switch --- Push on. Observe #2 RUD HYD, RUD FULL PRESS and RUD PRESS (if illuminated)
caution lights out.
h. STEERING switch --- STEERING.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch

Date: 7 December, 2011

Page 1 of 1 MODEL 315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 16

LANDING GEAR INDICATOR MALFUNCTION

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 4---22---2 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

Insert the following after paragraph 4.22.3 on page 4---22---2:

For Aircraft Incorporating MOD 8/1519 and with MOD 8Q101968 not incorporated

WARNING
The TAXI light switch must be OFF when confirming the nose gear is
down and locked using the alternate landing gear indication system.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch

Date: 4 March, 2013

Issue 2 MODEL 315 Page 1 of 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 18

ENGINE IGNITION
FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100813

Insert this sheet facing page 4---2---1

Replace the note below in paragraph 4.2.1, Pre---Take---Off Checks, following item 14.:

NOTE
IGNITION switches should be selected to MANUAL in conditions
of turbulence, icing, or heavy precipitation.

Page 3 of 6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 18

ENGINE IGNITION
FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100813

Insert this sheet facing page 4---3---3

Replace the note below in paragraph 4.3.6, Approach, following item 11.:

NOTE
IGNITION switches should be selected to MANUAL in conditions
of turbulence, icing, or heavy precipitation.

Page 4 of 6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 18

ENGINE IGNITION
FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100813

Insert this sheet facing page 4---7---2

Replace with text below in paragraph [Link], item 2. with the following:

2. IGNITION 1 and IGNITION 2 switches --- MANUAL.

Page 5 of 6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 18

ENGINE IGNITION
FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING MODSUM 8Q100813

Insert this sheet facing page 4---7---4

Replace with text below in paragraph [Link], item 2. with the following:

2. IGNITION 1 and IGNITION 2 switches --- MANUAL.

Page 6 of 6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

MODEL 315

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUB---SECTION SUBJECT PAGE

5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---1
5.2 Take---off Performance Procedures and Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---1
5.3 Take---off WAT Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---3---1
5.4 Take---off Climb Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---4---1
5.5 Take---off Field Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---1
5.6 Net Take---off Flight Path Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---6---1
5.7 Enroute Climb Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---7---1
5.8 Landing Performance Procedures and Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---8---1
5.9 Landing WAT Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---9---1
5.10 Landing Climb Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---10---1
5.11 Landing Field Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---1
5.12 Brake Energy and Minimum Turn---Around Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---12---1
5.13 Performance in Icing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---1

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---1---i

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5---1---ii MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.1

GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph Subject Page
5.1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---2
5.1.2 Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---2
5.1.3 Flap Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---2
5.1.4 Maximum Permissible Take---Off and Landing Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---3
5.1.5 Minimum Control Speeds . . . . . . 5---1---4
5.1.6 Use of Performance Data and Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---5
5.1.7 Stalling Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---6
5.1.8 Speeds: 1.5 Vs, 1.4 Vs and 1.3 Vs Versus Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---8
5.1.9 Position Error Correction to IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---12
5.1.10 Position Error Correction to IAS (On ground) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---12
5.1.11 Position Error Correction to Altimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---15
5.1.12 Engine Power Torque Setting Data --- Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---18
5.1.13 Normal Take---Off Power Torque Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---19
5.1.14 Maximum Take---Off Power Torque Setting --- In---Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---22
5.1.15 Maximum Continuous Power Torque Setting --- In---Flight . . . . . . 5---1---24

Figure Title Page

5---1---1 Stalling Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---7
5---1---2 Speeds: 1.5 VS, 1.4 VS, 1.3 VS Versus Weight
(Flap 0_ and 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---9
5---1---3 Speeds: 1.5 VS, 1.4 VS, 1.3 VS Versus Weight
(Flap 10_ and 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---10
5---1---4 Speeds: 1.5 VS, 1.4 VS, 1.3 VS Versus Weight
(Flap 35_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---11
5---1---5 Position Error Correction to IAS (Power for level flight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---13
5---1---6 Position Error Correction to IAS (Power --- flight idle) . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---14
5---1---7 Position Error Correction to Altimeter
(Power for level flight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---16
5---1---8 Position Error Correction to Altimeter
(Power--- flight idle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---17
5---1---9 Normal Take---Off Power Torque Setting --- (Static) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---20
5---1---10 Normal Take---Off Power Torque Setting --- (In---flight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---21
5---1---11 Maximum Take---Off Power Torque Setting --- ( In---flight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---23
5---1---12 Maximum Continuous Power Torque Setting --- (In---flight)
Bleed Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---25
5---1---13 Maximum Continuous Power Torque Setting --- (In---flight)
Bleed On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---1---26

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---1---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUB -- SECTION 5.1

GENERAL
5.1.1 INTRODUCTION
This section contains the performance information for the DHC---8 Model 315 airplane, equipped with
two Pratt and Whitney PW123 E turbo---prop engines.

5.1.2 QUALIFICATIONS

a. All performance data are based on the minimum engine power shown in figures 5---1---9 through
5---1---13 and are consistent with the limitations given in Section 2 of this manual.
b. Performance data are based on engine power corrected for installation losses and power absorbed
by the accessories appropriate to the particular ambient atmospheric and flight conditions.
c. All take---off, accelerate---stop, and landing field lengths are given for dry, hard, smooth runways.
5.1.3 FLAP CONFIGURATIONS

Take-off flap setting: 0_, 5_ , 10_ and 15_

Enroute flap setting: 0_
Approach setting: 10_ and 15_
Landing setting: 15_ and 35_

5---1---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

AMENDMENT
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

5.1.4 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-- OFF AND LANDING WEIGHTS

[Link] MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE---OFF AND LANDING WEIGHTS

a. Structural limits:
CR803SO00001 CR803SO00002
Ramp weight: 18,734 kg 19,087 kg 19,595 kg
(41,300 lb) (42,080 lb) (43,200 lb)
Max Take---off weight: 18,643 kg 18,997 kg 19,505 kg
(41,100 lb) (41,880 lb) (43,000 lb)
Max Landing weight: 18,144 kg 18,597 kg 19,051 kg
(40,000 lb) (41,000 lb) (42,000 lb)
Max Zero fuel weight: 16,874 kg 17,463 kg 17,917 kg
(37,200 lb) (38,500 lb) (39,500 lb)

b. The climb performance---limited maximum permissible take---off weight is given in figure 5---3---1 for a
take---off flap setting of 0_ figure 5---3---2 for a take---off flap setting of 5_, figure 5---3---3 for a take---off
flap setting of 10_ and figure 5---3---4 for a take---off flap setting of 15_.
c. The climb performance---limited maximum permissible landing weight is given in figure 5---9---1 for a
landing flap setting of 15_ and figure 5---9---2 for a landing flap setting of 35_.
d. The maximum permissible take---off and landing weights may be further limited by available runway
lengths (sub---section 5.5 and 5.11), obstacle clearance (sub---section 5.6) and brake energy
(sub---section 5.12).
e. The maximum permissible take---off and landing weight is not limited by maximum tire speed at
weight ---altitude---temperatures, wind speeds and runway gradients shown on the performance charts
included in this section.
[Link] CERTIFIED NOISE LEVELS
a. Certified noise levels at the following measurement points for the basic aircraft are as follows:

Take---off --- 79.5 EPNdB (flap 5_)

Sideline --- 87.0 EPNdB (flap 5_)
Approach --- 93.3 EPNdB (flap 35_)
--- 95.1 EPNdB (flap 15_)

b. Certified noise levels at the following measurement points for CR803SO00001 are as follows:

Take---off --- 79.8 EPNdB (flap 5_)

Sideline --- 87.0 EPNdB (flap 5_)
Approach --- 93.3 EPNdB (flap 35_)
--- 95.0 EPNdB (flap 15_)

c. Certified noise levels at the following measurement points for CR803SO00002 are as follows:

Take---off --- 80.0 EPNdB (flap 5_)

Sideline --- 86.9 EPNdB (flap 5_)
Approach --- 93.3 EPNdB (flap 35_)
--- 94.9 EPNdB (flap 15_)

2 June,
17 19952001
January, MODEL 315 5---1---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

5.1.5 MINIMUM CONTROL SPEEDS

The minimum control speeds, air, are as follows:

VMCA (Flap 15_) 78 kt CAS

(Flap 10_) 80 kt CAS
(Flap 5_) 83 kt CAS
(Flap 0_) 94 kt CAS

VMCL (Flap 35_) 77 kt CAS

(Flap 15_) 79 kt CAS
(Flap 10_) 81 kt CAS

The minimum control speeds, ground, are as follow:

VMCG (Flap 15_) 78 kt CAS

(Flap 10_) 78 kt CAS
(Flap 5_) 78 kt CAS
(Flap 0_) 86 kt CAS

5---1---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#$ !! !"# ##" !"#

& "# '" ( ) # '& '" * +!, -
'" ( ) # ."! # ," '/ & ,

+' , 0, + -, (11 !&) '"# & "# + 0,# &!0
-, (11 !&)
+' #0 * _2 '"# & "# + '"# &!0 * _2
+' #0 + - 0 '"# & "# + 0# , -

3 #/ "# "# +' 4"#'#
0 ", -++# 0 ," ,5, +!"#
! + + , "! ( )
"!' 6

Print Date: 2022-07-31

#!!, ## , +,"
## #$
9, +! : # #0
, , : ; <
0 : 3 * 5 !# =
2> : 30

<'! (0 &- !# )$

5.1.9 POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO IAS (IN FLIGHT). The in---flight position error correction to
Indicated Airspeed (IAS) for the pilot’s, copilot’s and alternate systems is given in figures 5---1---5 and 5---1---6.
The data are applicable to the landing gear retracted or extended and from a minimum speed of 1.3 Vs to the
maximum shown.
Example:

Wing flap = 0_
IAS = 215 kt

nV = 2.2 kt.
CAS = IAS + 2.2 = 215 + 2.2 = 217.2 kt.

5.1.10 POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO IAS (ON GROUND)

5.1.11 POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO ALTIMETER. The position error correction to altimeter for the
pilot’s, copilot’s and alternate systems is given in figures 5---1---7 and 5---1---8.
Example:
Wing flap = 0_
Indicated airspeed (IAS) = 215 kt
Indicated altitude = 20,000 ft

H = ---10 ft
TRUE = INDICATED --- 10 ft
= 20,000 --- 10 = 19,990 ft

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---1---15

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

Figure 5-- 1-- 7

5---1---16 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Figure 5-- 1-- 8

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---1---17

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5---1---22
Section 5

Example (arrowed broken lines on figure 5---1---11):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C and an altitude of 6,000 ft, and at an indicated airspeed of 85 kt IAS, the maximum
D.O.T. Approved

take---off power torque setting is 98.0%.

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 1-- 11

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---1---23

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.1.15 MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER TORQUE SETTING -- IN-- FLIGHT. Maximum continuous power settings for various
altitudes and temperatures are given in figure 5---1---12 with engine bleed OFF and in figure 5---1---13 with engine bleed ON and BLEED
selector --- MIN.

5---1---24
Section 5

Examples (arrowed broken lines on figure 5---1---12 and 5---1---13):

D.O.T. Approved

At an outside air temperature of 8_C, an altitude of 14,000 ft, and indicated airspeed of 130 kt IAS, the maximum continuous
power setting is 72.5% with bleed OFF (figure 5---1---12) and 68.5% with bleed ON and BLEED selector --- MIN (figure
5---1---13).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 1-- 12

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---1---25

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 1-- 13

5---1---26 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.2

TAKE-- OFF PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES AND SPEEDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Subject Page

5.2.1 Take---off Performance Procedures --- Flap 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_ . . . 5---2---2
5.2.2 Take---off Speeds (Flap 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---4
5.2.3 Final Take---off Climb Speed (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---13

Figure Title Page

5---2---1 Rotation Speed VR and Conversion of VR and V1/VR
Ratio to V1 --- (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---5
5---2---2 Take---off Safety Speed V2 --- (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---6
5---2---3 Rotation Speed VR and Conversion of VR and V1/VR
Ratio to V1 --- (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---7
5---2---4 Take---off Safety Speed V2 ---( Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---8
5---2---5 Rotation Speed VR and Conversion of VR and V1/VR
Ratio to V1 --- (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---9
5---2---6 Take---off Safety Speed V2 --- (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---10
5---2---7 Rotation Speed VR and Conversion of VR and V1/VR
Ratio to V1 --- (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---11
5---2---8 Take---off Safety Speed V2 --- (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---12
5---2---9 Final Take---off Climb Speed --- (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---2---14

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---2---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUB -- SECTION 5.2

TAKE-- OFF PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES AND SPEEDS

5.2.1 TAKE-- OFF PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES -- FLAP 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_: The maximum permissi-
ble take---off weight must not exceed the most restrictive of the following:

a. Structural weight. See paragraph 5.1.4.

b. Maximum permissible take---off weight for altitude and temperature based on the limiting climb re-
quirement (WAT limit). See Sub---section 5.3.
c. Maximum take---off weight determined such that the Take---off Run Required is not greater than the
available Take---off Run (= runway length). See Sub---section 5.5.
d. Maximum take---off weight determined such that the Take---off Distance Required is not greater than
the available Take---off Distance (= runway length plus clearway). See Sub---section 5.5.
e. Maximum take---off weight determined such that the Accelerate---stop Distance Required is not greater
than the available Accelerate---stop Distance (= runway length plus stopway). See Sub---section 5.5.
Stopway must have same braking characteristics as runway.
f. Maximum take---off weight determined such that the energy input to brakes does not exceed brake
energy limits. See Sub---section 5.12. It has been determined that with cool brakes the take---off per-
formance is not limited by brake energy input during accelerate---stop EXCEPT when operating in a
tailwind with flap 0_.
[Link] Minimum turn---around time following a landing or prior accelerate---stop is determined in sub---sec-
tion 5.12.

[Link] Tire Speed Limit (= 165 kt groundspeed) does not limit take---off performance.

[Link] An example of the use of the charts is given (see arrowed dashed lines, sub---sections 5.2 and 5.5).
The chosen V1/VR ratio may be varied to fit the circumstances. By increasing V1/VR the Take---off Run Required
and Take---off Distance Required is reduced and the Accelerate---stop Distance Required is increased. A mini-
mum value of V1 such that the engine failure speed is not less than VMCG, and a maximum value of V1 = VR must
be observed.

5---2---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Given: Take---off Weight = 17,200 Kg (37,920 lb)

Take---off Flap = 5_
Airfield Altitude = 6000 ft
Outside Air Temperature = 16_C (ISA + 13_C)
Reported Wind = 12 kt headwind
Runway Slope = 0.6% downhill
V1/VR = 0.96
Engine Bleed = OFF
De---icing Systems = “OFF”

Find: Take---off Run Required, Take---off Distance Required, Accelerate---stop Distance Required and
Take---off Speeds, V1, VR and V2.

a. Take---off Run Required with zero wind and runway slope = 1,420 m (4,660 ft) (figure 5---5---6).
Take---off Run Required with wind and runway slope correction = 1,220 m (4,000 ft) (figure 5---5---8)
b. Take---off Distance Required with zero wind and runway slope = 1,700 m (5,580 ft) (figure 5---5---7).
Take---off Distance Required with wind and runway slope correction = 1,450 m (4,760 ft). (figure
5---5---8)
c. Accelerate---stop Distance Required with zero wind and runway slope = 1,320 m (4,330 ft) (figure
5---5---9).
Accelerate---stop Distance Required with wind and runway slope correction = 1,220 m (4,000 ft). (fig-
ure 5---5---10).
d. Rotation Speed VR = 104 kt IAS (figure 5---2---3).
e. Decision Speed for V1/VR of 0.96 = 100 kt IAS (figure 5---2---3).
f. Take---off Safety Speed V2 = 109 kt IAS (figure 5---2---4).

If it is found that the Take---off Run Required, Take Off Distance Required or Accelerate Stop Distance Required is
greater than the appropriate available distances reduce the Take---off Weight given and repeat steps a through f.

If there is no clearway and no stopway, the corrected Take---off Distance Required and the corrected Accelera-
te---stop Distance Required must not be greater than the runway length available.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---2---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.2.2 TAKE-- OFF SPEEDS (FLAP 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_). The take---off speeds for flap 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_ are shown in figure
5---2---1 thru 5---2---8.

5---2---4
Section 5

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

For flap 5_, at an altitude of 6,000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C, and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb) and V1/VR =
D.O.T. Approved

0.96

VR = 104 kt IAS (figure 5---2---3)

V1 = 100 kt IAS (figure 5---2---3)
V2 = 109 kt IAS (figure 5---2---4)

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

At a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb):
Final Take---off Climb Speed = 123 kt IAS

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---2---13

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

Figure 5-- 2-- 9

5---2---14 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.3

TAKE-- OFF WAT LIMITS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Subject Page

5.3.1 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit)
(Take---off Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---3---2
5.3.2 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit)
(Take---off Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---3---4
5.3.3 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limiit)
(Take---off Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---3---6
5.3.4 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit)
(Take---off Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---3---8

Figure Title Page

Figure 5-- 3-- 4

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---3---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5---3---10 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 1

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.2 SECOND SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 0_). The gross gradi-
ents of climb are given in figure 5---4---2

5---4---4
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 0_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an altitude of 6000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb) the gross climb gradient is
0.042 (4.2%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 2

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.3 FIRST SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 5_). The gross gradi-
ents of climb in are given in figure 5---4---3.

5---4---6
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 5_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Extended

Speed = V2 (figure 5---2---4)
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart).

At an altitude of 6000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), the gross climb gradient is
0.021 (2.1%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 3

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.4 SECOND SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 5_). The gross gra-
dients of climb are given in figure 5---4---4.

5---4---8
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 5_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an altitude of 6000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb) gross climb gradient is .038
(3.8%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 4

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.5 FIRST SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 10_). The gross gradi-
ents of climb in are given in figure 5---4---5.

5---4---10
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 10_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Extended

Speed = V2 (figure 5---2---6)
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart).

At an altitude of 6000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), the gross climb gradient is
0.018 (1.8%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 5

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---11

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.6 SECOND SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 10_). The gross gra-
dients of climb are given in figure 5---4---6.

5---4---12
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 10_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an altitude of 6,000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb) gross climb gradient is 0.034
(3.4%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 6

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---13

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.7 FIRST SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 15_). The gross gradi-
ents of climb in are given in figure 5---4---7.

5---4---14
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 15_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Extended

Speed = V2 (figure 5---2---8)
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart).

At an altitude of 6000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), the gross climb gradient is
0.013 (1.3%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 7

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---15

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.8 SECOND SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 15_). The gross gra-
dients of climb are given in figure 5---4---8.

5---4---16
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 15_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an altitude of 6000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb) gross climb gradient is 0.027
(2.7%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 4-- 8

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---4---17

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.4.9 FINAL TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 0_). The gross gradients of climb
are given in figure 5---4---9.

5---4---18
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 0_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Speed = See figure 5---2---9.
Power = One engine at maximum continuous power (figure 5---1---12),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an altitude of 6,000 ft, an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb.) the gross climb gradient is
0.032 (3.2%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

TAKE-- OFF FIELD LENGTHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Subject Page

5.5.1 Take---off Run Required, Take---off Distance Required
and Accelerate---stop Distance Required (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---3
5.5.2 Take---off Run Required, Take---off Distance Required
and Accelerate---stop Distance Required (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---9
5.5.3 Take---off Run Required, Take---off Distance Required
and Accelerate---stop Distance Required (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---15
5.5.4 Take---off Run Required, Take---off Distance Required
and Accelerate---stop Distance Required (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---21
Figure Title Page
5---5---1 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---4
5---5---2 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---5
5---5---3 Take---off Run Required and Take---off Distance Required,
Wind and Runway Slope Correction (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---6
5---5---4 Accelerate---stop Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway
Slope (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---7
5---5---5 Accelerate---stop Distance Required --- Wind and Runway Slope
Correction (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---8
5---5---6 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---10
5---5---7 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---11
5---5---8 Take---off Run Required and Take---off Distance Required,
Wind and Runway Slope Correction (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---12
5---5---9 Accelerate---stop Distance Required --- Zero Wind,
Zero Runway Slope (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---13
5---5---10 Accelerate---stop Distance Required --- Wind and Runway
Slope Correction (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---14
5---5---11 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---16
5---5---12 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---17
5---5---13 Take---off Run Required and Take---off Distance Required,
Wind and Runway Slope Correction (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---5---18

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---5---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont’d)

2 June, 1995
Associated conditions:
PSM 1---83---1A

Wing flap = 5_
Speeds = See figure 5---2---3 and 5---2---4
Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered, other engine at
maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11).
For accelerate---stop: both power levers to DISC at V1. However, the distances are calculated
with power levers to DISC at V1 + 2 seconds.
Runway = Hard, Dry
Retardation (in
accelerate---stop) = Maximum mainwheel anti---skid braking, propellers at DISC
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

NOTE

Print Date: 2022-07-31

MODEL 315
Distances are calculated for 50% of the reported headwind and 150% of the reported tailwind (figure
5---5---8 and 5---5---10).

Speeds = See figure 5---2---5 and 5---2---6
Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered, other engine at
maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11).
For accelerate---stop: both power levers to DISC at V1. However, the distances are calculated
with power levers to DISC at V1 + 2 seconds.
Runway = Hard, Dry
Retardation (in
accelerate---stop) = Maximum mainwheel anti---skid braking, propellers at DISC
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

NOTE

Speeds = See figure 5---2---7 and 5---2---8
Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered, other engine at
maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11).
For accelerate---stop: both power levers to DISC at V1. However, the distances are calculated
with power levers to DISC at V1 + 2 seconds.
Runway = Hard, Dry
Retardation (in
accelerate---stop) = Maximum mainwheel anti---skid braking, propellers at DISC
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

NOTE

The evaluation of obstacle clearance from the net take---off flight path profile is necessary only when obstacles
are present along the intended take---off flight path.

The gross height at the end of the second segment (400 ft minimum) is used to determine the actual height at
which transition from the second to third segment is made.

5.6.2 DEFINITIONS. The net take---off flight path is divided into four segments as follows:

NET TAKE-- OFF FLIGHT PATH SEGMENTS

a. First Segment: This segment extends from the 35 ft point, at the end of the take---off distance, to the point
at which the landing gear is completely retracted.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---6---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

Airplane Configuration:
Flap = 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_
Landing Gear = Retraction completed during segment
Speed = V2
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power, other engine inoperative
with propeller feathered
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”
b. Second Segment: This segment extends from the end of the first segment (as per sub---paragraph a.
above) to the height above the take---off surface at which the third (level acceleration) segment commences.
Airplane Configuration:
Flap = 0_, 5_, 10_ and 15_
Landing Gear = Retracted
Speed = V2
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power, other engine inoperative
with propeller feathered
NOTE
Second segments which extend above 400 ft AGL may re-
quire POWER lever adjustment to maintain maximum take---
off power (figure 5---1---11).
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”
c. Third Segment: (Acceleration in level flight): This segment extends from the end of the second segment
(as per sub---paragraph b.) to a point at which the enroute climb speed is achieved. During this segment the flap
is fully retracted. The minimum gross height for the third segment is 400 ft. The gross height for the third segment
is determined by the 5---minute take---off power limitation. At the end of the segment power is reduced to Maxi-
mum Continuous Power.
Airplane Configuration:
Flap = Retraction to 0_ completed
Landing Gear = Retracted
Speed = V2 at start of segment increasing to enroute climb speed at end of segment.
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power, other engine inoperative
with propeller feathered. (Power is reduced to maximum
continuous power at end of segment)
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”
d. Fourth Segment: This segment extends from the end of the third segment (as per sub---paragraph c.
above).
Airplane Configuration:
Flap = 0_
Landing Gear = Retracted
Speed = Enroute climb speed
Power = One engine at maximum continuous power,
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

5---6---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

The flight path data in the following charts are referenced to a point defined as:
Reference Zero: The point 35 ft below the flight path at the end of the take---off
distance.

An operational clearance of 35 ft must be allowed between the obstacle height and the Net Flight Path.

5.6.3 FLIGHT PATH DATA. Data to determine the maximum permissible take---off weight limited by ob-
stacles is presented in figures 5---6---1 through 5---6---16.

The net take---off flight path may be obtained from the charts. The gross height is used to determine the actual
heights at which transition from one segment to the next is made. The net flight path is the gross flight path
reduced by a gradient of 0.8 percent (or equivalent acceleration in the third segment) and is used to demon-
strate obstacle clearance.

Figures 5---6---2, 5---6---3, 5---6---5, 5---6---6, 5---6---8, 5---6---9, 5---6---11 and 5---6---12 are obstacle clearance
charts and show the net flight path for the first, second and third segments. The data is relative to the “reference
zero” point defined above. The obstacles must therefore, be defined relative to this point. The obstacle distance
from reference zero will change with the take---off distance required. The obstacle height above reference zero
will change with take---off distance required for runways with a slope.

Flap retraction to 0_ during the third segment is initiated in accordance with the speed schedule given by (figure
5---6---14) flap 5_ and 10_ or (figure 5---6---15) flap 15_.

The net gradient in the fourth segment (when required) is given in Figure 5---6---13.

5.6.4 NET TAKE-- OFF FLIGHT PATH EXAMPLES. Examples are shown for an obstacle in the second seg-
ment (Example 1) and for an obstacle in the fourth segment (Example 2).
Given:
Take---off Weight = 17,200 Kg (37,920 lb)
Take---off Flap = 5_
Airfield Altitude = 6,000 ft
Outside Air Temperature = 16_C (ISA + l3_C)
Reported Wind = 12 kt headwind
Runway Slope = 0.6% downhill
V1/VR = 0.96
Engine Bleed = OFF
De---icing Systems = “OFF”
Example 1
Obstacle distance from start of roll = 2,740 m (8,990 ft)
Obstacle height above start of roll = 110 ft

Example 2
Obstacle distance from start of roll = 22,000 m (72,180 ft)
Obstacle height above start of roll = 1,136 ft

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---6---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

Procedure: Example 1
1. Take---off Distance Required = 1,450 m (4,760 ft) (example sub---paragraph [Link])

2. Height of reference zero relative

to start of roll = ---0.6 x 1,450 m = ---8.7 m
100
= ---8.7 x 3.2808 = ---29 ft
OR (---0.6 x 4,760 = ---29 ft)
100
3. Height of net flight path profile required relative to reference zero = height of obstacle above reference
zero plus 35 ft operational clearance
= 110 --- (---29) + 35 = 174 ft

4. Distance of obstacle from reference zero

= 2,740 --- 1,450 = 1,290 m
(= 8,990 --- 4,760 = 4,230 ft)
5. Reference Gradient = 0.031 (figure 5---6---4)

6. For obstacle distance = 1,290 m, 12 kt reported headwind,

and reference gradient = 0.031
Net Flight Path height = 150 ft (figure 5---6---5)
7. Net flight path height at the obstacle is lower than obstacle clearance height required by
174 --- 150 = 24 ft.
The obstacle is therefore limiting.

8. To determine limiting weight assume a reduced take---off weight and repeat steps 1 to 7. Limiting
weight may be obtained by iteration or by cross---plotting weight against height increment given by
step 7 such that the height increment is zero.

The limiting weight for this example = 16,800 kg (37,040 lb).

9. For this example minimum gross height to accelerate and retract flap = 400 ft (figure 5---6---5).

10. Pressure altitude at this height = airfield altitude + pressure altitude increment at ISA + 13_C (figure
5---6---16).
= 6,000 + 380 = 6,380 ft

11. Flap retraction initiation speed for 16,800 kg (37,040 lb) = 114 kt IAS (figure 5---6---14) flap 5_ .

12. Enroute climb speed = 120 kt IAS (figure 5---7---1).

5---6---6 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Procedure: Example 2.
1. As per step 1 of Example 1.

2. As per step 2 of Example 1.

3. Height of net flight path profile required relative to reference zero = height of obstacle above reference
zero plus 35 ft operational clearance.
1136 --- (---29) + 35 = 1,200 ft

4. Distance of obstacle from reference zero = 22,000 --- 1,450 = 20,550 m

(= 72,180 --- 4,760 = 67,420 ft)
This distance is beyond the 5 minute limit at the end of the third segment (figure 5---6---6).
5. Reference gradient = 0.031 (figure 5---6---4)

6. Height above reference zero at end of third segment = 1,400 ft (figure 5---6---6).
7. Horizontal distance from reference zero at end of third segment (in 12 kt headwind) = 17,100 m
(56,100 ft) (figure 5---6---6)

NOTE

Care should be taken in reading the horizontal distance as the

wind correction is being used in the reverse direction, moving
vertically down to the wind value and then following the guide
lines to the reference line.

8. Horizontal distance in fourth segment equals distance of obstacle from reference zero minus distance
at end of third segment from reference zero.
= 20,550 --- 17,100 = 3,450 m
(= 67,420 --- 56,100 = 11,320 ft)

9. Net gradient in fourth segment = 0.025 (figure 5---6---13).

The net gradient in fourth segment is determined at mean height in segment = 6,000 + 1,400 + (1,200
--- 1,400)/2 = 7,300 ft with temperature = ISA + 13_C (14_C).

10. Height gained in fourth segment = Net gradient x horizontal distance

= 0.025 x 3,450 = 86 m
= 86 x 3.2808 = 282 ft

11. Height of net flight path at obstacle above reference zero

= 1,400 + 282 = 1,682 ft

In this example the height of the net flight path (1,682 ft) is greater than the height required for obstacle
clearance (1,200 ft) and is therefore not limiting. For the case where the obstacle clearance is limiting
assume a reduced take---off weight and repeat steps 1 to 11, determining the limiting take---off weight
by iteration or cross---plotting as in example 1.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---6---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

12. Gross height for third segment = 1,750 ft (figure 5---6---6)

EXAMPLE 1
EXAMPLE 2

Figure 5-- 6-- 16

5---6---24 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

5.6.5 RADIUS OF STEADY 15_ BANKED TURN. The minimum radius which may be assumed for a steady
turn during the Net Flight Path is shown in figure 5---6---17.

Example (arrowed broken line on chart). For an altitude of 6000 ft, a temperature of ISA + 13_ C (16_C) and IAS
= 110 Kt the minimum radius of turn = 1540 m (5050 ft.)

5.6.6 INCREMENTAL LOSS OF HEIGHT IN A STEADY 15_ BANKED TURN.

8300/236

CHANGE OF HEADING 45_ 90_ 135_ 180_

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.7.2 ENROUTE NET CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE. The net gradients of climb in the enroute configuration
are given in figure 5---7---2.

5---7---4
Section 5

Net Climb Gradient = Gross Climb Gradient less 0.011 (1.1%).

D.O.T. Approved

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 0_
Landing gear = Retracted
Speed = See figure 5---7---1.
Power = One engine at maximum continuous power (figure 5---1---13),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = ON
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an altitude of 6,000 ft., an outside air temperature of 16_C and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), the net climb gradient is
0.02 (2.0%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Figure 5-- 7-- 2

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---7---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.7.3 ENROUTE CLIMB CEILING -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE. Net enroute climb ceiling with one engine inoperative is given
in figure 5---7---3.

5---7---6
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Wing flap = 0_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Speed = See figure 5---7---1
Power = One engine at maximum continuous power (figure 5---1---13),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = ON
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), and a temperature of ISA + 13_C ceiling is 12,400 ft.

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

LANDING PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES AND SPEEDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Subject Page

5.8.1 Landing Performance Procedures --- Flap 15_ and 35_ . . . . . . . . 5---8---3
5.8.2 Landing Speeds --- Approach and Go---around Speed
with Flap 10_ and VREF with Flap 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---8---4
5.8.3 Landing Speeds --- Approach and Go---around Speed
with Flap 15_ and VREF with Flap 35_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---8---6

Figure Title Page

5---8---1 Landing Speeds --- Approach and Go---around Speed
with Flap 10_ and VREF with Flap 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---8---5
5---8---2 Landing Speeds --- Approach and Go---around Speed
with Flap 15_ and VREF with Flap 35_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---8---7

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---8---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5---8---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.8

LANDING PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES AND SPEEDS

5.8.1 LANDING PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES -- FLAP 15_ AND 35_. The maximum permissible land-
ing weight must not exceed the following:
a. Structural weight, see paragraph 5.1.4.

b. Maximum permissible landing weight for altitude and temperature based on the limiting climb
requirement (WAT limit). See sub---section 5.9.

c. Maximum landing weight determined from the consideration of the available landing field
lengths. See sub---section 5.11.

d. Maximum landing weight determined such that the energy input to brakes does not exceed
brake energy limits. See sub---section 5.12.

[Link] Tire Speed Limit (= 165 KT groundspeed) does not limit landing performance.

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---8---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

5.8.2 LANDING SPEEDS -- APPROACH AND GO-- AROUND SPEED WITH FLAP 10_ AND VREF WITH
FLAP 15_. The landing speeds for approach and go---around with flap 10_ and landing with flap 15_ are shown
in figure 5---8---1.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb):
Approach speed (flap 10_) = 108 kt IAS
Go---around speed (Approach climb speed) (flap 10_) = 100 kt IAS
VREF speed (flap 15_) = 104 kt IAS

5---8---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Figure 5-- 8-- 1

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---8---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

5.8.3 LANDING SPEEDS -- APPROACH AND GO-- AROUND SPEED WITH FLAP 15_ AND VREF WITH
FLAP 35_. The landing speeds for approach and go---around with flap 15_ and landing with flap 35_ are shown
in figure 5---8---2.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

SUB -- SECTION 5.9

LANDING WAT LIMITS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Subject Page

5.9.1 Maximum Permissible Landing Weight (WAT Limit)
(Flap 15_ Landing; Flap 10_ Approach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---9---2
5.9.2 Maximum Permissible Landing Weight (WAT Limit)
(Flap 35_ Landing; Flap 15_ Approach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---9---4

Figure Title Page

5---9---1 Maximum Permissible Landing Weight (WAT limit)
Landing Flap 15_, Approach Flap 10_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---9---3
5---9---2 Maximum Permissible Landing Weight (WAT limit)
Landing Flap 35_, Approach Flap 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---9---5

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---9---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.9.1 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LANDING WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT) (LANDING FLAP 15_; APPROACH FLAP 10_ ). The maxi-
mum permissible landing weight for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 5---9---1.

5---9---2
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Engine bleed = OFF
D.O.T. Approved

Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, an airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, the maximum permissible landing weight is 18,850 kg
(41,560 lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 9-- 1

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---9---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.9.2 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LANDING WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT) (LANDING FLAP 35_ ; APPROACH FLAP 15_ ). The maxi-
mum permissible landing weight for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 5---9---2.

5---9---4
Section 5

Associated conditions:
Engine bleed = OFF
D.O.T. Approved

Deicing systems = “OFF”

NOTE

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, an airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, the maximum permissible landing weight is 17,900 kg
(39,470 lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

2 June, 1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 9-- 2

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---9---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5---9---6 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.10

LANDING CLIMB DATA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Subject Page

5.10.1 Approach Gross Climb Gradient --- One Engine
Inoperative (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---10---2
5.10.2 Approach Gross Climb Gradient --- One Engine
Inoperative (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---10---4
5.10.3 Balked Landing Gross Climb Gradient --- Both Engines
Operating (Flap 15_) ..................................... 5---10---6
5.10.4 Balked Landing Gross Climb Gradient --- Both Engines
Operating (Flap 35_) ..................................... 5---10---8

Figure Title Page

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5-10-9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1-83-1A

" # # $ % # & '

5-10-10 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.11

LANDING FIELD LENGTHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph Subject Page
5.11.1 Landing Field Length Required (Flap 15_ and 35_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---2
5.11.2 Unfactored Landing Distance in Abnormal
Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---6

Figure Title Page

5---11---1 Unfactored Landing Distance --- Flap 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---3
5---11---2 Unfactored Landing Distance --- Flap 35_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---4
5---11---3 Landing Field Length Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---5
5---11---4 Unfactored Landing Distance in Abnormal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---9

Table Title Page

5---11---1 Abnormal Landing Distance Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---11---7

2 July,
7 June,1998
1995 MODEL 315 5---11---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

5.11.1 LANDING FIELD LENGTH REQUIRED (FLAP 15_and 35_). The landing field lengths required are given by figure 5---11---3. The
landing field length required is the unfactored landing distance (figure 5---11---1 or 5---11---2) multiplied by an operational factor (figure
5---11---3) of 1.67 (=1/0.6) or 1.43 (=1/0.7).

5---11---2
Section 5

Associated conditions:
D.O.T. Approved

Wing Flap = 15_ and 35_

Screen Height = 50 ft
VREF = See figure 5---8---1 or 5---8---2
Runway Surface = Hard, dry
Retardation = Maximum main wheel anti---skid braking, and propellers at DISC
(no credit is taken for reverse thrust)
Deicing systems = “OFF”
NOTE

1. Distances are calculated for 50% of the reported headwind and 150% of the reported tailwind.
2. Although data show the effect of runway slope, runway slope accountability may not be required.
3. Data apply to ISA conditions. No temperature accountability is required. The field length required in-
creases .3% for every _C above ISA.
Example (arrowed broken line on chart):

MODEL 315
For flap 15_ with a landing weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), an airfield altitude of 6000 ft, a reported headwind of 10 kt and a
runway slope of 0.8% down:
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

The unfactored landing distance is 690m (2,260 ft) (figure 5---11---1).
The landing field length required, operational factor of 1.67 (=1/0.6), is 1,150 m (3,770 ft) (figure 5---11---3).
The landing field length required, operational factor of 1.43 (=1/0.7), is 990 m (3,250 ft) (figure 5---11---3).
The landing reference speed (VREF) is 104 kt IAS (figure 5---8---1).

7
2 June,
July, 1998
PSM 1---83---1A

1995
de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 11-- 1

2 June, 1995 MODEL 315 5---11---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 11-- 2

5---11---4 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 11-- 3

2 July,
7 June,1998
1995 MODEL 315 5---11---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

5.11.2 UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE IN ABNORMAL CONFIGURATIONS. The

unfactored landing distance in abnormal configurations is given by table 5---11---1 and figure
5---11---4. Included is the effect of:

1. VREF and VREF + 10 kt on a dry runway.

2. VREF and VREF + 10 kt on a wet runway.

NOTE
The abnormal configuration VREF noted in figure 5---11---4 is the VREF or
minimum airspeed given in section 3 and 4 for the applicable abnormal
procedure. The abnormal configuration VREF may be increased by 10 kt
for crosswind, turbulence or other operational considerations.
The distance derived is the landing distance from 50 ft AGL to stop with no operational factor
applied. The data may be used to assess the balance of risk between a possible hazardous
diversion and a possible landing over---run.

NOTE
The aircraft must be flown at the appropriate VREF or VREF + 10 kt, by 50
ft AGL, and maximum braking effort used in order to achieve the
unfactored landing distances derived.
Example (arrowed broken line on chart):
To determine the unfactored landing distance for:
1. Flapless landing.
2. Dry runway.
3. Speed at 50 ft = VREF + 10 kt.

Landing distance factor: . . . . . . . . . 1.54 (table 5---11---1, reference paragraph 4.14.1).

Unfactored landing distance: . . . . . 680m (2,230 ft) (see example, figure 5---11---2).

Unfactored landing distance

in abnormal configurations: . . . . . . 1,470m (4,820 ft) (figure 5---11---4).

5---11---6 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

5---11---10 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 5-- 10-- 4

Brake energy limits are shown in figures 5---12---6, and 5---12---9. A check that they are not exceeded must be
made when operating in a tailwind with flap 0_ for take---off or with flap 15_ for landing.

NOTE
Units of Brake Energy used in all charts are 106 FT LB.

5.12.2 MINIMUM TURN-- AROUND TIME. The minimum turn---around time is given in figure 5---12---1. It is
dependent on the brake energy levels experienced during landing or a prior accelerate---stop and the brake
energy required for take---off should an accelerate---stop be necessary.

Example (arrowed broken lines on charts):

Given: Outside air temperature = 16_C
Airfield altitude = 6000 ft
Reported tailwind = 5 kt
Runway slope = 1% downhill
Landing flap = 15_
Landing weight = 15,300 kg (33,730 lb)
Take---off flap = 5_
Take---off weight = 17,200 kg (37,920 lb)
V1/VR = 0.96

1. Brake Energy level during landing:

With zero wind and runway slope = 13.0 (figure 5---12---7)
With wind and runway slope correction = 15.5 (figure 5---12---9)

2. Brake Energy level during take---off:

With zero wind and runway slope = 17.5 (figure 5---12---3)
With wind and runway slope correction = 20.5 (figure 5---12---6)

3. Minimum turn---around time = 7 minutes (figure 5---12---1)

5---12---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5---12---12 MODEL 315 2 June, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUB -- SECTION 5.13

PERFORMANCE IN ICING CONDITIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph Subject Page
5.13.1 Performance Before Entering Icing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---2
5.13.2 Performance In Icing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---2
5.13.3 Performance After Flight In Icing Conditions and with
Suspected Ice Accumulation on Unprotected Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---2
Table Title Page
5---13---1 Performance Before Entering Icing Condition --- Ice Protection
Systems “ON” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---3
5---13---2 Performance In Icing Conditions --- Ice Protection
Systems “ON” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---5
5---13---3 Performance After Flight In Icing Conditions and with
Suspected Ice Accumulation on Unprotected Surfaces ---
Ice Protection systems “OFF” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---6
5---13---4 Take-off Performance In Or Before Entering Icing Conditions ---
(MS 8Q101170 or MS 8Y101067 incorporated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5---13---7

2 June,
17 1995 2004
December, MODEL 315 5---13---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUB -- SECTION 5.13

PERFORMANCE IN ICING CONDITIONS

5.13.1 TAKE-- OFF PERFORMANCE IN OR BEFORE ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS WITH TAKE-- OFF
SPEEDS INCREASED. Take---off performance data with ice protection systems “ON” and no ice accumulation
are provided in Table 5---13---1. Ice accumulation is assumed for fourth segment gradient in net flight path.
5.13.2 PERFORMANCE IN ICING CONDITIONS. Enroute and landing performance data with ice
protection systems “ON” and accumulation of ice on unprotected surfaces plus ice build up on protected
surface between boot cycles are provided in Table 5---13---2.
5.13.3 PERFORMANCE AFTER FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS AND WITH SUSPECTED ICE
ACCUMULATION ON UNPROTECTED SURFACES. Enroute and landing performance data with ice
protection systems “OFF” and suspected accumulation of ice on unprotected surfaces are provided in Table
5---13---3.
5.13.4 TAKE-- OFF PERFORMANCE IN OR BEFORE ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS WITH SPEEDS
INCREASED AT 400 FEET AGL. Take---off performance data with ice protection systems “ON” and no ice
accumulation below 400 ft AGL are provided in Table 5---13---4. Ice accumulation is assumed for second and
third segments above 400 ft AGL and fourth segment gradient in net flight path. Net Take---off Flight Path above
400 ft is reduced by a fixed height decrement to account for acceleration in the second segment at 400 ft.

5---13---2 MODEL 315 2 June, 2001

12 October, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

PERFORMANCE BEFORE ENTERING

ICING CONDITIONS
8300/236

TAKE---OFF DATA
1. Weight
Accumulated ice weight allowance Zero
2. Take---off speeds
V1, Vr and V2 Add
Fig. 5---2---1 to 5---2---4 5 kt (flap 0_ and 5_)
Fig. 5---2---5, 5---2---6 7 kt (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---2---7, 5---2---8 10 kt (flap 15_)

Final Take---off speed Add,

Fig. 5---2---9 15 kt (flap 0_)

3. WAT Limit
Maximum Permissible
Take---off Weight Subtract
Fig. 5---3---1 180 kg (400 lb) (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---3---2 90 kg (200 lb) (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---3---3, 5---3---4 No change (flap 10_ and 15_)

Note
Weight reduction not required when
limited by a maximum structural weight.

4. Take---off Climb Data

First Segment
Gross Climb Gradient Subtract
Fig. 5---4---1 0.006 (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---4---3, 5---4---5, 5---4---7, 0.004 (flap 5_, 10_and 15_)

Second Segment
Gross Climb Gradient Subtact
Fig. 5---4---2 0.004 (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---4---4, 5---4---6, 5---4---8 0.002 (flap 5_, 10_and 15_)

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

PERFORMANCE AFTER FLIGHT

IN ICING CONDITIONS
8300/335

ENROUTE DATA
1. Weight
Accumulated ice weight allowance 35 kg (80 lb)
Note
Airplane weight should include weight of accumulated ice.
2. Climb speed
Fig. 5---7---1 Add 5 kt
3. Net Climb Gradient Subtract
Fig. 5---7---2 0.004
4. Climb Ceiling---One
Engine Inoperative Subtract
Fig. 5---7---3 1200 ft
LANDING DATA
1. Weight
Accumulated ice weight allowance 35 kg (80 lb)
Note
Airplane weight should include weight of accumulated ice.
2. Approach and Landing Speeds
Fig. 6---50---4 Add 5 kt (flap 5_) (CR803CH00064)
Fig. 5---8---1 No Change (flap 10_)
and No Change (flap 15_)
Fig. 5---8---2 No Change (flap 35_)
3. Maximum Permissible Landing Subtract
Weight (WAT Limit)
Fig. 6---50---5 295 kg (650 lb) (flap 10_) (CR803CH00064)
Fig. 5---9---1 225 kg (500 lb) (flap 15_)
Fig. 5---9---2 180 kg (400 lb) (flap 35_)
Note
Weight reduction not required when limited by maximum structural weight.
4. Landing Climb Data
Approach Gross
Climb Gradient Subtract
Fig. 6---50---6 0.003 (flap 5_) (CR803CH00064)
Fig. 5---10---1 0.002 (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---10---2 0.002 (flap 15_)
Balked Landing Gross
Climb Gradient Subtract
Fig. 6---50---7 0.002 (flap 10_) (CR803CH00064)
Fig. 5---10---3 0.002 (flap 15_)
Fig. 5---10---4 0.002 (flap 35_)
5. Landing Field Lengths No change
Fig. 6---50---8 and Fig. 6---50---9 (flap 10_) (CR803CH00064)
Fig. 5---11---1 and Fig. 5---11---3 (flap 15_)
Fig. 5---11---2 and Fig. 5---11---3 (flap 35_)
6. Brake energy in a Landing No change
Fig. 6---50---11 (flap 10_) (CR803CH00064)
Fig. 5---12---7 (flap 15_)
Fig. 5---12---8 (flap 35_)

TABLE 5-- 13-- 3

5---13---6 MODEL 315 6 2March,

June, 1995
2007

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 5
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TAKE---OFF PERFORMANCE IN OR BEFORE

ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS
(MS8Q101170 OR MS8Y101067 incorporated)
TAKE---OFF DATA WITH COMMENCEMENT OF WITH CONTINUED
THIRD SEGMENT AT SECOND SEGMENT
400 FT AGL ABOVE 400 FT AGL
1. Weight
Accumulated ice weight allowance Zero Zero
2. Take---off speeds
V1, VR No Change No Change
Fig. 5---2---1, (flap 0_) (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---2---3, (flap 5_) (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---2---5, (flap 10_) (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---2---7 (flap 15_) (flap 15_)
At 400 ft AGL:
V2 No Change Add
Fig. 5---2---2, (flap 0_) 5 kt (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---2---4, (flap 5_) 5 kt (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---2---6, (flap 10_) 7 kt (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---2---8 (flap 15_) 10 kt (flap 15_)
Final Take---off speed Add, Add,
Fig. 5---2---9 15 kt (flap 0_) 15 kt (flap 0_)
3. WAT Limit
Maximum Permissible Take---off
Weight Subtract Subtract
Fig. 5--- 3--- 1, 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 0_) 180 kg (400 lb) (flap 0_)
Fig. 5--- 3--- 2, 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 5_) 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 5_)
Fig. 5--- 3--- 3, 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 10_) 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 10_)
Fig. 5--- 3--- 4 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 15_) 135 kg (300 lb) (flap 15_)
NOTE
Weight reduction not required when limited by a
4. Take---off Climb Data maximum structural weight.

First Segment Gross

Climb Gradient Subtract Subtract
Fig. 5---4---1, 0.006 (flap 0_) 0.006 (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---4---3, 0.004 (flap 5_) 0.004 (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---4---5, 0.004 (flap 10_) 0.004 (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---4---7 0.004 (flap 15_) 0.004 (flap 15_)
Second Segment
Gross Climb
Gradient Subtract Subtract
Fig. 5---4---2, 0.004 (flap 0_) 0.009 (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---4---4, 0.002 (flap 5_) 0.009 (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---4---6, 0.002 (flap 10_) 0.003 (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---4---8 0.002 (flap 15_) 0.002 (flap 15_)
Final Take---off Climb Subtract Subtract
Fig. 5---4---9 0.009 (flap 0_) 0.009 (flap 0_)
TABLE 5-- 13-- 4

2 June,
12 19952001
October, MODEL 315 5---13---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 5 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

TAKE---OFF PERFORMANCE IN OR BEFORE

ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS
(MS8Q101170 OR MS8Y101067 incorporated)

WITH COMMENCEMENT OF WITH CONTINUED

THIRD SEGMENT AT SECOND SEGMENT
400 FT AGL ABOVE 400 FT AGL
5. Take---off Field Lengths
Take---off Run Required
Take---off Distance Required and
Accelerate Stop Distance Required
Multiply by Multiply by
Fig. 5---5---1 to 5---5---5 1.04 (flap 0_) 1.04 (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---5---6 to 5---5---10 1.04 (flap 5_) 1.04 (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---5---11 to 5---5---15 1.04 (flap 10_) 1.04 (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---5---16 to 5---5---20 1.04 (flap 15_) 1.04 (flap 15_)

6. Brake Energy
Brake Energy in an
Accelerate---Stop No Change No Change
Fig. 5---12---2, (flap 0_) (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---12---3, (flap 5_) (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---12---4, (flap 10_) (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---12---5 (flap 15_) (flap 15_)

7. Net Take---off Flight Path

Reference Gradient Subtract Subtract
Fig. 5---6---1, 0.004 (flap 0_) 0.009 (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---6---4, 0.002 (flap 5_) 0.009 (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---6---7, 0.002 (flap 10_) 0.003 (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---6---10 0.002 (flap 15_) 0.002 (flap 15_)

Length of Third Segment Multiply by No Change

Fig. 5---6---3, 6.0 (flap 0_) (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---6---6. 2.8 (flap 5_) (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---6---9, 2.2 (flap 10_) (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---6---12 1.8 (flap 15_) (flap 15_)

Net Gradient in Fourth Segment Subtract Subtract

Fig. 5---6---13 0.012 (flap 0_) 0.012 (flap 0_)

Above 400 ft AGL:

Net Take---off Flight Path No Change Subtract
Fig. 5---6---2, 5---6---3, (flap 0_) 150 ft (flap 0_)
Fig. 5---6---5, 5---6---6, (flap 5_) 150 ft (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---6---8, 5---6---9, (flap 10_) 150 ft (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---6---11, 5---6---12 (flap 15_) 150 ft (flap 15_)
Flap Retraction Initiation Speeds No Change Add
Fig. 5---6---14, (flap 5_) 5 kt (flap 5_)
Fig. 5---6---14, (flap 10_) 7 kt (flap 10_)
Fig. 5---6---15 (flap 15_) 10 kt (flap 15_)

TABLE 5-- 13-- 4 (Cont’d)

5---13---8 MODEL 315 2 June, 2001

12 October, 1995

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

AMENDMENT NO. 3

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL WEIGHT LIMITS FOR AIRPLANES INCORPORATING CR803SO00002-- 04

Insert this sheet facing page 5---1---3

In paragraph 5.1.4 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-OFF AND LANDING WEIGHTS, replace the existing content
with the following:

5.1.4 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-- OFF AND LANDING WEIGHTS.

[Link] MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE---OFF AND LANDING WEIGHTS
a. Structural limits:
CR803SO00002-- 04
incorporated
Ramp weight 19,586 kg (43,179 lb)
Max Take-off weight 19,495 kg (42,979 lb)
Max Landing weight 19,051 kg (42,000 lb)
Max Zero Fuel weight 17,917 kg (39,500 lb)
b. The climb performance---limited maximum permissible take---off weight is given in figure 5---3---1 for a
take---off flap setting of 0_ and figure 5---3---2 for a take---off flap setting of 5_, figure 5---3---3 for a take---
off flap setting of 10_ and figure 5---3---4 for a take---off flap setting of 15_.
c. The climb performance---limited maximum permissible landing weight is given in figure 5---9---1 for a
landing flap setting of 15_ and figure 5---9---2 for a landing flap setting of 35_.

d. The maximum permissible take---off and landing weights may be further limited by available runway
lengths (sub---section 5.5 and 5.11), obstacle clearance (sub---section 5.6) and brake energy (sub---
section 5.12).

e. The maximum permissible take---off and landing weight is not limited by maximum tire speed at
weight ---altitude---temperatures, wind speeds and runway gradients shown on the performance charts
included in this section.
[Link] CERTIFIED NOISE LEVELS
a. Certified noise levels at the following measurement points for CR803SO00002---04 are as follows:

Take---off --- 80.0 EPNdB (flap 5_)

Sideline --- 86.9 EPNdB (flap 5_)
Approach --- 93.3 EPNdB (flap 35_)
--- 94.9 EPNdB (flap 15_)

Page 4
1 of 4
3 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 2

MODEL 315

GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM

SUNDSTRAND MK II

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page
General 6---2---2
Limitations 6---2---2
Emergency Procedures 6---2---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---2---2
Performance Data 6---2---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---2---1 through 6---2---4 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
Airworthiness Flight Test
for Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

Date: 8 March, 1995

SUPPLEMENT 2

MODEL 315

GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM

SUNDSTRAND MK II
6.2.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable.
6.2.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---2---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

6.2.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.2.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK --- POWER ON
1. No. 1 NAV receiver --- Operative.
2. FLAP selector lever --- 0_.
3. GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE switch --- Normal and guarded.
4. GPWS caution light --- Out.
5. PULL UP---GPWS TEST switch --- Press. Check that the GPWS caution light, PULL UP, and BELOW G/S
advisory lights illuminate, and the “GLIDESLOPE” AND “WHOOP WHOOP PULL UP” voice warnings
are audible.
[Link].2 IN---FLIGHT RESPONSE TO WARNINGS
1. Whenever the “SINK RATE”, “TERRAIN TERRAIN”, “DON’T SINK”, “TOO LOW---FLAP”, “TOO
LOW---GEAR” or “GLIDESLOPE” aural announcements are heard, take appropriate action to correct
the unsafe condition.
2. Whenever the “TOO LOW---TERRAIN” or “WHOOP WHOOP PULL UP” announcements are heard,
immediately establish the power setting and attitude which will produce the maximum climb gradient
consistent with the aircraft configuration.
[Link].3 APPROACH (WITH CR834CH00202 OR S.O.O. 8113 INCORPORATED)
1. GPWS LDG FLAP selector switch --- 15_ or 35_ as required.
[Link].4 APPROACH (WITH CR803CH00064)
1. GPWS LDG FLAP selector switch --- 10_, 15_ or 35_ as required.
NOTE
The GPWS LDG FLAP selector switch must be selected to the
intended landing flap to ensure correct GPWS flap advisory
logic.

6---2---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
[Link].1 ABNORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING
1. For planned abnormal approaches, the glideslope warning may be inhibited by pressing the BELOW
G/S switch when airplane altitude is below 1000 feet AGL. The glideslope warning is automatically reset
on a climb through 1000 feet AGL.
2. When landing with flap other than 10_ (CR803CH00064), 15_ or 35_, GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE switch ---
Press. Check for illumination of GPWS FLAP OVERRIDE advisory light. This will inhibit the “TOO LOW ---
FLAP” announcement. Other modes are not affected.

NOTE

On aircraft equipped with a single radio altimeter system,

“MINIMUMS, MINIMUMS” is triggered from the ADI (EADI)
having the higher decision height (DH) setting.

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 4

MODEL 315

STANDBY ATTITUDE/HEADING SYSTEM (SAHS)

(S.O.O. 8151)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---4---2
Limitations 6---4---2
Emergency Procedures 6---4---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---4---2
Performance Data 6---4---3

EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---4---1 through 6---4---4 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
Airworthiness Flight Test
for Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

Date: 8 March, 1995

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---4---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 4

MODEL 315

STANDBY ATTITUDE/HEADING SYSTEM (SAHS)

(S.O.O. 8151)

6.4.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The standby attitude/heading system (SAHS) is installed to provide a backup source of attitude and heading
output from a gyro compass and vertical gyro system should either or both attitude and heading reference
systems (AHRS) fail.
6.4.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. Take---off with one AHRS inoperative, or in BASIC or DG mode, or primary power source failed (AUX PR
advisory light illuminated) is permitted provided operation is conducted in accordance with an
approved MEL.

6.4.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.4.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK --- POWER ON.
1. TEST/CAUTION/ADVISORY lights switch --- Hold at ADVISORY position. Check that all advisory lights
on both SAHS control panels illuminate.
[Link].2 PRE---TAXI CHECKS
1. SAHS control panels --- Check ATT FAIL and CMPS WARN advisory lights are out.
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
[Link].1 FAILURE OF SECOND AHRS. Loss of valid attitude and heading data is annunciated by the ATT flag
on the ADI (ATT FAIL on the EADI), the HDG flag on the HSI (HDG FAIL on the EHSI) and OFF flag on the
cross-side RMI.
1. SAHS control panel --- Press GYRO 1 (pilot) or GYRO 2 (copilot) pushbutton as applicable. Check
applicable ADI and HSI failure annunciations are cancelled and data is consistent with display on the
cross-side ADI and HSI. The compass synchronization annunciator on the HSI to which the SAHS is
transferred, is then inoperative and the SAHS synchronization annunciator should be referenced
thereafter.

6---4---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

NOTE
1. With both AHRS failed the Flight Director/Autopilot will be inoperative.

[Link].2 SAHS FAILURE. Failure of the SAHS attitude gyro is indicated by illumination of the ATT FAIL
advisory light. Failure of the SAHS directional gyro is indicated by illumination of the CMPS WARN advisory light.
If SAHS data is displayed on the ADI, HSI and cross side RMI, ATT, HDG and OFF flags will appear.
6.4.5 PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---4---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---4---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"# "$%"&

#! $
%! $
%"&
(%! ! )%!
*%! !!

+ ++,- # ( . /(0

1
$
! 2 1

0
7! 89
,8* + "8
* 4 (!! !*
,*! :!8

!0 $ 3!!&4 $56

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"# "$%"&

8 "! *%! ! !) ;8 8 ! * 8 * ;"0
8 < !& ; / )%!8 $25,1: ;8 ! 55 % #!=! , ;
! ) ! ;8 !" 8 " &
8 / *% 8 / , (> ( 8 8! 8 * "8 %!%
+ 4 ;!" ! <"8" &% ! ! * * 8 /

(

8 %! $ ! 8 % ,%!!) & !) ) ! ! !)
;8 8 ! * 8 * ;"0
/ ! * #> /( > ( (?
$ / !%) %! %! @;A 2 _,
/ !%) %! %! @/A B2 6_, B _,4 ;88 ;
+/
+ *! ! $ $
2 / % ) ! ;8 ! " * "
/ % ) ! " "!& * "

15C $ 66C 8 ) 15C <! ) $12C ) C
! ) C <! C ,! 6/DC : ) C ) 3 %<

1 / % ) 8; !9**
/ ! !9" %0
> E ( + 7 :?
% $% **
$ % $% **
% 5% **

* ! / ! !%4 / > ; %! !) *
!<%! & $ %
6 / % ) ! ! ;8 !" )!

$

Print Date: 2022-07-31

8 %"& ! ! !) ;8 8 ! * 8 * ;"0
/ +> @/( ( + ,.,D +> 7 >((#4 / , / ( ( +> - >?
#.A
,89 / !%!! & 8 ; @ / >/( !& "8 A ! / : 8!"
* / : !& "8 %! / +> !& "8 %! %! @ =$65
! !A0

* / : / +> !& "8 %! %! @ =$65 ! !A0
$ E# ;8 E#
,!& !%! 8; !!"!8 2 $ 1

! '

2 ( > > , /> 8 %! 2 ! ! !) ;8 8 ! * 8
* ;"0
2 > >
, )!9
$ : >? > ;8 : >? >
( : ! /E : ;8 ( : ! /E : @ ( : >? ! /E : >?
! "8 A
2 + F!& ! ,89 * F!&

+ F!& 8! 55 ) @$$ 9"A 8 G * !9 %!&
! !) & ! 8 / ! 8 /
8;
, /= -? "8 ;80
! . ! , / ,89 = (#4 %! , / ( ! 7 >((# "8 * !84 ! /
! "84 ! ! "8 ! G (# > ! G$ (# > ;!"
"8 %! ! ! %!" ;!" "8 * !8 %! , / ( "8 ! 89 "8
" %! 7 >((# "8 ! 89 "8 " ! ;!" "8 ! * !8"
) . ! -? ,89 ! !& "8 %!
/ 7> ;8 ,89 / +/ - - ( !& "8 %!
1 =, "8 ;8 >

! ! %!& ) ;8
! )& ! 8

2 $ ? ,.,D (, ->? $2 . /> +?(# ?

/ +> , (
/ 7> ;8 ,89 / +/ - - ( !& "8 %!
$ / +> ;8 ,89 / +/ - - ( !& "8 4 / !4
,.,D +> ;!"4 / +/ - - , 4 / +>4 / + / ! / : !&
"8 %! ! %! , / ( ! %! 7 >((# "8 * !8
/ +> ;8 > ! ,89 / !4 ,.,D +> ;!"4 / +/ - -
, 4 / +>4 / + / ! / : !& ! %! , / ( ! %! 7 >((#
"8

Print Date: 2022-07-31

2 / 7> ;8 ** 8 ,89 / +/ - - ( !& "8 %!

+ ;" ! + 4 8 / 7> ;8 % ) &
8 / !

2 / >

" ! F% ! ! * 8 / <8!

/ > ;8
)0
! / >> ! / #( 7>( !& "8 %!4 8 "
) / >/(4 / #( 7>( !& ! / ! "8 %!
2 2 >
/ #( ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8 %! ! / ! ! / #(
7>( !& "8

/ #( 7>( !& "8 ; ) %! ;8 <! ;

$ H , >I ;8 ,89 :/ - ! #( $ , ? !
: >? > /> ( ! /E ! ,89
2 : ! : $ ;8 ++ @ =2 ! !0 : =.: - ! :
$=.: - ;8 ++A
, (> / !
>,>, , :( ! >,>, +=, *! ;8 >,>, , :( ! >,>, +=,
1 / : > ;8 ,89 %! * : > ( "8
! ! !" =0
: E

7! $5 !* / >/( !& "8 %! )*
" / : > ;8

2 / ./ 7(
/ : > ;8 ,89 : > ( !& "8
$ / #( ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8 ! / ! "8 %!
/ 7> ;8 ,89 / >/( ! / +/ - - ( !& ! / !
"8 ! +/ - - , !& "8 %!
2 >( / ./ 7(
2 ->
/ : > ;8 ,89 : > ( !& "8
$ / #( ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8 ! / ! "8 %!
-> ;8 ,89 / +> !& "8 %! ! / >/( !&
"8
2 / 7> ;8 ,89 / +/ - - ( !& "8 ! / +/ - -
, !& "8 %!

2 Print Date: 2022-07-31

2 $ +>
/ : > ;8 ,89 : > ( !& "8
$ / #( ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8 ! / ! "8 %!
/ +> ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8 4 / !4 ,.,D +>
;!"4 / +/ - - , 4 / +>4 / + / ! / : !& "8 %!
! / +/ - - ( ! / >/( !& "8
2 / +> ;8 > ! ,89 / !4 ,.,D +> ;!"4 / +/ - -
, 4 / +>4 / + / ! / : !& ! %! , / ( ! %! 7 >((#
"8
/ 7> ;8 ,89 / +/ - - ( !& "8 ! / +/ - -
, !& "8 %!
2$ :( > > , /> 8 !)%! 2 ! ! !) ;8 8 !
* 8 * ;"0
2 $ / > + /> @/( ( + / +> - >? #.A
/ > ! / >> !& "8
$ / 7> ;8 ** 8 ,89 / +> !& "8 ! !* $ % /
> !& "8 %!

* ! / ! !%4 / > ; %! !) *
!<%! & $ %
/ > ;8

) / ! !9" %

2 $ $ / #(> > + /> @/( ( + #( 7>( - >? ( / , / ( #.A
/ #( ;8
$ / #( ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8 %! ! / ! "8
* "! *! % 0
/ #( ;8
2$ / >> + /> @/( ( + / >/( - >? #. 7. / >>
- >? #.A
/ #( ;8 @ / #( ( !& "8 %!A
$ ( : ;8 ++ @ ( : >? ! "8 %!A
, , (> E 7> ;8 ++ @ , , (> E 7> !& "8 A
2 , , (> #( ! #( $ ;8 ++ @G , #( ! G$ , #( ! "8
%!A
, , (> E 7> ;8 ++ @ , , (> E 7> !& "8 A
, , (> #( ! #( $ ;8 ++ @G , #( ! G$ , #( ! "8
%!A
1 / 7> ;8 ++

Print Date: 2022-07-31

2 $ 2 > >: ? ->. @/( ( + / , / (4 ( >:? . - >? #.A
%! / 8; ; ,!& !%! 8; !!"!8
2$1

8 / ! @) ;A &% ; ! 8
/ 7> ;8

2 $ #(> > ->. @/( ( + / #( . - >? #.A

%! / 8; ; ,!& !%! 8; !!"!8
2$1

2 $ : > ->. @/( ( + + , /, . 4 , :( /, . 4 , :( ,D
. > + , ,D . , / ( #.A
/ : > ;8 ,89 : > ( !& "8
2 $ 1 / / , ./ 7(
/ : > ;8 ,89 : > ( !& "8
$ / #( ;8 ,89 #( ( !& "8
/ 7> ;8 ,89 / ! ! / +/ - - ( !& "8 ! /
+/ - - , !& "8 %!

! 8 / * ;" ! !%! 8; * 8 +>
!& "8 %!

8 *%! !! ! ! !)

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 7

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE ANTI-- SKID BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a
Minimum Equipment List approved by the appropriate authority.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---7---2
Limitations 6---7---2
Emergency Procedures 6---7---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---7---3
Performance Data 6---7---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---7---1 through 6---7---4 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
Airworthiness Flight Test
for Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

2 June, 1995
Date:

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---7---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 7

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE ANTI-- SKID BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

6.7.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:

This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a Minimum Equipment List approved by the
appropriate authority.

6.7.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatability Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
Operation with Inoperative Anti---skid Brake Control System is not permitted with flap 0_ take---off.

6.7.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable with the addition of the following:

[Link] ENGINE FAILURE OR FIRE DURING TAKE---OFF BEFORE V1.

1. Both POWER levers --- DISC.

CAUTION

Retard POWER levers to FLT IDLE before selecting DISC.

Simultaneously:

2. BRAKING --- Apply pedal brakes using manual technique.

NOTE

For maximum deceleration with no anti---skid control, brakes

should be applied intermittently, with the duration of each
application approximately one second, with intervals of re-
duced braking as brief as possible.

CAUTION
Excessive application of pedal brakes can result in skidding
and tire failure.

NOTE

Reverse thrust may be used, commensurate with directional

control.
3. ENGINE FIRE --- Carry out ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND procedure after airplane has stopped. See
paragraph 3.2.3.

6---7---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

6.7.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:

[Link].1 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK --- POWER ON.

a. ANTI ---SKID switch --- OFF.

[Link].2 NORMAL LANDING.

1. Pedal brakes --- Apply brakes using manual technique.

NOTE
For maximum deceleration with no anti---skid control, brake
should be applied intermittently, with the duration of each
application approximately one second, with intervals of re-
duced braking as brief as possible.

CAUTION
Excessive application of pedal brakes can result in skidding
and tire failure.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of
the following:

[Link].1 BRAKE ANTI ---SKID FAILURE. Illumination of INBD ANTI SKID or OUTBD ANTI SKID caution light.
Paragraph 4.15.2 is not applicable.

6.7.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are applicable with the addition of the
following:
NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.
NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of this supplement must be
applied to the calculated performance data of a compatible supple-
ment.

[Link] ACCELERATE---STOP DISTANCE REQUIRED. The accelerate stop distance required (figures 5---5---9
and 5---5---10) flap 5_, (figures 5---5---14 and 5---5---15) flap 10_ or (figures 5---5---19 and 5---5---20) flap 15_ is
increased by 40%.

[Link] LANDING FIELD LENGTH REQUIRED. The landing field length required (figures 6---50---8 and 6---50---9)
flap 10_ (CR803CH00064), (figures 5---11---1 and 5---11---3) flap 15_ or (figures 5---11---2 and 5---11---3) flap 35_
is increased by 75%.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---7---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---7---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " ! #

! #$ %#%&# #' (! ) (! %

$$ *$ % &' ! %% %!'

$ %

# %+

,%#
$%
$+'
-$%# % &$%#
.$% %%

/ //01 , - 2 3-4

%

4
5%# !6
0!. /#+!
. 7 -%%#
%. 0.%
8%!

%4 9 :7 ;

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " ! #

&
! +%# .$% %#%&# (! ! % . ! .##(+4
! #$ %#%&# #' (! ) (! % $$ *$ % % &'
! %% %!'
&'
! #$% % ! #$ 0$%&#' %&# & % %#%&#
(! ! % . ! .##(+4
% %6.. #%+ ( <+ ; 6 $

& %# %

! $+' % %#%&#
&( $ %
= - > > 0 3> ! $%# = % %#%&# (! % . ! .##(?
+4
% >-, (! //
& %< ! %#% + ..%# &%6+ % (

+ ! %# %6.. ##7 %++ %'$$ &%6+ $%' &
* $%% ! %%. !%+ ! % $
#6#' & * (
= 8- > > 0 3> ! %&$%# = % %#%&# (! ! <
. %%+%! = = - 52 >-, / 3>
& %
! .$% %% % $%&# #$ % %#%&# (! ! % . !
.##(+4

0$%&# #$ .$% %# % $#%

5! %#%&#7 ! .$% .% . ! #$ $ &
%# ! %##% .$% %% . % $%&# #?
$

@? // -0 >A3> ! %6.. % * B.+ C .#% ;_7
B.+ 9 C .#% _ 7 B.+ C .#% ;_ % B.+ 9 C .#%
_ % &' D
@? // >3- >A3> ! %6.. * B.+ C .#% ;_7 B.+
C .#% _ B.+ C .#% ;_ % B.+ C .#% _
% &' D
00> ? -0 >A3> ! %#% % * B.+ =
C .#% ;_ B.+ E ;C .#% _ B.+ = C .#% ;_ % B.+ E
;C .#% _ % &' D

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ! $

! #$ %#%&# #' (! ) (! %

$ $ * $ % &' ! %% % !'

% #

# %+

,%# -
$% -
$+' -
.$%# % &$%# -
/$% %% 0

1 1123 , . 4 5.6

! +!

0 ! +! 00

6
9%# !:
2!/ 1#+!
/ 8 .%%#
%/ 2/%
;%!

%6 7 8 -

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ! $

& !

! +%# /$% %#%&# (! ! % / ! /##(+6
! #$ %#%&# #' (! ) (! % $ $ * $ % &' !
%% % !'
&'
! #$% - % ! #$ 2$%&#' %&# & % %#%&#
(! ! % / ! /##(+6
- .,. ,< 5. < ., .
$ $ .4 =% 25> ?

# # =25> $ & % / %://
- - .,. <; <. .
$ @A-A %#% ! $%B$ $ %+ %# 8 /
& ! #( !#!
! $+' % %#%&# (! ! % / ! /##(+6
.,. 1 5<@1< 1< 3

! + (! % 25 (## $
- 1 5< 1 2 . 25 =5. . 1 C ., .5 . C- ., .5
2 5 . ,4>
- 1< 2 .2. 1 4< ,. . 1 < 4< 2 . . 1 1,4
5 1 4< (! 2!: % /%! 2 % < %' #+!
- 25 (! =%// +> # .5
9< # =%// +> ) % *
#
#%+ % 9< # &#( 2

9! &! 25 %6
9< # (## & %B$%#' '$$ / '$$
*
&) ! %! !#!
0 . < < 2 5< ! $%# 0 % %#%&# (! ! % / !
/##(+6
0 1,4 2 <. 242D 9< .
., 25 % ., - 25 (! . =% 25> 2!: . %' #+!
## $% .5 =% 25> 2!: + 25 (! % . %
.5 %' #+! %

-

Print Date: 2022-07-31

0 - .,. < < 2 5<

9! &%' %+8 ! + (! ! % 25 ! # &
% /
2!: !% + %#% %B$%#' A E -? .4 =$$ $ ? / % 25> %
B F_ 2 2!: + < % + < 2 (! // =&
2 % < #+! > 1 ! %% +8 !: # +% !% 8
., <8 ., .5 =%+ 25>8 ., 15 < % ., 4G 5 (%+
% % #+! =/ &%' %+8 !: 2 ,. % #+! >

! ., .5 % #+! / ! % 25 (## &
## $% % %
0 < H 242D
2 # . H = % 25> <@1 4< =% 25>

+ + !: % / + $% + / ! ##
! / ! % 25 $ & /%!8 ## <
! # & $%% %& ! %+ %+
- 2 G 2!: .3<<8 3 < ; 1<I5.2G 3 % % % %##

2 / % 25 (## & J
0 0 G 242D .2 3<G -0 4 5< =1G., G>
1< .,. <
5 1 4< . 9< 5< = < 3 25> 242D

;/ + 8 # # / + (! %
25 . / $# / <@1 4<
- ! + (! ! % 25 (## $ = .4 %>
! +! ! 9< 5< %' #+! ## $%
0 < D 11 242D
2 # H % ( # / % 25 %% % $$ $ / A.

! %:// (%+ ! (## (! <D@<, ;< D
#
- 2 G 2!: #% / 2 +% (! % 25

0 .5 242D . D 11 < 2 5<

9< # % $!#' $%# %:// + =/+ F>

9< # (## & %'$$ / '$$ *
0 A 1< D 11

Print Date: 2022-07-31

1 ! + (! ! % 256

+ + % # /$ % 9< # $ % #%#'
(! + &# // / &' % / $ //# +
% $%' & %$% &' % $%## ! #
- % + + ! 9< # ! # & %) #(#'
% $!#' ! * +
! % / + ( # $$ $%' & /%
!% ! % 25
0 9< # $%' & %'$$ / '$$ *

0 . < . .,
#
#%+ % 9< # &#( 2

0 F 1< . .,
9! #% / (%'6
2 # =% 25> <@1 4<

0 - ;. < < 2 5< ! %&$%# 0 % %#%&#

& !! #

! /$% %% % $%&# #$ % %#%&# (! ! % / !
/##(+6

2$%&# #$ /$% %# % $ #%

9! %#%&#8 ! /$% /% / ! $%&#
#$ $ & %# ! %# #% /$% %% / !
#$

22< .2 <I5< ! %#% % * =/+
0 % > /#% _8 =/+ F % > /#% _8 =/+ 0 % > /#% _
=/+ F % -> /#% _ % &' ?
- ;< D .<,G . 22< ! &%: +' %#% =/+ --
% -> /#% _8 =/+ - % -> /#% _8 =/+ -0 % -> /#% _
=/+ - % -> /#% _ % &' ?
. ., 1 .,4 <I5< ! #%+ /# #+! * =/+ %
F> /#% _ =2< 240>8 =/+ % > /#% _ =/+ - % >
/#% _ % &' ?
0 ;< D .<,G . . ., ! &%: +' #%+ =/+ % > /#%
_ =2< 240>8 =/+ -A % -F> /#% _ =/+ - % -F> /#% _8
% &' ?

0 Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link] LIST OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

Figure Page

6---10---1 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit) ---

One ECU Inoperative (Take---off Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---7
6---10---2 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit) ---
One ECU Inoperative (Take---off Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---9
6---10---3 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit) ---
One ECU Inoperative (Take---off Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---11
6---10---4 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit) ---
One ECU Inoperative (Take---off Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---13
6---10---5 First Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . 6---10---15
6---10---6 Second Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . 6---10---16
6---10---7 First Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . 6---10---17
6---10---8 Second Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . 6---10---18
6---10---9 First Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . 6---10---19
6---10---10 Second Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap10_) . . . . . . . . . 6---10---20
6---10---11 First Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . 6---10---21
6---10---12 Second Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient ---
One Engine Inoperative, One ECU Inoperative (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . 6---10---22
6---10---13 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---25
6---10---14 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway
Slope (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---26
6---10---15 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---29
6---10---16 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway
Slope (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---30
6---10---17 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---33
6---10---18 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway
Slope (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---34
6---10---19 Take---off Run Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---37
6---10---20 Take---off Distance Required --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway
Slope (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---38
6---10---21 Reference Gradient --- One ECU Inoperative (Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---41
6---10---22 Reference Gradient --- One ECU Inoperative (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---42
6---10---23 Reference Gradient --- One ECU Inoperative (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---43
6---10---24 Reference Gradient --- One ECU Inoperative (Flap 15_) . . . . . . . . . . 6---10---44

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---10---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link] MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-- OFF WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT), ONE ECU INOPERATIVE (TAKE-- OFF FLAP 0_). The
maximum permissible take---off weight for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 6---10---1. The maximum permissible
take---off weight is based on the limiting climb requirement with one engine inoperative, and other engine with ECU inoperative.

6---10---6
Section 6

Associated condition:
D.O.T. Approved

Engine bleed = OFF

Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside temperature of 16_C, and an airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, the maximum take --- off weight is 18,650 kg (41,120 lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 10-- 1

Figure 6-- 10-- 4

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---10---13

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link] FIRST SEGMENT AND SECOND SEGMENT TAKE-- OFF GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT, ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE,
ONE ECU INOPERATIVE (FLAP 0_, 5_, 10_ AND 15_). The gross gradients of climb are given in figure 6---10---5 to 6---10---12.
Section 6

6---10---14
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 0_ or 5_ or 10_ or 15_

D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Extended (First Segment) or Retracted (Second Segment)

Speed = V2 (figure 5---2---2, 5---2---4, 5---2---6 or 5---2---8 as appropriate)
Power = One engine at normal take---off power setting (figure 5---1---10), other engine
inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = ”OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_ C an altitude of 6000 ft and a weight of 15,800 kg (34, 830 lb) the gross climb gradient is:

For First Segment Flap 0_: 0.026 (2.6%) (Figure 6---10---5)

For Second Segment Flap 0_: 0.045 (4.5%) (Figure 6---10---6)

For First Segment Flap 5_: 0.025 (2.5%) (Figure 6---10---7)

For Second Segment Flap 5_: 0.043 (4.3%) (Figure 6---10---8)

MODEL 315
For First Segment Flap 10_: 0.023 (2.3%) (Figure 6---10---9)
For Second Segment Flap 10_: 0.038 (3.8%) (Figure 6---10---10)
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

6---10---22 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---10---23

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link] TAKE-- OFF RUN REQUIRED AND TAKE-- OFF DISTANCE REQUIRED, ONE ECU INOPERATIVE (FLAP 0_). The
take---off run required and take---off distance required are shown in figures 6---10---13 and 6---10---14 respectively.
Section 6

6---10---24
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 0_ (take---off)

D.O.T. Approved

Speeds = See figure 5---2---1 and 5---2---2

Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered,
other engine at normal take---off power setting (figure 5---1---10).
Runway = Dry, hard
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = ”OFF”

NOTE

For correction for wind and runway slope, see section 5.5.

Example (arrowed broken line on charts):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, weight 17,200 kg (37,920 lb) and V1/VR = 0.96 the Take---off Run
Required = 1,880 m (6,170 ft) (figure 6---10---13) and Take---off Distance Required = 2,440 m (8,000 ft) (figure 6---10---14).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 10-- 13

6---10---28
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 5_ (take---off)

D.O.T. Approved

Speeds = See figure 5---2---3 and 5---2---4

Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered, other
engine at normal take---off power setting (figure 5---1---10).
Runway = Dry, hard
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = ”OFF”

NOTE

For correction for wind and runway slope, see section 5.5.

Example (arrowed broken line on charts):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, weight 16,600 kg (36,600 lb) and V1/VR = 0.96 the Take---off Run
Required = 1,370 m (4,490 ft) (figure 6---10---15) and Take---off Distance Required = 1,740 m (5,710 ft) (figure 6---10---16).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 10-- 15

6---10---32
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 10_ (take---off)

D.O.T. Approved

Speeds = See figure 5---2---5 and 5---2---6

Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered,other engine
at normal take---off power setting (figure 5---1---10).
Runway = Dry, hard
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = ”OFF”

NOTE
For correction for wind and runway slope, see section 5.5.

Example (arrowed broken line on charts):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, weight 16,200 kg (35,710 lb) and V1/VR = 0.96 the Take---off Run
Required = 1,110 m (3,640 ft) (figure 6---10---17) and Take---off Distance Required = 1,350 m (4,430 ft) (figure 6---10---18).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 10-- 17

6---10---36
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 15_ (take---off)

D.O.T. Approved

Speeds = See figure 5---2---7 and 5---2---8

Power = Normal take---off power on both engines to VEF (figure 5---1---9).
For continued take---off: one engine inoperative at VEF with propeller feathered, other
engine at normal take---off power setting (figure 5---1---10).
Runway = Dry, hard
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = ”OFF”

NOTE
For correction for wind and runway slope, see section 5.5.

Example (arrowed broken line on charts):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, weight 15,700 kg (34,610 lb) and V1/VR = 0.96 the Take---off Run
Required = 970 m (3,180 ft) (figure 6---10---19) and Take---off Distance Required = 1,180 m (3,870 ft) (figure 6---10---20).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 10-- 19

6---10---40
paragraph 5.6.2 apply except substitute NORMAL take---off power for MAXIMUM take---off power in the first, second and third segment
definitions.
D.O.T. Approved

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_ C an altitude of 6000 ft and a weight of 15,700 kg (34,610 lb) the reference gradient is:

For flap 0_ .040 (4.0%) (figure 6---10---21)

For flap 5_ .035 (3.5%) (figure 6---10---22)
For flap 10_ .031 (3.1%) (figure 6---10---23)
For flap 15_ .024 (2.4%) (figure 6---10---24)

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

6---10---44 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 11

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH ONE INOPERATIVE STALL WARNING AND/OR STICK PUSHER SYSTEM
This Supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a
Minimum Equipment List approved by the appropriate authority.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---11---2
Limitations 6---11---2
Emergency Procedures 6---11---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---11---2
Performance Data 6---11---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---11---1 and 6---11---2 Issue 3

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 8 October, 1998

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---11---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 11

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH ONE INOPERATIVE STALL WARNING AND/OR STICK PUSHER SYSTEM
6.11.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a Minimum Equipment List approved by the
appropriate authority.
6.11.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. One stall warning system must be operative.
2. The inoperative stall warning system and/or stick pusher system must be disabled using an approved
MEL maintenance procedure.
Note

Operation of the stick pusher system is dependent upon operation of both stall
warning systems. In the event of an inoperative stall warning system, the stick
pusher system must also be disabled.
3. The maximum aft center of gravity limit is 34% of M.A.C.
4. With the exception of V2, Enroute Climb and Go Around speeds:
Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 Vs (figure 5---1---2, 5---1---3 or 5---1---4) for all flap settings or the appropriate
airspeed for icing conditions and other failures if applicable.

6.11.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.11.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:

[Link].1 NO. 1 STALL WARNING OR NO. 2 STALL WARNING AND STICK PUSHER SYSTEM FAILED
(ILLUMINATION OF #1 STALL SYST FAIL OR #2 STALL SYST FAIL AND PUSHER SYST FAIL CAUTION
LIGHTS).
1. Autopilot --- disengage.
2. Icing conditions should be avoided.
3. Minimum airspeed --- 1.3 VS (figure 5---1---2, 5---1---3 or 5---1---4) for all flap settings or the appropriate
airspeed for icing conditions and other failures if applicable.
6.11.5 PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---11---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 12

MODEL 315

STEEP APPROACH AND LANDING

(S.O.O. 8054 or CR834CH00151 or CR834CH00223)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---12---2
Limitations 6---12---2
Emergency Procedures 6---12---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---12---2
Performance Data 6---12---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---12---1 through 6---12---2 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
Airworthiness Flight Test
for Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

Date: 8 March, 1995

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---12---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 12

MODEL 315

STEEP APPROACH AND LANDING

(S.O.O. 8054 or CR834CH00151 or CR834CH00223)
6.12.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
S.O.O. 8054 or equivalent Change Request (CR) introduces a Ground Proximity Warning System
(GPWS) steep approach adapter which inhibits the ”sink rate warning” in Mode 1 when landing flap
is selected, landing gear is down, and the barometric sink rate is 1450 fpm or less.
6.12.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are
applicable with the addition of the following:
[Link] PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS.
1. The airplane is capable of manually flown steep approaches to a landing with visual reference to the
runway using a suitable glide path system for day/night operations.
2. Landing gear down, flap 15_ and Condition levers to MAX must be selected prior to commencing
steep approach.
3. The maximum approach angle is 5.5_ for flap 15_ and 6_ for flap 35_.
4. Minimum height for transition to the steep approach is 300 feet.
5. A steep approach must not be commenced or continued with only one engine operative.
6. Minimum height for go---around following an engine failure is 300 feet AGL, flap 15_ and 400 feet
AGL, flap 35_.
7. Maximum operating altitude for landing is 5000 feet ASL.

NOTE
The descent rate associated with the steep approach may re-
quire engine power to be maintained in the landing flare.

CAUTION
Pitch attitudes greater than 6_ in the landing flare may cause
the fuselage to contact the runway.

6.12.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.12.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
6.12.5 PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---12---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 13

MODEL 315

TAKE-- OFF WITH REDUCED POWER

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---13---2
Limitations 6---13---2
Emergency Procedures 6---13---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---13---2
Performance Data 6---13---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---13---4 MODEL 315 1

Issue 4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 16

MODEL 315

CATEGORY II OPERATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page
General 6---16---2
Limitations 6---16---2
Emergency Procedures 6---16---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---16---3
Performance Data 6---16---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---16---1 and 6---16---2 Issue 5

6---16---3 through 6---16---8 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 6 January, 2006

Issue
Issue 15 MODEL 315 6---16---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 16

MODEL 315

CATEGORY II OPERATIONS

6.16.1 GENERAL
The DHC---8 has been shown to meet the performance criteria of FAA AC 120---29 for Category II
Flight Director only and Autopilot approaches with the following equipment:

Dual Localizer and Glideslope Systems --- King KNR 634 or Collins VIR 32.
Flight Guidance and Control System --- Dual Honeywell/Sperry FZ --- 800 FGC P/N 7003974---710 or ---722.
Radio Altimeter System --- Honeywell/Sperry AA --- 300.
Dual Air Data System --- Honeywell/Sperry AZ --- 810.
Dual AHRS --- Honeywell/Sperry AH --- 600 or SFIM APIRS F227.
Dual Advisory Display System --- Honeywell/Sperry ID --- 802.

Conventional ADI and HSI or Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) with symbol generator P/N
7004544---312 or ---314.
Windshield Wipers --- 83040015---005/006

NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute approval to con-
duct Category II operations.

6.16.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatability Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are appli-
cable with the addition of the following:

a. An ILS approach to Category II minimums must not be commenced or an approach continued

unless all required airborne equipment and ground installations are operating satisfactorily.
NOTE
Flight Director only approach requires two FGC’s. Autopilot approach
requires only one FGC.

b. Category II operations are approved for a final approach and landing using a flap setting of 15_
only.
c. Aircraft must be in the landing configuration prior to the final approach fix.
d. Category II operations must not be performed in a crosswind component exceeding 15 knots,
or tailwind component exceeding 10 knots.
e. Category II operations must be discontinued in the event of engine failure before or during
landing approach.
f. Category II operations are approved for conventional (3 degrees nominal) glideslope only.
g. The autopilot must be disengaged at or above a minimum altitude of 100 feet AGL.
6.16.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6---16---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

6.16.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of
the following:

a. Observe that the DUAL message on the advisory display and both HSI SEL arrows on the
AFCS controller illuminate at 1200 feet radio altitude.
b. Disengage autopilot at or above 100 feet AGL.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6.16.5 PERFORMANCE
The performance procedures and data in Section 5 and the compatible supplements are applicable
with the addition of the following:

LIST OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

Figure Page

6---16---1 Landing Speeds --- Approach Speed, VREF and Go---Around Speed 6---16---5
6---16---2 Maximum Permissible Landing Weight 6---16---7

NOTE
Position Error Correction to Altimeter (Pilot, Copilot and Alternate sys-
tems) is less than + 20 or ---10 feet in the flap 15_ configuraiton.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---16---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

[Link] APPROACH SPEED, VREF AND GO-- AROUND SPEED WITH FLAP 15_. The speeds for ap-
proach, go---around and Vref with flap 15_ are shown in figure 6---16---1.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb):

Approach and Vref speed (flap 15_) = 104 kt IAS

Go---around speed (Approach climb speed) (flap 15_) = 96 kt IAS

6---16---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Figure 6-- 16-- 1

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---16---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link] MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LANDING WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT) (CATEGORY II OPERATIONS: LANDING FLAP 15_, APPROACH
FLAP 15_). The maximum permissible landing weight for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 6---16---2.

6---16---6
Section 6

Associated conditions:

Engine bleed = OFF

D.O.T. Approved

Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of +16_ C, an airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, the maximum permissible landing weight is 17,900 kg
(39,470 Ib).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 16-- 2

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---16---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---16---8 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 18

MODEL 315

DUAL BENDIX MLS-- 21 MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM

(S.O.O. 8015)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---18---2
Limitations 6---18---2
Emergency Procedures 6---18---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---18---2
Performance Data 6---18---4

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---18---1 and 6---18---2 Issue 2

6---18---3 Issue 1
6---18---4 Issue 2

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 23 April, 2003

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---18---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 18

MODEL 315

DUAL BENDIX MLS-- 21 MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM

(S.O.O. 8015)

6.18.1 GENERAL

The dual Bendix MLS---21 Microwave Landing System consists of dual remote mounted receivers,
dual antennae and dual cockpit control display units. The system provides approach course azimuth devi-
ation and glideslope elevation deviation to the HSI and ADI (EHSI and EADI for EFIS equipped aircraft).

When fitted with the MLS---21 system and with Flight Guidance Computers, Sperry FZ800 Part Number
7003974---709 or later approved standard, the aircraft is capable of MLS approaches to Category 1 weather
minima.

6.18.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatability Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applica-
ble with the addition of the following:
1. Autopilot and flight director only approaches are approved for a glideslope angle of 2.5_ through 4_.
Glideslope angles greater than 3.0_ are approved for approach flap 15_ only.
2. MLS approaches in instrument flight conditions must be conducted as indicated on the published
approach procedure.
3. MLS Back Azimuth operations are prohibited.
4. Use of MLS in APP mode without associated DME is prohibited.

NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute authority
to conduct MLS IFR operations.

6.18.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.18.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:

[Link].1 PRE---TAXI CHECKS.

1. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER:
a. Navigation selector (NAV SEL) --- Select left or right side.
b. MLS navigation selector (MLS) --- Press. MLS annunciator above ADI illuminates (or MLS
annunciates on the EHSI, if EFIS installed).

6---18---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

2. MLS CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT:

a. Mode Selector --- TST.
(1) All segments of display illuminate. NAV and VERT invalid flags appear on the HSI (NAV
and EL invalid flags appear on the EADI and EHSI if EFIS installed) for four seconds.
(2) NAV and VERT (NAV and EL if EFIS installed) invalid flags move out of view. HSI course
deviation indicates fly left and G/S deviation indicates fly up, concurrent with “LU” in the
lower control head display window, for approximately 4 seconds. HSI course deviation
then indicates fly right and G/S deviation indicates fly down, concurrent with “rd” in the
lower display window for a further four seconds.
NOTE
Audio code “MTST” is output during steps (1) and (2).

(3) NAV and VERT invalid flags (NAV and EL if EFIS installed) reappear, course deviation
indicators center.
(4) ”PASS” is displayed in the upper window of Control Display Unit
If system fails the self test, “FAIL” appears in the upper display window.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the other side.

[Link].2 MLS APPROACH.

1. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER:
a. Navigation selector (NAV SEL) --- Select left or right side.
b. MLS Navigation selector (MLS) --- Press. MLS annunciator above ADI illuminates (or MLS
annunciates on the EHSI, if EFIS installed).
2. MLS CONTROL/DISPLAY UNIT:
a. Mode selector --- MAN or AUTO.
b. Angle/Channel selector --- Select channel. Press SEL.

If operating in AUTO mode:

c. When in MLS ground facility coverage, identify MLS and DME. Check that NAV and VERT
invalid flags are absent from the HSI (NAV and EL invalid flags on the EADI and EHSI, if EFIS
installed).
d. Lower display window --- Confirm that Azimuth and Glideslope indications agree with
published MLS approach.

If operating in MAN mode:

e. Angle/Channel selector --- Select Azimuth to published approach course. Press SEL.
f. Angle/Channel selector --- Select Glideslope to published Glideslope elevation angle. Press
SEL.
g. Angle/Channel selector --- Press SEL once more to cancel all flashing annunciators.
h. When in MLS ground facility coverage identify MLS and DME. Check that NAV and VERT invalid
flags are absent from the ADI and HSI (NAV and EL invalid flags on the EADI and EHSI, if EFIS
installed).
3. Select opposite side and repeat steps 1 and 2.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---18---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

4. To fly a Flight Director only or Autopilot MLS approach:

a. AFCS Control --- Select Approach mode (APP) for Flight Director.
b. AFCS Control --- Select Autopilot (AP) for approach.

CAUTION
Ensure AFCS is in Azimuth tracking mode (AZ) prior to Ele-
vation capture (EL).

c. Approach at not less than approach speed (figure 5---8---1) flap 10_ + 5 kt or (figure 5---8---2)
flap 15_ + 5 kt.
d. When landing is assured, flap may be selected to 15_ or 35_.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6.18.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---18---4 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " ! " # $ %

$#& '(%

) !

! "#

$"! %
&" %
&#' %
)&"! " *&"! %
+&" ""

, ,,-. $ ) / 0)1

" %

" 2

1
5"! 67
-6+ ,!#6
+ 3 ""!
"+ -+"
8"6

"1 !3 %42

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " ! " # $ %

$#& '(%

* "
6 #"! +&" "!"*!

*+
6 !&" % " 6 !& -&"*!' "*! * " "!"*!
9 " , ""6 " & # & /9 !"'
% 6 5"6 :"" " 6 & &" + &# # +!#6 ; # 6 +
<"6 ""
6 #"! #" ,!#6 -! '& != " "! + 6 /- & * &&"!' ""!"*!
6 +!#6 < +!#6
* " !# "!"
6 &#' " "!"*!

*, " )" "!"

2 ) : : - 0: 6 &"! 2 " "!"*! <6 6 " + 6
+!!<#1

2 ,$/ - :) -/-> 5: )

+ " #6 /: <6 -67 " +!!<1
" 4 # " 6
* %4 # #6 <# <
!! +!"# <
!! /: !! "' !#6 !! &"
/"# !< " 6"# " #
+ -67 "!! +!"# + <3 "' !#6 " 6"# &"!?

" 6"# "" !"' + %
!' " +!!< *' , " / $ , +!"# '&*!@
#' " ,, +!"# 6 :

2 % A -/-> )- .:A %2 / 0: B,A)$ AC 56 < D 6 +!!<#1
, !! 6* -67 6 +!!<#1
" / !"' / $ , '&*!#' " EFG & !"'
* !"' , '&*!#' " EFG & !"'
:" "!& !< 44 + " # <"' & <
' !"' &"' 6< -/ -/3 : -/ " / / )$ @
-/

%

Print Date: 2022-07-31

2 % 8) : : - 0: 6 "*&"! 2 " "!"*! <6 6 " +
6 +!!<#1
2 % / )$ : ) ) :.: ) :A + "! 6"# "" <6! 6 !"
& " *' 6 / $ , '&*!#' 6 /3 6 ,, +!"# 6 : " !! &"@
+ 6 . "' !#6 6 /: !! "' & B6"# "" +&
C1
/ $ :. <6 , !! -67 ! / !"' " $ $
% '&*!#' B" ""C " " "&* 6 /

2 % % / )$ : ) ) $
/ $9 $ <6 /: !! -67 $ "' !#6 !! &" " $ $ % '&@
*!#' B" ""C "" 6 /
% $ 5 7* H ""!'

2 % 0 : ) ) :.: ) :A + "! " "" " *' 6
""" + 6 , '&*!#' 6 ! "' & B" "" +&
C1
:. <6 , !! -67 ! !"' " %
'&*!#' B" ""C " " "&* 6
2 % 2 A8 $): : , 0: "! '&*! #" +"! " *' " " + "
GFG 6 / " 3 #6 <6 " G$ , G '&*!#' '&*! #"
< +"! " *' *!"7 / "

'&*! #" +& 6 '& " * ! + !"' 6 "++ & "
+!!<1
:.) <6 B"* C -67 "++ " / + """ + !"' +&
'&*! #" <6 "" "&* $ $ % '&*!#' "' "@
"
% / <6 B +!#6 # " !!C ! 6 "++ * !! & "@
+ "" / "'
2 % A , 0: !"' +"! " *' " *!"7 + 6 "++ /
& !"' B&*# / " !"'C 6 "++ &3 +& 6 "& '&*!
#" 3 *" *' # 6 +"! !"' ,, 6 "" !"' !!

* "" !

6 +&" "" " "!"*!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

# ) -

2 Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 20

MODEL 315

OMEGA/VLF NAVIGATION SYSTEM (CANADIAN MARCONI -- CMA-- 771)

(C.S.I. 82374)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---20---2
Limitations 6---20---2
Emergency Procedures 6---20---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---20---2
Performance Data 6---20---4

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---20---1 through 6---20---4 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
Airworthiness Flight Test
for Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

2 June, 1995
Date:

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---20---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 20

MODEL 315

OMEGA/VLF NAVIGATION SYSTEM (CANADIAN MARCONI -- CMA-- 771)

(C.S.I. 82374)

6.20.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The OMEGA/VLF Navigation System (ONS) provides navigation guidance based on the reception and process-
ing of very low frequency radio signals. The system utilizes signals from the network of eight omega radio sta-
tions and VLF communications stations to provide continuous position and great circle navigation.
The ONS system, consists of a cockpit mounted Control Display Unit (CDU) and remote mounted computer/re-
ceiver processor unit (RPU).
The ONS system provides heading/drift angle, desired track/actual track, cross track distance/track angle error,
bearing/distance (to selected waypoint), groundspeed/estimated time enroute, and aircraft present position in
latitude/longitude. Navigational information can be displayed on the pilot’s HSI and coupled to the AFCS for
Flight Director and Autopilot functions.
6.20.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatability Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. Additional navigation equipment required by regulations governing the intended operation must be in-
stalled and operating.
2. The ONS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods of dead reckoning (DR) mode opera-
tion.
3. The ONS system position information must be checked for accuracy (reasonableness) following periods
of system operation in dead reckoning (DR) mode or Invalid operation (NAV flag visible).
4. The ONS must be operated in the relative (REL) primary navigation mode.
5. ONS navigation guidance is not approved for terminal or approach operations.
6. ONS navigation guidance is not approved for operations into valleys (e.g. between peaks in mountainous
terrain) or operations below IFR minimum enroute altitude.
7. ONS position must be periodically verified and updated as directed by regulations governing the intended
operation.
8. The program revision level number must be 005 or later revision.
6.20.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.20.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 SYSTEM SWITCHES AND ANNUNCIATORS.
1. Glareshield Annunciator/Switching Panel.
a. Waypoint Alert Illuminates 2 minutes prior to reaching each waypoint in the flight
(WPT) plan.
b. Message Advisory Illuminates in conjunction with the Message light on the Control
Light (MSG) Display Unit.
2. ALPHA CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT.
Refer to CMA ---771 ALPHA Operator’s Guide (Part 1 and Part 2)

6---20---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link].2 PRE---TAXI CHECKS and INITIALIZATION.

1. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER.
a. Navigation Selector Select pilot’s side.
(NAV SEL)
b. AUX navigation Press to select ONS navigation guidance. AUX NAV advisory light
selector (AUX) above pilot’s ADI illuminates.
2. ALPHA CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT
a. STS PWR key Press.
Check --- Six digit (608200) operational program number appears in
upper right ---hand display.
Program revision level number (005 or later revision) appears in
upper left ---hand display.
Primary operating mode (REL) appears in lower display.
Confirm --- Lamp test sequence is initiated automatically after 10
seconds. Verify correct indications.
Check --- DATA light illuminates.
GMT---DT appears in lower display.
Current Greenwich Mean Time appears in upper left ---hand
display.
Current Date appears in upper right ---hand display.
b. ENT key Press. DATA light will extinguish.
Note

If GMT or Date is incorrect, update each display before press-

ing the ENT key.

c. ENT key Press. Confirm RUNWAY or RAMP.

d. ENT key Press.

Check --- Latitude appears in upper left ---hand display.
Longitude appears in upper right ---hand display.
LATLON appears in lower display.
e. ENT key Press. POS light key will extinguish.

NOTE
If latitude or longitude is incorrect, update each display before
pressing the ENT key.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---20---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

[Link].3 ONS NAVIGATION. To navigate using ONS guidance proceed as follows:

1. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER.
a. Navigation Selector Select pilot’s side.
(NAV SEL)
b. AUX navigation Press. AUX NAV advisory light above pilot’s ADI illuminates.
selector (AUX) Check --- NAV invalid flag disappears on pilot’s HSI.

CAUTION
Ensure the ACT---RT is the desired route.

To couple the Flight Director to ONS lateral guidance:

2. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER
a. HSI selector Press to select pilot’s side.
(HSI SEL)
b. Navigation mode Press. Observe LNAV on advisory display.
selector (NAV)

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with addition of the
following:
1. ONS SYSTEM FAILURE (MSG ADVISORY LIGHT FLASHES).
a. Observe failure message in lower display.
b. CLR BK key Press. Observe MSG advisory light extinguishes or ceases to flash.

NOTE
For major system failures, MSG advisory light will remain illu-
minated.

c. If message indicates system failure, invalid navigation operation or entering dead reckoning
mode (DR); de---select ONS navigation guidance and utilize remaining navigation equipment.

6.20.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---20---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 21

MODEL 315

TAKE-- OFF AND LANDING WITH BLEED “ON”

(MOD 8/2183, 8/2184 and 8/1908)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---21---2
Limitations 6---21---2
Emergency Procedures 6---21---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---21---2
Performance Data 6---21---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---21---1 and 6---21---2 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 3 July, 1998

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---21---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 21

MODEL 315

TAKE-- OFF AND LANDING WITH BLEED “ON”

(MOD 8/2183, 8/2184 and 8/1908)

6.21.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
At the option of the operator, take---off and landing with bleed “on” may be performed in accordance with the
limitations, procedures and performance data contained in this supplement. Engine power settings and
performance data are determined by the use of an assumed Outside Air Temperature higher than actual by 7_C.
Mods 8/2183, 8/2184 and 8/1908 must be incorporated.

6.21.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
The outside air temperature increased by 7_C must not exceed 48.9_C.

6.21.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.21.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 PRE---TAKE---OFF CHECKS
1. BLEED selector --- MIN.
2. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- BLEED 1 and BLEED 2.
[Link].2 APPROACH
1. BLEED selector --- MIN
2. BLEED 1 and BLEED 2 switches --- BLEED 1 and BLEED 2.
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6.21.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are applicable with the addition of the
following:

[Link] With the BLEED selector set to MIN; enter the performance chart(s) in Section 5, except for
Sub-Section 5.7, Enroute Climb Data, and Sub-Section 5.12, Brake Energy and Minimum Turn-around Time,
with an assumed outside air temperature which is the actual outside air temperature increased by 7_C.
NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.

NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of the compatible
supplement must be applied to the calculated performance data of this
supplement.

6---21---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 24

MODEL 315

AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM

(CR828SOO0006 or CR828CH00027)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Page
General 6---24---2
Limitations 6---24---2
Emergency Procedures 6---24---3
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---24---3
Performance Data 6---24---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---24---1 Issue 2
6---24---2 Issue 1
6---24---3 Issue 2
6---24---4 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 3 April, 2001

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---24---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 24

MODEL 315

AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEM

(CR828SOO0006 or CR828CH00027)
6.24.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
A fuel system including four fuel tanks is installed in the airplane. There are two main fuel tanks and two
auxiliary tanks. Transferring of fuel from the auxiliary tanks to the main tanks must be performed in accordance
with the procedures of this supplement.
Total usable fuel tank capacity is as follows:
Left Auxiliary Fuel Tank --- 2283 lb (1036 kg).
Right Auxiliary Fuel Tank --- 2283 lb (1036 kg).
Left Main Tank --- 2839 lb (1288 kg).
Right Main Tank --- 2839 lb (1288 kg).
6.24.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
a. Main tanks must be full prior to fueling auxiliary tanks.

b. Auxiliary fuel transfer is not permitted during take---off.

c. Fuel transfer from auxiliary to main tanks shall commence immediately after take---off.

d. Fuel asymmetry between the main fuel tanks and the auxiliary fuel tanks must not exceed the
combined quantities in the following table:

MAIN TANK ASYMMETRY (LB) AUXILIARY TANK ASYMMETRY (LB)

0 1500
50 1375
100 1250
150 1125
200 1000
250 875
300 750
350 625
400 500
450 375
500 250
550 125
600 0

6---24---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

6.24.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.24.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK --- POWER ON.
1. AUXILIARY FUEL transfer switches --- OFF. Check both VALVE CLOSED advisory lights illumi-
nate.
[Link].2 IN---FLIGHT PROCEDURES --- AFTER TAKE---OFF (ENROUTE CLIMB).
1. AUXILIARY FUEL transfer switches --- TO TANK 1 and TO TANK 2. Check both VALVE OPEN ad-
visory lights, TANK 1 AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP advisory lights illuminate.
When transfer is complete:
2. AUXILIARY FUEL transfer switches --- OFF. Check both VALVE CLOSED advisory lights, TANK 1
AUX PUMP and TANK 2 AUX PUMP advisory lights out.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
[Link].1 AUXILIARY FUEL TRANSFER MALFUNCTION (FAILURE OF EITHER VALVE ADVISORY LIGHT TO
INDICATE OPEN, OR FAILURE OF TANK 1 AUX PUMP OR TANK 2 AUX PUMP ADVISORY LIGHTS TO
ILLUMINATE, OR AUXILIARY TANK CONTENTS REMAIN UNCHANGED DURING TRANSFER).
1. AUXILIARY FUEL transfer switches --- OFF.

Should fuel be required from operating auxiliary tank:

2. AUXILIARY FUEL transfer switch (operating tank) --- TO TANK 1 or TO TANK 2 as applicable.

3. Transfer fuel between TANK 1 and TANK 2 as necessary. See paragraph 4.6.2. Observe main and
auxiliary tank fuel asymmetry limitations. See paragraph 6.24.2.

4. AUXILIARY FUEL transfer switch --- OFF.

6.24.5 PERFORMANCE
The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---24---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---24---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" " #$ "# "%&

'(")()))*+ ("!())),+ ("!())) " ("!)))-.

/ (

! "#

$"!
%"
%#&
(%"! " )%"!
*%" ""

+ ++,- $ ( . /(0

"

" 1

0
4"! 56
,5* +!#5
* 2 (""!
"* ,*"
7"5

"0 %)2 31

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" " #$ "# "%&

'(")()))*+ ("!())),+ ("!())) " ("!)))-.

"
5 #"! *%" "!")!

5 !%" " 5 !% ,%")!& ")! ) " "!")!
85 5 " * 5 *!!8#0

5 8"&0
" 5"!! 5" " *% # * *" %""! 5" #" %5 " 6 * *%
" 5 *%" * ! * 8" # * "
) *" )"# %""! % ) ! 5" 5 52 8!! %" "
%" " ,"!*" 7"# 9" :,79; * ! 5" 3
" * ! #"! " *" #" 5" 5 : %; "%
5"!! ) %
45 5 < * " # %#&2 * 5 5)
/ * *!" 3_ * "6** %

" (& "("

5 %#& " "!")!

, " /" "("

1 ( 9 9 , /9 5 %"! 1 " "!")! 85 5 " * 5
*!!8#0

1 $9 /( 9/((($ ( =($
49 ! 8"& )8 + " , 85 5 ""* ""&

1 > ++
49 ! " %5!& %"! "6** # :*# ?; 85 )"6 **

1 ( ($
7!8 6 2 %"<% % )"6# ** 5 ! ) " % )"6 "!"
85 5 " * "5 "!" "<%"!& " "! * )"6#
" )* " )!

1 7( 9 9 , /9 5 ")%"! 1 " "!")!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! "" (

5 *%" "" " %")! !% " "!")! 85 5 " * 5
*!!8#0

,%")! !% *%" "! " % !"

45 "!")!2 5 *%" *" * 5 !% % )
"! 5 "! !" *%" "" * " %")! !@
%

> ++ 9/( 9A/9 5 "6** B :*# " ; *!" _2 :*#
" ; *!" 3_ :*# " ; *!" _ " )& ?C

> ++ (, 9A/9 5 "6** " B :*# D " ; *!"
_2 :*# " ; *!" 3_ :*# D " ; *!" _ " )& DC

,,9 (, 9A/9 5 "!" " B :*#
? " 3; *!" _2 :*# 1 " ; *!" 3_ :*# ? " 3; *!" _
" )& 3C

1 ( ($ + ($. 9A/9 5 !"# *! !#5 B :*# "
; *!" _ :*# " ; *!" _ " )& 3C

Print Date: 2022-07-31

& / 0

1 Print Date: 2022-07-31

!

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 33

MODEL 315

COLLINS TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS II)

(CR834SO00375)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---33---2
Limitations 6---33---2
Emergency Procedures 6---33---3
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---33---3
Performance Data 6---33---5

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---33---1 Issue 7
6---33---2 Issue 7
6---33---3 and 6---33---4 Issue 2
6---33---5 Issue 3
6---33---6 Issue 2

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 16 March, 2000

1
Issue 7 MODEL 315 6---33---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 33

MODEL 315

COLLINS TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS II)

(CR834SO00375)

6.33.1 GENERAL
The TCAS II is an airborne traffic alert and collision avoidance system that identifies and displays
potential and predicted collision threats. The system interrogates aircraft equipped with an ATC transponder
and provides appropriate voice and visual advisories to the flight crew.
The DHC---8 TCAS II configuration requires the following equipment to be functional and operating:

Description Part Number Model Number Quantity

TCAS Transmitter/Receiver 622---8971---120 TTR---920 1
Directional Antenna 622---8973---001 TRE---920 2
TCAS Controller 622---9614---013, CTL---92T 1
---113
VSI/TRA Indicator 622---9728---021, TVI ---920D 2
---121, ---123
Mode S Transponder 622---9210---003, TDR---94D 1
---004
Radio Altimeter 7001840---912, RT---300 1
---918

The system provides two levels of advisories:

1. A traffic advisory (TA) is a visual display on the VSI/TRA indicators of the relative position of a threat aircraft
when it is appoximately 40 seconds from closest point of approach (CPA). A “TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC”
announcement occurs simultaneously. The TA provides the opportunity to visually acquire the threat aircraft
and prepare for a possible evasive maneuver.
2. A resolution advisory (RA) is a visual indication on the VSI/TRA indicators recommending a vertical speed
(VS) range that will provide adequate vertical separation from the threat aircraft when it is approximately 25
seconds from the CPA. The RA will be accompanied by an appropriate announcement. See paragraph
[Link].2.
Traffic advisories can be generated for intruder aircraft with operative Mode S, Mode C or Mode A transponders.
Mode A transponders do not provide altitude information, therefore resolution advisories will only be issued for
Mode S or Mode C equipped aircraft. The TCAS II system provides no indication of traffic conflicts for aircraft
without operative transponders.
For additional TCAS II information refer to Collins Pilot’s guide P/N 523---0776233---001117, dated June 1, 1990
or later. References in the pilot ’s guide to the TTC---920 Transponder/TCAS Control Panel and the TTC---920A
Control Panel are not applicable to the DHC---8 configuration.
6.33.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable.

6---33---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

6.33.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.33.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 TCAS II OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
1. TCAS II self test is inhibited in flight.
2. “INCREASE DESCENT” RA announcements are inhibited below 1,450 ft AGL.
3. “DESCEND” RA announcements are inhibited below 1,200 ft AGL when climbing, below 1,000 ft AGL when
descending.
4. All resolution advisories (RA) are inhibited below 1,100 ft AGL when climbing, below 900 ft AGL when
descending.
5. All RA and TA announcements are inhibited below 1,100 ft AGL when climbing, below 900 ft AGL when
descending.
6. Voice and visual “INCREASE CLIMB” RA advisories will be inhibited during the following conditions:
a. Landing gear down and flaps extended 15 degrees or greater; or
b. Propeller Auto Feather switch selected and the amber ‘ARM’ light illuminated.
7. During an engine---out condition, “CLIMB” voice and visual advisories are inhibited.
8. The TCAS mode of operation automatically changes as follows:
a. TA ONLY mode to TA/RA (AUTO) mode at 1100 ft AGL when climbing.
b. TA/RA (AUTO) mode to TA ONLY mode at 900 ft AGL when descending.
[Link].2 RESOLUTION ADVISORY ANNOUNCEMENTS
1. “CLIMB, CLIMB, CLIMB” Climb at rate shown on the green arc of the VSI/TRA
indicators.
2. “DESCEND, DESCEND, DESCEND” Descend at rate shown on the green arc of the VSI/TRA
indicators.
3. “REDUCE DESCENT” Reduce rate of descent to that shown on VSI/TRA
indicators.
4. “REDUCE CLIMB” Reduce rate of climb to that shown on VSI/TRA indicators.
5. “MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED” Monitor present vertical speed to prevent entering
restricted red arc speed.
6. “CLEAR OF CONFLICT” Range is increasing and separation is adequate; return to
previous ATC assigned altitude.
7. “CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB” Safe separation will be best achieved by climbing through
the intruder’s flight path.
8. “DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND” Safe separation will best be achieved by descending
through the intruder’s flight path.
The following voice messages are announced when the initial RA does not provide sufficient vertical separation
from an intruder:
9. “INCREASE CLIMB” (received Additional climb rate is required.
after “CLIMB” advisory).
10.“INCREASE DESCENT” (received Additional descent rate is required.
after “DESCEND” advisory)

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---33---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

11.“CLIMB---CLIMB NOW” (received A reversal from a descent to a climb condition is required

after “DESCEND” advisory) to provide adequate vertical separation.
12.“DESCEND ---DESCEND NOW” A reversal from a climb to a descent condition is required
(received after “CLIMB” advisory) to provide adequate vertical separation.
[Link].3 PRE---TAXI CHECKS.
1. TCAS Mode selector switch --- STBY.
2. TCAS TEST switch --- Press. Observe TEST annunciated on VSI/TRA indicators, system advisories are
displayed, no failures are annunciated and ”TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK” is announced.
If TEST not annunciated, VSI/TRA indicators display system failure or ‘TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL’ is announced:
3. TCAS Mode selector switch --- OFF.
[Link].4 PRE---TAKE---OFF CHECKS.
1. TCAS Controller:
a. Mode selector switch --- AUTO.
b. Mode display switch --- Press. Observe range ring and aircraft symbol on VSI/TRA indicators.
c. A/B switch --- Press. Observe ABV on VSI/TRA indicators.
d. RNG display switch --- Press. Observe 6 NM annunciated on VSI/TRA indicators.
[Link].5 IN---FLIGHT OPERATION.
1. The following operating characteristics are recommended:
a. If a threat aircraft track or altitude information is lost during an RA, the RA will terminate without a “CLEAR
OF CONFLICT” announcement.
b. TCAS advisories are based on the pilot initiating the initial RA maneuver within approximately 5 seconds,
and within approximately 2 1/2 seconds if an additional corrective RA is issued.
c. GPWS alert takes priority over a TCAS II RA.
CAUTION
If stall warning (stickshaker) occurs during an RA maneuver, take
immediate stall recovery action.
2. After Take---off (after commencement of third segment):
a. RNG display switch --- Press. Select 6 NM or 12 NM, as required. Observe annunciation on VSI/TRA
indicators.
3. At cruise altitude:
a. A/B display switch --- Press. Select ABV, BLW or normal, as required. Observe annunciation on VSI/TRA
indicators.
b. MODE display switch --- Press. Observe VSI/TRA indicators display VSI mode.
4. Top of Descent:
a. A/B display switch --- Press. Observe BLW displayed on VSI/TRA indicators.
5. In Range:
a. RNG display switch --- Press. Observe 6 NM displayed on VSI/TRA indicators.
6. Post Flight Procedures (after clearing the runway):
a. Select TCAS mode selector switch --- STBY.
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
[Link].1 RESOLUTION ADVISORY FAILURE (RA FLAG DISPLAYED ON BOTH VSI/TRA INDICATORS).
1. Mode selector switch to TA ONLY.

6---33---4 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link].2 RESOLUTION ADVISORY FAILURE (RA FLAG DISPLAYED ON ONE VSI/TRA INDICATOR ONLY).
1. Pilot with operative VSI to respond to commands.
[Link].3 RESOLUTION ADVISORY AND VERTICAL SPEED FAILURE (RA AND V/S FLAGS DISPLAYED ON
BOTH VSI/TRA INDICATORS).
1. Mode selector switch to TA ONLY.
[Link].4 RESOLUTION ADVISORY AND VERTICAL SPEED FAILURE (RA AND V/S FLAG DISPLAYED ON
ONE VSI/TRA INDICATOR ONLY).
1. Pilot with operative VSI to respond to commands.
[Link].5 VSI/TRA INDICATOR FAILURE (BLANK DISPLAY).
1. Pilot with operative VSI to respond to commands.
[Link].6 MODE S TRANSPONDER FAILURE (TCAS OFF DISPLAYED ON VSI/TRA INDICATORS).
1. Transponder 1/2 select switch --- 1 or 2 as appropriate.
[Link].7 TCAS II FAILURE (TCAS FAIL FLAG DISPLAYED ON VSI/TRA INDICATORS).
1. Mode selector switch --- STBY. (With CR834CH00468 installed: Mode selector switch --- OFF).

6.33.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---33---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---33---6 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" ±#

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 37

MODEL 315

SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR

OPERATION ON CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---37---2
Limitations 6---37---3
Emergency Procedures 6---37---4
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---37---4
Performance Data 6---37---4

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---37---1 through 6---37---3 Issue 3

6---37---4 through 6---37---7 Issue 2
6---37---8 through 6---37---20 Issue 1

Approved:
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch
Date: 2 August, 2013

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---37---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 37

MODEL 315

SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR

OPERATION ON CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS

6.37.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
a. This information has been prepared by the manufacturer and approved as guidance
material, to assist operators in developing suitable guidance, recommendations or
instructions for use by their flight crews when operating on contaminated runway surface
conditions.
b. The data have been prepared using reasonable estimates of the effects of contaminated
runway surface conditions on the accelerating ground roll and the braking ground roll.
The effects of actual conditions may differ from those used to establish the data.
c. The performance information assumes any standing water, slush or loose snow to be of
uniform depth and density.
d. The level of safety is decreased when operating on contaminated runways and therefore
every effort should be made to ensure that the runway surface is cleared of any
significant contaminate.
e. The provision of performance information for contaminated runways should not be taken
as implying that ground handling characteristics on these surfaces will be as good as
can be achieved on dry or wet runways, in particular, in cross---winds and when using
reverse thrust.

[Link] DEFINITIONS

Runway A runway is considered to be contaminated when more than 25% of the runway surface
Contaminated by area (whether in isolated areas or not) within the required length and width being
Standing Water, used, is covered by surface water, slush or loose snow.
Slush or Loose Snow
NOTE
Runways with water depths, slush or loose snow less than 3 mm
(0.125 in), may be considered not contaminated provided braking is
considered good.
Runway A runway is to be considered contaminated when completely covered by snow which
Contaminated has been compressed into a solid mass which resists further compression.
by Compacted
Snow

Runway A runway is considered to be contaminated when, due to the presence of wet ice, the
Comtaminated braking effectivity is expected to be very low.
by Wet Ice

VGO The lowest decision speed from which a continued take---off is possible within the
take---off run and take---off distance required.

VSTOP The highest decision speed from which the aircraft can stop within the
accelerate---stop distance required.

6---37---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Take---off The take---off distance on contaminated runway is the longer of:

Distance
a. 115% of the distance from the start of the take---off roll to the point at which the airplane
attains a height of 35 feet above the take---off surface, with all engines operating.
b. The distance from the start of the take---off roll to the point at which the airplane attains a
height of at least 15 feet above the take---off surface, with critical engine failure such that
the failure would be recognized at the Decision Speed VGO.

Take---off The take---off run on a contaminated runway is the longer of:

Run
a. 115% of the distance from the start of the take---off roll to the mid point between lift ---off
and the point at which the airplane attains a height of 35 feet above the take---off surface,
with all engines operating.
b. The distance from start of take---off roll to the point of lift ---off with critical engine failure
such that the failure would be recognized at the Decision Speed VGO.

Accelerate--- The accelerate---stop distance on a contaminated runway is the longer of:

Stop
a. Accelerate---stop distance with an engine failure at VEF as defined below.
1. The distance necessary to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to VEF with
all engines operating plus:

2. The distance required to accelerate the airplane from VEF to VSTOP and continue
the acceleration for a further 2.0 seconds, assuming the critical engine fails at VEF
plus:

3. The distance required to come to a full stop from the point reached at the end of the
acceleration period described in paragraph a.2 above assuming that the pilot does
not apply any means of retarding the airplane until that point is reached and that
the critical engine is still inoperative.

b. Accelerate---stop distance with all engines operating as defined below:

1. The distance necessary to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to VSTOP
and continue the acceleration for a further 2.0 seconds with all engines operating
plus:

2. The distance required to come to a full stop from the point reached at the end of the
acceleration period described in paragraph b. 1 above, assuming that the pilot
does not apply any means of retarding the airplane until that point is reached and
that all engines are still operating.

WED The water equivalent depth of contaminate = depth x specific gravity of contaminate.

6.37.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:

[Link] OPERATIONS
a. Take-off with reduced power is prohibited.

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---37---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

[Link] OPERATION FROM RUNWAYS CONTAMINATED WITH STANDING WATER, SLUSH OR LOOSE
SNOW
a. The maximum water equivalent depth of contaminate permitted is 15 mm (0.59 in).
b. The maximum depth of contaminate permitted is 6 cm (2.4 in).
c. The maximum crosswind component for take-off and landing is 14 kt.

[Link] OPERATION FROM RUNWAYS CONTAMINATED WITH COMPACTED SNOW

a. The maximum crosswind component for take-off and landing is 20 kt.

6.37.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.37.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal and abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the following:

CAUTION
Operation in crosswinds on runways contaminated with wet ice is not
recommended.

6.37.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are applicable with the addition of the
following:

NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.

NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of the compatible
supplement must be applied to the calculated performance data of
this supplement.

[Link] TAKE---OFF PERFORMANCE ON A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY.

NOTE
Tests in water have shown that there is no spray impingement
on wings, flap, nacelles or engine intakes, or tail surfaces at
any speed up to lift off speed from either main or nosewheels.
Some spray from the nosewheel impinges on the lower
surface of the fuselage and nosewheel well.

[Link].1 TAKE---OFF SPEEDS ON A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY.

Take---off speeds are given in Sub-Sections 5.2 and 5.13 except V1 is replaced by VGO and VSTOP which
are determined as follows:

1. Runway contaminated by standing water, slush or loose snow.

VGO = VR
VSTOP selected by operator but not greater than VR.

6---37---4 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

2. Runway contaminated by compacted snow.

VGO selected by operator but not less than minimum V1.
VSTOP selected by operator but not greater than VR.
3. Runway contaminated by wet ice.
VGO selected by operator but not less than minimum V1.
VSTOP selected by operator but not greater than VR.
Using the available field lengths the operator should select VGO = VSTOP for the take---off conditions. If
VGO is greater than VSTOP there is a risk period when accelerating from VSTOP to VGO where in the event of an
engine failure, the airplane may not be able to obtain the take---off distance or in the event of a rejected take---off
the airplane may not be able to obtain the accelerate---stop distance.

NOTE
The provision of VSTOP and VGO data in this supplement does
not constitute operational approval to operate with VGO
greater than VSTOP.

[Link].2 TAKE---OFF FIELD LENGTHS ON A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY.

Information is provided to give the take---off run required, take---off distance required and
accelerate---stop distance required referenced to data given in Sub-Sections 5.5, 5.13 and compatible
supplements. The reference data is determined at a given flap setting, weight, airfield altitude and temperature,
V1/VR = 1.0, with zero wind and zero runway slope, on a dry hard runway with BLEED OFF:
1. Ice protection systems “OFF” (Sub-Section 5.5)
2. Ice protection systems “ON” (Sub-Sections 5.5 and 5.13).
The corrections to the reference data are as follows:
1. Runway contaminated by standing water, slush or loose snow (figure 6---37---1 to 6---37---3).
Accelerating and decelerating ground roll is varied with WED of contaminate.
VGO = VR
Varying VSTOP/VR ratio
2. Runway contaminated by compacted snow (figure 6---37---4 to 6---37---6).
Varying VGO/VR and VSTOP/VR ratios
3. Runway contaminated by wet ice (figure 6---37---7 to 6---37---9).
Varying VGO/VR and VSTOP/VR ratios
4. Conversion of VGO/VR and VSTOP/VR to VGO and VSTOP (figure 6---37---10).

5. Water equivalent depth for contaminated runway (figure 6---37---11).

NOTE

1. Accelerate---stop distances assume the use of discing during stopping.

2. Data assumes power is applied as brakes are released with normal
take---off power (NTOP) set by 50 kt IAS.

[Link].3 EXAMPLES.
Examples are shown for operation on a slush covered runway and an icy runway. It is assumed that for
selected conditions the following data was obtained from Sub-Sections 5.2, 5.5 and 5.13.

Rotation Speed (VR) = 94 kt IAS

Take---off Run Required = 820 m (2,690 ft)

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---37---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

Take---off Distance Required = 1,050 m (3,445 ft)

Accelerate---Stop Distance Required = 980 m (3,215 ft)

Other relevant conditions are:

Reported Wind = 12 kt headwind

Runway Slope = 0.8% uphill

Example 1

On a slush contaminated runway

Depth = 20 mm (0.8 in)

Specific gravity = .67
WED = 13.4 mm (0.5 in)

VGO = VR = 94 kt IAS
Take---off run required = 1,570 m (5,150 ft) (figure 6---37---1)
Take---off distance required = 2,160 m (7,085 ft) (figure 6---37---2)
For VSTOP/VR = 1.0
Selected VSTOP = VGO = 94 kt IAS (figure 6---37---10)
Accelerate---stop distance required = 1,460 m (4,790 ft) (figure 6---37---3)

Example 2

On a wet ice contaminated runway

Selected VGO = VR = 94 kt IAS

Take---off run required = 680 m (2,230 ft) (figure 6---37---7)
Take---off distance required = 1,010 m (3,310 ft) (figure 6---37---8)
Selected VSTOP = VGO = 94 kt IAS (figure 6---37---10)
Accelerate---stop distance required = 1,690 m (5,545 ft) (figure 6---37---9)

VGO and VSTOP may be varied between the limits of minimum V1 and VR (Sub-Section 5.2 and 5.13) to meet the
field length limitations. If they cannot be met within the speed range, the weight should be reduced. If the VSTOP
required is less than the VGO, either the weight should be reduced or the time to accelerate from VSTOP to VGO is
a risk period.

[Link] LANDING PERFORMANCE ON A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY.

The data provides unfactored landing distance from the 50 ft height to stop when operating on a runway
contaminated by standing water, slush, loose snow, compacted snow or wet ice. Included is the effect of
increasing VREF up to 10 kt.

[Link].1 LANDING SPEEDS ON A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY.

The landing reference speeds are as given in Sub---Section 5.8 or Supplement 50, paragraph [Link].5
with Sub---Section 5.13 applied if applicable.

[Link].2 UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE ON A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY.

Information is provided to give the unfactored landing distance referenced to the data for the relevant
flap setting given in Sub---Section 5.11 or Supplement 50, paragraph [Link].9 with Sub---Section 5.13 applied
if applicable.

6---37---6 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

NOTE

Deceleration assumes both engines operating and the use of

discing during stopping.

[Link].3 EXAMPLES. An example is shown for operation on a compacted snow covered runway. It is
assumed that for selected conditions the following data were obtained from Sub---Sections 5.11 and 5.13.

The dry runway unfactored landing distance = 800 m ( 2,630 ft)

For VREF increased by 7 kt.

Unfactored Landing Distance Required= 2,060 m ( 6,760 ft) (figure 6---37---13)

[Link] LIST OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

Figure Page

6---37---1 Take---off Run Required on a Contaminated Runway,

Standing Water, Slush or Loose Snow, VGO/VR = 1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---8
6---37---2 Take---off Distance Required on a Contaminated Runway,
Standing Water, Slush or Loose Snow, VGO/VR = 1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---9
6---37---3 Accelerate---stop Distance Required on a Contaminated Runway,
Standing Water, Slush or Loose Snow, WED = 0---15 mm (0 --- 0.59 in) 6---37---10
6---37---4 Take---off Run Required on Compacted Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---11
6---37---5 Take---off Distance Required on Compacted Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---12
6---37---6 Accelerate---stop Distance Required on Compacted Snow . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---13
6---37---7 Take---off Run Required on a Wet Ice Contaminated Runway . . . . . . . . 6---37---14
6---37---8 Take---off Distance Required on a Wet Ice Contaminated Runway . . . . 6---37---15
6---37---9 Accelerate---stop Distance Required on a Wet Ice Contaminated
Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---16
6---37---10 Conversion of VGO/VR and VSTOP/VR to VGO and VSTOP Speed . . . . . . . 6---37---17
6---37---11 Water Equivalent Depth for Contaminated Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---18
6---37---12 Unfactored Landing Distance Required on a Contaminated Runway
Flap 10_ (CR803CH00064) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---19
6---37---13 Unfactored Landing Distance Required on a Contaminated Runway
Flap 15_ and 35_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---37---20

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " #

$ !

! "#

$"! %
&" %
&#' %
)&"! " *&"! %
+&" ""

, ,,-. $ ) / 0)1

2
%

3 #3
2 2
3 #3

1
+ 6"! 37
-3+ ,!#3
+ 4 )""! "+
-+" 8"3

"1 &*4 %5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " #

% "
3 #"! +&" "!"*! 93 3 " + 3 +!!9#1
63 3 "!" " 93 "' "+"& " # " + " " 3: *'
3 !&4 " &# " " " +&" #"" 933 & * " +
"!" +&" &" 3 !& ! "!! " 933 " & * &# 93
3 "!" "4 " + 3 +&" "!' *' " &# " 93 "!"*!
63 & !& # + "# 93 &# "4 ; 3" 3 &# " 9!! * !"
" 3 "< "!
" "!! 3 -+# " " =- > * & 93 " " &+"
+& 3 "+"& &" +" " ;& +& 3 + 3 -
3 "!"*! +&" &4 "! "" 93 " - &
" 3 ?&"7 "@ ; ! & + ""#"3

%&
3 !&" % " "!"*! 93 3 " + 3 +!!9#1
" &" "!" +&" " *' & " & * &!' !"' "
!"" 3 +!#3 &"&
* ) & 3" 3 ++ "4 "3 93 #!#*! ++ +&"4 &"' * &# +
+!#3 " 93 "!' ,& + ++ "4 "3 93 #!#*! ++
+&"4 & * 3" " & !" ++ + " 7# = !*> "7++
" !"# 9#3 ) & 3" &4 "3 93 #!#*! ++ +&"4 &"' *
&# + +!#3 "
!! &# " "'# " +&" "!' " & !" ! + "! +
" &*" + &# " " & & !" 9#3 & & *
*" +& 3 "" ="7++ "@ !"#> 9#3 *" " -
"!!9"*! 9#3 " *" 3 "! ++ "!" +&"
+ " ""! " ! +!#34 3 & + 3 !& & "#" * & *+ "'
*A "7++ 3 ! 3 " + " +!#3 & "!!9 3 "!"
* +!9 " 93 3 "' " !"& " * &"
"7++ " !"# +&" & " "!"*! 3 &";& & &*!
"7++ " !"# 9#3 & +& ""#"3 " B " "' "!"*!
!& + 3 &" "!
+ 3 3" +&" A " " " !" ""+ 9#3 93 - &=> &#4 3
+&" & * & +& 3 "" ""#"3 + " "' "!"*!
!& + 3 &" "!4 # " 9#3 A "! 3 ""+ 9#3 ! 3 "!"*! 9#3
"!'

% " !' "!"

3 &#' + " "!"*!

% " $" "!"

="> )"!! + !@+ ! "

=*> ?+ !#@+ !# ""

"+ "3 + !#
3 !"7"#

=> ?+ !@ + ! " 93

,, " 3 "
."! -! #3
!! &"

*+, %((&

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! "-

C 5 )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
- ) ? )? - ) ? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

5 6)$? - % &"' * &# 93

8 ) )$ +&" "!' + " &";& &
$ -8 + 3 = > "!" "' 1

"> "" !"# #

+" !"1

> "" !'@" &

&"+! 3 " "H

> !"# # 3! +&

&"+! " H "

> 3 "!" "

79 +" # "@
3"' "

5% )$) ) G % &"' * &# 93

- 8 +&" "!' + " &";& &
+ 3 = > "!" "' 1

"> "" # "7

!"# # !"H

*> 3 "!" "

79 +" # "@
3"' "

*+, %((

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! "&

C % )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
) )$$ ? ? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

% $ ? $?0 '"!!$+"#&"'*

, ?)$ &#+&"
!&9#3*"+&3
"+!#3&" "!
%% $/ -G?0 % " *'B5G#=%5!*>
, ?)$

% ) ) )$$ ? % &"'*&#

, ? "!&"&";& &+
B5G ""*!3""
&"""!"*!"3!

% ?G)$8? G "'*&#93+&"

/ ) 0/ ) "!' 1
" !" "# $" ;
3" & 3"! & * 9
!" 3 +!#3
&"&
% 8? G 8C &"'*&#+&"3*"7
6 ?) - )) "&*!' 3
!" " 3 ; *"7 &"!

% / ) )$?)$ "'*&#93+&"

- )? ?)$ "!' + " &";& & + 5 "!
=? @B> "'
=@)2 %5525
%5525>

*+, %((

2
2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! "

C )08? , ? ?D0? , ? ,$/

- ) ) E- ? . ) - 0) %
6 ? @ 6

08FC ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ? E- )

. ?C ,0/ @ , ? "' * &# 93 +&" "!'

*+, %((

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! "&

C % )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
? ? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

% -- )=% 4 ' &+3&"'

%84%% ?4%%8?> &#93+&"
/ ) ? "!'

%% ?.-)$ "'*&#93+&"

? "!'

% /C $? 0) ?.- "'*&#93+&"

?4IC "!'

% /C $? 0) ?.- "'*&#93+&"

?4I%C "!'

% $? 0) ?) "'*&#93+&"

? "!'

% $? 0) )?/ ) "'*&#93+&"

- .? "!'+"&";& &+5+!#33
1
" 3 # 3 #
93 "! & & "
* ! & & "
"!' + '
3 # 3
"
%2 -E?) 6? "'*&#93+&"
"!'+"&";& &+5+!#33
?
1
" 3 ;"! - 9 ?"!
# 93 "! & &
"
* ! & & "
"!' + '
% -E?) 6? "'*&#93+&"
? "!'+"&";& &+5+!#33
1
" 3 ;"! - 9 ?"!
# 93 "! & &
"
* ! & & "
"!' + '

*+, %((%

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! ")

C 2 )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
6)$ ? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

2 )8 ? , - 0? ' &++"#&"'

, ?)$ &#93+&"
=%> "!'

2% 08 ? , % 3+"#&"'

- 0?, ?)$ &#93+&"
=%> "!'

2 $ ?/ 46)$ % 3&"'&#93

+&""!'

*+, %(()

5 Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! ")

C 2 )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
6? ) ? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

2 - 6 -/- .? "'*&#93+

&""!'

2% )$) - ) ) "'*&#93+

) ? &""!'

*+, %((

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! ")

C 2 )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
6? ) ? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

2 , )$/ % 3 &"' &#

/ 8 . 93 +&" "!'
E/ 0,)$?) 3 *" ;3" +#"!
= F @5 ) & * + + + "&"#
?F @>

*+, %((.

%

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # ( ! ").

C 2B )08? , ??D0? , ?

,$/- ) )E-
? . )- 0)%

08C ? -? ) % ? ?G ) @ ?E- )

2B - ? ? % 3 &"' &# 93

+&" "!'

*+, %((-

Print Date: 2022-07-31

' $ /

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 43

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM

This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a Minimum
Equipment List approved by the appropriate authority.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---43---2
Limitations 6---43---2
Emergency Procedures 6---43---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---43---2
Performance Data 6---43---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---43---1 through 6---43---6 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
for AIrworthiness Flight Test
Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

Date: 8 March, 1995

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---43---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 43

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM

6.43.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a Minimum Equipment List approved by the
appropriate authority.
6.43.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. Take---off is permitted, with flap 5_ only.
2. Operation with V1 less than VR is not permitted.

6.43.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable with the addition of the following:
[Link] ENGINE SHUTDOWN
1. AUTOFEATHER switch --- Not applicable.
NOTE
There is no uptrim on the operating engine.

6.43.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the following:
[Link].1 SYSTEM CHECKS ONCE EVERY 24 HOURS (FLYING DAY).
1. AUTOFEATHER and POWER UPTRIM check --- Not applicable.
[Link].2 PRE---TAKEOFF CHECKS
1. AUTOFEATHER switch --- off: Check autofeather SELECT advisory light out.
[Link].3 LINE---UP CHECK AND TAKEOFF PROCEDURES
1. Autofeather --- Check autofeather ARM advisory light out.
[Link].4 AFTER TAKEOFF
1. AUTOFEATHER switch --- Not applicable.
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6---43---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

6.43.5 PERFORMANCE DATA. The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are
applicable with the addition of the following:
NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.

NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of the compatible
supplement must be applied to the calculated performance data of this
supplement.

LIST OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

Figure Page
6---43---1 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight,
Autofeather Inoperative (WAT Limit) (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---43---5
6---43---2 Take---off Run and Take---off Distance Required,
Autofeather Inoperative (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---43---6
[Link] Take---off Speeds, Autofeather Inoperative (Flap 5_) are given by figures 5---2---3 and 5---2---4 with V1 =
V R.
[Link] Take---off WAT limit, Autofeather Inoperative (Flap 5_) is given by figure 6---43---1.
[Link] Take---off Climb Gradients, Autofeather Inoperative (Flap 5_). The First Segment Take---off Gross
Climb Gradient (figure 5---4---3) and Second Segment Take---off Gross Climb Gradient (figure 5---4---4) are
decreased by .035.
[Link] Take ---off Field Length, Autofeather Inoperative (Flap 5_). To obtain the Autofeather Inoperative
Take---off Run Required enter Figure 6---43---2 with the Take---off Run Required from figure 5---5---6 corrected for
wind only, figure 5---5---8. To obtain the Autofeather Inoperative Take---off Distance Required enter figure
6---43---2 with the Take---off Distance Required from figure 5---5---7 corrected for wind only, figure 5---5---8.
Example
Given: Take---off Weight = 17,200 Kg (37,920 lb)
Take---off Flap = 5_
Airfield Altitude = 6,000 ft
Outside Air Temperature = 16_C (ISA+13_C)
Reported Wind = 12 Kt Headwind
Runway Slope = .6% Downhill
Engine Bleed = Off
Deicing System = Off
Find: Take---off Run Required, Autofeather Inoperative
Take---off Run Required with V1 = VR (figure 5---5---6) =1,320 m (4,330 ft)
Take---off Run Required with wind correction only (figure 5---5---8) =1,190 m (3,900 ft)
Take---off Run Required with Autofeather System
Inoperative (figure 6---43---2) =1,570 m (5,150 ft)

[Link] Net Take Off Flight Path, Autofeather Inoperative (Flap 5_). The Reference Gradient (figure 5---6---4) is
decreased by .035.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---43---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link] MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-- OFF WEIGHT AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE (WAT LIMIT) (FLAP 5_). The maximum permis-
sible take---off weight for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 6---43---1.

6---43---4
Section 6

Associated conditions:
D.O.T. Approved

Autofeather System = “OFF”

Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = ”OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, and an airfield altitude of 6000 ft., the maximum take---off weight is 15,450 kg
(34,060 lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 43-- 1

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---43---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 43-- 2

6---43---6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 45

MODEL 315

ILS RAW DATA ONLY STEEP APPROACH

(S.O.O. 8054 or CR834CH00151 or CR834CH00223)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---45---2
Limitations 6---45---2
Emergency Procedures 6---45---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---45---2
Performance Data 6---45---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---45---1 and 6---45---2 Issue 1

Approved:
K.J. Mansfield
Chief
Airworthiness Flight Test
for Director, Airworthiness
Transport Canada

2 June, 1995
Date:

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---45---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA
Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 45

MODEL 315

ILS RAW DATA ONLY STEEP APPROACH

(S.O.O. 8054 or CR834CH00151 or CR834CH00223)

6.45.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
GPWS steep approach adapter, Standard Option Only (S.O.O.) 8054 or equivalent Change Request (CR) is
required.
NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute authority to conduct ILS
raw data steep approach operations.

6.45.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:

1. ILS raw data steep approaches are approved for glideslope angles to a maximum of 6_ with a flap
setting of 15_ only.
2. Approach glideslope angles greater than 5.5_ must use flap 35_ for landing.
3. Landing gear down, flap 15_ and condition levers MAX must be selected prior to glideslope intercept
and used during guided approach.
4. Approach must not be commenced or must be discontinued prior to Decision Height (DH) in the event
of an engine failure.
5. Minimum decision height is 300 ft. Above Runway Threshold Elevation (ARTE) if landing with flap 15_ is
intended; and 400 ft ARTE if landing with flap 35_ is intended.

6.45.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.45.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of
the following:
[Link].1 APPROACH
Prior to glideslope intercept:
1. LANDING GEAR selector lever --- DN. Check 3 green gear locked down advisory lights illuminate, all
amber door open, red gear unlocked and selector lever advisory lights out.
2. FLAP selector lever --- 15_.
NOTE
To avoid inadvertent flap selection, release flap selector latch following
movement of flap selector from last selected position.

3. Condition levers --- MAX.

6.45.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---45---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

%_

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 50

MODEL 315

FLAP 10_ LANDING

(CR803CH00064)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---50---2
Limitations 6---50---2
Emergency Procedures 6---50---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---50---2
Performance Data 6---50---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---50---1 and 6---50---2 Issue 3

6---50---3 Issue 2
6---50---4 through 6---50---17 Issue 1
6---50---18 Issue 2
6---50---19 Issue 1
6---50---20 Issue 2
6---50---21 through 6---50---24 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 23 April, 2003

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---50---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 50

MODEL 315

FLAP 10_ LANDING

(CR803CH00064)

6.50.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
This supplement contains approved data for landing with flap 10_. With a Flap 10_ landing
capability, Take---off WAT Limit Flap 0_ and Flap 5_ in this supplement can be used in lieu of the
Take---off WAT Limit Flap 0_ and Flap 5_ contained in Sub---Section 5.3.

6.50.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. Autopilot ILS and MLS approaches are not permitted with flap 5_.

6.50.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.50.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal and abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6.50.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are applicable with the addition of the
following:
NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.

NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of the compatible
supplement must be applied to the calculated performance data of
this supplement.

[Link] FLAP CONFIGURATIONS

Approach setting: 5_
Landing setting: 10_
[Link] MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LANDING WEIGHT
The maximum permissible landing weight must not exceed the most restrictive of the following:
1) Structural weight limits (see paragraph 5.1.4).

2) Maximum permissible landing weight for altitude and temperature based on

the limiting climb requirement (WAT) (Figure 6---50---5).

3) Maximum permissible landing weight may be further limited by available

landing field lengths (Figures 6---50---8 and 6---50---9), and brake energy limits
(Figures 6---50---10 and 6---50---11).

6---50---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link] THE APPROACH POINT CERTIFIED NOISE LEVELS IN FLAP 10_ LANDING CONFIGURATION
ARE AS FOLLOWS:
Basic Aircraft CR803SO00001 CR803SO00002
96.4 EPNdB 96.3 EPNdB 96.3 EPNdB
[Link] MINIMUM CONTROL SPEEDS
VMCL = 83 KT CAS (Flap 5_)
[Link] PERFORMANCE CHARTS
LIST OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

Figure Page
6---50---1 Position Error Correction to IAS (Power --- flight idle) and
Position Error Correction to Altimeter (Power --- flight idle) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---5
6---50---2 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit)
(Take---off Flap 0_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---7
6---50---3 Maximum Permissible Take---off Weight (WAT Limit)
(Take---off Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---9
6---50---4 Landing Speeds --- Approach and Go---around Speed
with Flap 5_ and VREF with Flap 10_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---11
6---50---5 Maximum Permissible Landing Weight (WAT Limit)
(Landing Flap 10_, Approach Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---13
6---50---6 Approach Gross Climb Gradient --- One Engine
Inoperative (Flap 5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---15
6---50---7 Balked Landing Gross Climb Gradient --- Both Engines
Operating (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---17
6---50---8 Unfactored Landing Distance --- Flap 10_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---19
6---50---9 Landing Field Length Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---20
6---50---10 Brake Energy in Landing --- Zero Wind, Zero Runway Slope
(Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---23
6---50---11 Brake Energy in Landing --- Wind and Runway Slope
Correction (Flap 10_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6---50---24

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---50---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

[Link].1 POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO IAS (IN FLIGHT). The in---flight position error correc-
tion to indicated Airspeed (IAS) for the pilot’s, copilot’s and alternate systems is given in figure 6---50---1. The
data are applicable to the landing gear retracted or extended and from a minimum speed of 1.3 VS to the maxi-
mum shown.
Example: (arrowed broken lines on chart):

Wing flap = 10_

Indicated airspeed (IAS) = 116 kt

nV = 1.2 kt
CAS = IAS + nV
= 116 kt + 1.2 kt
= 117.2 kt

[Link].2 POSITION ERROR CORRECTION TO ALTIMETER. The position error correction to altimeter
for the pilot’s, copilot’s and alternate systems is given in figure 6---50---1. The data are applicable to the landing
gear retracted or extended and from a minimum speed of 1.3 VS to the maximum shown.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

Wing flap = 10_

Indicated airspeed (IAS) = 116 kt
Indicated altitude = 12,000 ft

nH = 25 ft
TRUE = INDICATED + nH
= 12,000 ft + 25 ft
= 12,025 ft

6---50---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 1

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].3 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-- OFF WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT) (TAKE-- OFF FLAP 0_). The maximum permissible take---off weight
for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 6---50---2.

6---50---6
NOTE
Section 6

This Take---off flap 0_ WAT Limit chart (figure 6---50---2) is used in lieu of the Take---off flap 0_
D.O.T. Approved

WAT Limit chart (figure 5---3---1) contained in Sub---Section 5.3.

Associated conditions:

Engine bleed = OFF

Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_ C and an airfield altitude of 8,000 ft, the maximum take-off weight is 18,350 kg (40,460lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 2

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].4 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TAKE-- OFF WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT) (TAKE-- OFF FLAP 5_). The maximum permissible take---off weight
for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 6---50---3.

6---50---8
NOTE
Section 6

This Take---off flap 5_ WAT Limit chart (figure 6---50---3) is used in lieu of the Take---off flap 5_
D.O.T. Approved

WAT Limit chart (figure 5---3---2) contained in Sub---Section 5.3.

Associated conditions:

Engine bleed = OFF

Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_ C and an airfield altitude of 8,000 ft, the maximum take---off weight is 17,750 kg (39,140 lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 3

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

[Link].5 LANDING SPEEDS -- APPROACH AND GO-- AROUND SPEED WITH FLAP 5_ AND VREF WITH
FLAP 10_. The landing speeds for approach and go---around with flap 5_ and landing with flap 10_ are shown
in figure 6---50---4.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb):

Approach speed (flap 5_) = 118 kt IAS

Go---around speed (Approach climb speed) (flap 5_) = 109 kt IAS
VREF speed (flap 10_) = 108 kt IAS

6---50---10 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 4

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---11

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].6 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LANDING WEIGHT (WAT LIMIT) (LANDING FLAP 10_; APPROACH FLAP 5_). The maximum permis-
sible landing weight for altitude and temperature (WAT limit) is given in figure 6---50---5.
Section 6

6---50---12
Associated conditions:

Engine bleed = OFF

D.O.T. Approved

Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_ C and an airfield altitude of 8,000 ft, the maximum landing weight is 18,250 kg (40,240lb).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 5

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---13

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].7 APPROACH GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (FLAP 5_). The gross gradients of climb are given in
figure 6---50---6.
Section 6

6---50---14
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 5_
D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Retracted

Speed = See figure 6---50---4
Power = One engine at maximum take---off power setting (figure 5---1---11),
other engine inoperative with propeller feathered.
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_ C, an altitude of 6,000 ft and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), the gross climb gradient is
0.038 (3.8%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 6

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---15

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].8 BALKED LANDING GROSS CLIMB GRADIENT -- BOTH ENGINES OPERATING (FLAP 10_). The gross gradients of climb are
given in figure 6---50---7.
Section 6

6---50---16
Associated conditions:

Wing flap = 10_

D.O.T. Approved

Landing gear = Extended

Speed = See figure 6---50---4
Power = Both engines at normal take---off power setting (figure 5---1---10).
Engine bleed = OFF
Deicing systems = “OFF”

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

At an outside air temperature of 16_C, an altitude of 6,000 ft and a weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), the gross climb gradient is 0.130
(13.0%).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 7

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---17

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].9 LANDING FIELD LENGTH REQUIRED (FLAP 10_). The landing field lengths required are given by figure 6---50---9. The
landing field length required is the unfactored landing distance (figure 6---50---8) multiplied by an operational factor (figure 6---50---9) of
1.67 (=1/0.6) or 1.43 (=1/0.7).
Section 6

6---50---18
Associated conditions:
D.O.T. Approved

Wing Flap = 10_

Screen Height = 50 ft
VREF = See figure 6---50---4
Runway Surface = Hard, dry
Retardation = Maximum main wheel anti---skid braking, and propellers at DISC
(no credit is taken for reverse thrust)
Deicing systems = “OFF”
NOTE

1. Distances are calculated for 50% of the reported headwind and 150% of the reported tail-
wind.

2. Although data show the effect of runway slope, runway slope accountability may not be
required.

MODEL 315
3. Data apply to ISA conditions. No temperature accountability is required. The field length re-
quired increases .3% for every _C above ISA.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

For flap 10_ with a landing weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), an airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, a reported headwind of 10 kt and a
runway slope of 0.8% down:

The unfactored landing distance is 740 m (2,430 ft) (figure 6---50---8).

The landing field length required, operational factor of 1.67 (=1/0.6), is 1,230 m (4,040 ft) (figure 6---50---9).
The landing field length required, operational factor of 1.43 (=1/0.7), is 1,050 m (3,450 ft) (figure 6---50---9).
The landing reference speed (VREF) is 108 kt IAS (figure 6---50---4).

Issue
PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 2
1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 8

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---19

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 9

6---50---20 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---21

Print Date: 2022-07-31

[Link].10 BRAKE ENERGY LEVELS. Brake energy levels experienced using maximum braking during landing can be determined
from figures 6---50---10 and 6---50---11. Figure 6---50---10 shows the brake energy for zero wind and zero runway slope, and figure
Section 6

6---50---22
6---50---11 shows the correction to obtain brake energy for wind and runway slope.
D.O.T. Approved

NOTE
Units of Brake Energy used in all charts are 106 FT LB.

Example (arrowed broken lines on chart):

For flap 10_ with a landing weight of 17,200 kg (37,920 lb), an outside temperature of 16_C, an airfield altitude of 6,000 ft, a
reported headwind of 10 kt and a runway slope of 0.8 down:

The brake energy level during landing, with zero wind and runway slope, is 17.6 (figure 6---50---10).
The brake energy level during landing, with wind and runway slope correction is 16.7 (figure 6---50---11).

MODEL 315
de Havilland Inc.
DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1---83---1A

Issue 1
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 10

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---50---23

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

EXAMPLE

Figure 6-- 50-- 11

6---50---24 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 51

MODEL 315

SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

FOR TAKE-OFF ON WET RUNWAYS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---51---2
Limitations 6---51---3
Emergency Procedures 6---51---3
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---51---3
Performance Data 6---51---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---51---1 and 6---51---2 Issue 2

6---51---3 and 6---51---4 Issue 1

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 22 December, 2004

Issue 12 MODEL 315 6---51---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 51

MODEL 315

SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

FOR TAKE-OFF ON WET RUNWAYS

6.51.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:

a. This information has been prepared by the manufacturer and approved as guidance
material, to assist operators in developing suitable guidance, recommendations or
instructions for use by their flight crews when operating on wet runway surface
conditions.
b. The data have been prepared using reasonable estimates of the effects of wet runway
surface conditions on the accelerating ground roll and the braking ground roll. The
effects of actual conditions may differ from those used to establish the data.

[Link] DEFINITIONS

Wet Runway A runway is considered as wet when there is sufficient moisture on the runway surface to cause
it to appear reflective, but without significant areas of standing water.

Take---off The take---off distance on a wet runway is the longer of:

Take---off The take---off run on a wet runway is the longer of:

Accelerate--- The accelerate---stop distance on a wet runway is the longer of:

Stop
a. Accelerate---stop distance with an engine failure at VEF as defined below.
1. The distance necessary to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to VEF with
all engines operating plus:

2. The distance required to accelerate the airplane from VEF to V1 and continue the
acceleration for a further 2.0 seconds, assuming the critical engine fails at VEF plus:

6---51---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

b. Accelerate---stop distance with all engines operating as defined below:

1. The distance necessary to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to V1 and
continue the acceleration for a further 2.0 seconds with all engines operating plus:

6.51.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are
applicable.

6.51.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.51.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal and abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6.51.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are applicable with the addition of
the following:
NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.

NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of the compatible
supplement must be applied to the calculated performance data of
this supplement.

[Link] TAKE---OFF PERFORMANCE ON A WET RUNWAY

[Link].1 TAKE---OFF SPEEDS ON A WET RUNWAY.

The take---off speeds on a wet runway are as given in Sub-Section 5.2 except V1 is replaced by V1
(WET RUNWAY).

V1 (WET RUNWAY) = V1 (DRY RUNWAY) --- V kt

V = 8 kt --- 0.1 kt/kt REPORTED HEADWIND or
V = 8 kt + 0.3 kt/kt REPORTED TAILWIND

If V1 (DRY RUNWAY) --- V kt is less than the minimum V1 specified in Sub-Section 5.2, then
V1 (WET RUNWAY) = minimum V1.

[Link].2 TAKE---OFF FIELD LENGTHS ON A WET RUNWAY.

The take---off run required, take---off distance required and accelerate---stop distance required are as
given by Sub-Section 5.5 except when V1 (DRY RUNWAY) --- V kt is less than the minimum V1 specified in
Sub-Section 5.2. In this case:

Increase accelerate---stop distance required by 2.5% for every knot V1 (DRY RUNWAY)
--- V kt is less than the minimum V1.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---51---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---51---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

&

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 56

MODEL 315

DUAL UNS-- 1C FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (MS8Q420551 or

CR834SO00409) WITH VNAV (MS8Q420488)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---56---2
Limitations 6---56---2
Emergency Procedures 6---56---3
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---56---4
Performance Data 6---56---8

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---56---1 and 6---56---2 Issue 6
6---56---3 Issue 4
6---56---4 through 6---56---7 Issue 5
6---56---8 Issue 4

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 22 December, 2004

Issue 6
1 MODEL 315 6---56---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA
Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 56 See Effective TA

MODEL 315

DUAL UNS-- 1C FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (MS8Q420551 or

CR834SO00409) WITH VNAV (MS8Q420488)
6.56.1 GENERAL
The Dual UNS---1C Flight Management Systems (FMS) are integrated navigation management systems
providing the flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS---1C is a system
consisting of a cockpit mounted Control Display Unit, Flight Management Computer (FMC) and a Global
Positioning System (GPS) sensor enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). Two remote---mounted Air
Data Converter units provide altitude, true air speed and static air temperature, derived from No. 1 and No. 2 Air
Data computers. Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS,
and VOR #2, DME #2 and GPS #2 for the co---pilot’s side FMS. True airspeed, altitude and static air
temperature data are routed to FMS #1 from Air Data Computer (ADC) #1 and to FMS #2 from ADC #2. Fuel
flow data from the fuel sensors are routed to both FMS #1 and FMS #2.
The FMS provides lateral navigation (LNAV) guidance based on data from the navigation sensors. With
MS8Q420488 (FMS software SCN 601.5) installed, a vertical navigation (VNAV) function (which meets FAA
AC20---129) allows the flight crew to define a desired vertical flight profile along the flight plan route. An FMS
approach mode allows the operator to fly flight director only or autopilot approaches. VOR, GPS, RNV and VFR
FMS approaches can be defined and flown. The FMS provides course, course deviation, bearing---to---waypoint
and distance-to-waypoint information displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI (EHSI) and is coupled to the
AFCS for Flight Director and Autopilot functions. A TSO C --- 129 GPS sensor provides thecapability toconduct
GPS only non-precision approaches.
Fuel flow data from the fuel flow sensors provide the inputs necessary to integrate real time fuel management
information with the navigational functions. During flight the FMS automatically updates the fuel on board and
gross weight as well as fuel requirements based on fuel flow and groundspeed.
A self---contained database stored in non---volatile memory provides the FMS with information on over 100,000
waypoints, navaids and airports. The data base has the capability to store up to 200 pilot defined routes utilizing
up to 3000 waypoints and up to 2000 protected company routes. Data base updates are provided by Jeppesen
Sanderson Inc. The updates are formatted on 3 1/2 inch diskettes and are loaded into the FMS by way of a
portable Data Transfer Unit (DTU)
The FMS is approved for VFR/IFR enroute, terminal and approach navigation guidance in accordance with FAA
AC20---129, AC20---130A, AC20---138 and B---RNAV navigation in accordance with AMJ 20X2 Leaflet No. 2, rev 1.
With CR834CH00536 incorporated, the requirements for TSO---C129 (lateral deviation scaling) are met. This will
allow the pilot to fly FMS navigation using raw data provided by the EHSI.
6.56.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following:
1. The FMS is approved for enroute, terminal and approach navigation.
2. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed on EHSI while the
system is in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed on EHSI while the system is in approach mode.
3. The pilot and copilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
4. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv601 (or
equivalent at current revision) must be available to the flight crew.
5. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be verified
for accuracy prior to their use.
6. The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight (enroute
and terminal) installed and operating.

6---56---2 MODEL 315 Issue 6

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

7. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated), and the FMS is
used as the primary means of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is prohibited.
8. Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach procedures
that are retrieved from the FMS data base. The FMS must incorporate the current update cycle. The pilot
must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications
9. Minimum descent altitude (MDA) for FMS approaches is the higher of 400 ft above runway elevation or
the published MDA.
10. If VNAV through approach is planned, changes to the PILOT defined approach altitudes must be made
prior to commencing descent.
11. FMS and sensor position information must be checked for accuracy (reasonableness):
a. Prior to use.
b. Following periods of a POSITION UNCERTAIN message displayed on the CDU or invalid system
operation (NAV flag visible).
12. With the FMS Data Base expired, unless the pilot verifies the waypoints for accuracy by reference to
current publications, IFR Enroute and Terminal navigation is prohibited.
13. The FMS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods when the POSITION UNCERTAIN
message is displayed on the CDU.
14. The LNAV mode of the Flight Director must not be used when the POSITION UNCERTAIN message is
displayed on the CDU.
15. Flight above 73 degrees north latitude or below 60 degrees south latitude using the FMS may be
conducted only when magnetic variation is input manually into the system or an alternate true heading
source is used.
NOTE
The VARIATION WARNING message is displayed 15 minutes latitude
prior to entering flight operations above 73 degrees north latitude or
below 60 degrees south latitude.
16. Fuel display parameters are advisory only and must not be used as the primary means for computing
fuel load and range.
17. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode and for GPS approaches, RAIM
must be available at the final approach fix.
18. Flight director only or autopilot must be used for navigation guidance during FMS approach operations.
With CR834CH00536 incorporated, FMS approaches may be flown using raw data presented on the
EHSI.
19. The FMS may only be used for approach guidance if the reference co-ordinate data system for the
instrument approach is WGS---84 or NAD ---83.
20. Pilot-defined, non-published approaches must be flown in Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC) only.
21. ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, LDA, SDF and MLS approaches using GPS only are prohibited.
22. With CR834CH00536 incorporated, approach must not be commenced or continued if APP is not
displayed.
23. FMS software version 601.1, 601.2 or 601.5 must be installed. The same software version must be
installed in each FMS.
6.56.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

Issue 4
1 MODEL 315 6---56---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

6.56.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
1. Glareshield Annunciator/Switching Panel
a. Waypoint Alert Illuminates prior to automatic leg change or on arrival at the
annunciator TO waypoint.
(W/P ALERT)
b. Message Illuminates in conjunction with the message advisory light on the CDU.
annunciator (MSG)
c. Crosstrack Illuminates whenever a left or right Cross Track (parallel offset) is
annunciator (XTRK) activated.
NOTE
A selected Cross Track is cancelled by any leg change.
d. Vertical Navigation Illuminates when VNAV switchlight is pressed within two minutes of
Armed (ARM) Top of Descent, indicating VNAV function is armed. ARM goes out at
Top of Descent.
e. Vertical Navigation Illuminates at Top of Descent only after VNAV has been armed.
Capture (CAP)
f. RNAV approach Illuminates when within 50 nm of the destination runway, the
(RNAV APP) ARM APPR or ACT APPR option has been selected and a valid
approach geometry has been programmed into the flight plan.
g. Heading Illuminates when establishing control of the aircraft heading from the
annunciator FMS.
(RNAV HDG)
h. GPS Integrity annunciator Illuminates whenever the integrity of the GPS position cannot be
(GPS INTEG) assured to meet minimum requirements for the particular phase of
flight. GPS-based approaches must not be flown if the GPS INTEG
annunciator is illuminated. Whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator is
illuminated, GPS position must be monitored by cross-reference to
other navigation sensors.
LATERAL AND VERTICAL SCALE SENSITIVITY
PHASE OF FLIGHT LATERAL SCALING SENSITIVITY VERTICAL SCAL- COMMENTS
ING SENSITIVITY
Without With
CR834CH00536 CR834CH00536
ENROUTE 7.5 nm for two dots 5.0 nm for two dots of 1,500 ft for two dots
of CDI scale devi- CDI scale deviation of vertical scale
ation deviation
TERMINAL 7.5 nm for two dots 1.0 nm for two dots of 500 ft for two dots
of CDI scale devi- CDI scale deviation of vertical scale
ation deviation
APPROACH 1.25 nm for two 2˚ for two dots of CDI 200 ft for two dots The lateral scale
dots of CDI scale scale deviation until of vertical scale sensitivity
deviation two dots deviation is deviation change occurs
equal to 0.3 nm, then approximately at
Approach Scale Sen- the Final Ap-
sitivity is 0.3 nm for proach Fix (FAF)
two dots of CDI scale
deviation

6---56---4 MODEL 315 Issue 5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

NOTE
When the system is in Terminal Mode, a green “TRM” will be displayed
on the upper left corner of the EHSI next to “CRS”. When an FMS
approach is activated, a green “APP” will be displayed on the upper left
corner of the EHSI next to “CRS”. In the enroute condition there is no
specific indication.
If TRM is not displayed when the system is operating in terminal mode,
scaling will revert to 7.5 NM for two dots of lateral deviation on the EHSI.

2. FMS CDU
Refer to the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv601 (or equivalent at current revision).
[Link].2 PRE---TAXI CHECKS and INITIALIZATION.
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which HSI (EHSI) is to display navigation
data.
NOTE
On EFIS equipped airplanes RNAV bearing---to---waypoint may be
displayed on the pilot’s and co---pilot’s EHSI by selecting the RNV1 or
RNV2 position of the BRG 0 selector on the EFIS controllers.
b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance. (On EFIS
Selector (AUX) equipped airplanes, RNV1 annunciates in blue on the pilot’s EHSI
if NAV SEL switch is selected to the pilot’s side. RNV2 annunciates in
blue on co---pilot’s EHSI if NAV SEL is selected to co---pilot’s side.)
2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. ON/OFF key Press to activate system. System will self test and the Initialization page
should automatically appear at the end of the self test indicating
system is ready for use.
NOTE
If an ADC test is planned, it must be conducted prior to selecting the
FMS ON/OFF key ON.
b. ACCEPT Press line select key to accept data. If data shown on initialization
line select key page is incorrect, manually correct data per Operator’s Manual,
Report No. 2423sv601 (or equivalent at current revision).
[Link].3 NAVIGATION
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which NAV source used to display navigation
data.
NOTE
On EFIS equipped airplanes with a dual FMS installation RNAV #1 /
RNAV #2 bearing to waypoint may be displayed on the pilot’s and
co---pilot’s EHSI by selecting the RNV1 / RNV2 position of the BRG 0
selector on the EFIS controller.
b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance. (On EFIS
Selector (AUX) equipped airplanes, RNV1 annunciates in blue on the pilot’s or
co---pilot’s EHSI).
2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. Flight Plan key Press FPL key to access flight planning mode.
FPL Enter desired way points for the planned flight.

Issue 5
1 MODEL 315 6---56---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

or:
b. CPY RTE Press CPY RTE line select key to access previously stored flight
line select key plan line select key route. Enter route reference number.
then:
ENTER key Press ENTER to load desired route. To create new flight plan route,
refer to Owner’s Operating Manual, Report No. 2423sv601 (or
equivalent at current revision).
then:
Flight Plan key Press FPL key to return to access Flight Planning mode.
FPL
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the
FPL SUMMARY page. Use the line select keys to position the cursor
over each entry field and enter values for the required fields.
d. FUEL key Press FUEL key to access FUEL data pages. Use appropriate line
select keys to position the cursor over each entry field and enter
values for the required fields.
NOTE
When using fuel data function, ensure the correct operational empty
weight of the aircraft and on-board fuel is shown on FUEL data page 1.
e. NAV key Press NAV key to access navigation display pages. Check that the
information on NAV page 1 correlates with the information displayed
on the EHSI.
NOTE
The NAV HEADING page allows control of the aircraft heading from the
FMS, while maintaining a display of information pertaining to the current
navigation leg. The RNAV HDG annunciator illuminates when
establishing control of the aircraft heading from the CDU. The page is
accessed when the HDG line select key is depressed on NAV page 1 or
on the NAV APPR page.
f. VNAV key Press the VNAV key to access VNAV display pages. Enter values for
the required fields until the Target Vertical Speed (TGT V/S) have been
defined. Repeat the process using the NX entry fields for defining
subsequent VNAV waypoints.
NOTE
1. Only flight plan waypoints may be used to define vertical waypoints.
2. VNAV APPROACH flight path angle is limited to a maximum of 6_.
3. VNAV mode is available for descent only.
To couple the Flight Director to FMS lateral guidance:
3. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER.
a. HSI selector Press to select appropriate side.
(HSI SEL)
NOTE
On EFIS equipped airplanes with a dual FMS installation RNAV #1 /
RNAV #2 bearing to waypoint may be displayed on the pilot’s and
co---pilot’s EHSI by selecting the RNV1 / RNV2 position of the BRG 0
selector on the EFIS controller.
b. Navigation mode Press to select Flight Director RNAV lateral guidance mode
selector (NAV) (annunciated as LNAV on ID ---802 display and EADI).

6---56---6 MODEL 315 Issue 5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link].4 APPROACH
1. FMS Control Display Unit
The approach is ARMED when within 50 nm of the destination runway and the following steps are
performed:
a. ARM APPR ARM APPR becomes available at the 50 nm point.
line select key When pressed, the key name will change to ACT APPR.
(NAV page 1)
b. ACT APPR Approach is manually activated by pressing the ACT APPR
line select key line select key.
(NAV page 1)
The FMS will go to HDG mode and the pilot must manually set up the approach intercept angle.
NOTE
1. If the pilot does not select ACT APPR the entire approach
procedure will be flown.
2. With MS8Q420488 not installed, when conducting an
approach using FMS, the vertical guidance provided by the
“V” pointer must not be used for navigation.
c. INTCEPT Pressed to allow interception of final approach course.
line select key
(NAV page 1)
NOTE
GPS stand-alone and GPS overlay approaches can be flown only when
retrieved from a current database.

NOTE
For cold weather operations, the VNAV CDU page may be accessed to
specify the airport temperature at destination, resulting in altitude
compensation values added to all altitudes in the approach transition,
the approach and the initial missed approach altitude. “TCMP”, in
yellow, will appear in the upper left corner of all pages of the FMS CDU,
during the referenced approach phases only, when altitude
compensation is activated. The compensated altitude values must be
confirmed by reference to an approved temperature compensation
chart.

Issue 5
1 MODEL 315 6---56---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

NOTE
The POSITION UNCERTAIN message will annunciate on the CDU when
within 300 NM of DME sources and position uncertainty grows such that
system quality factor (Q) exceeds 28. Outside of DME range a Q of 60 is
required to activate the POSITION UNCERTAIN message. Once the
threshold has been set at 60, it will remain at that value until the Q
displayed on the Sensor Summary page is reduced to 10 (at which time
28 will once again become the threshold). When the system position is
being corrected by action of the DME, the message displayed will be
POSITION CORRECTING.
The glareshield MSG annunciators remain illuminated for the duration of
the POSITION UNCERTAIN message and are not resettable through
accessing the message page. However, the MSG annunciators will go
out when the Q is reduced to 10 (at which time 28 will once again
become the threshold). Refer to the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No.
2423sv601.
2. LOSS OF RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING (RAIM)
a. Illumination of GPS Immediately monitor FMS position by cross-reference to other
Integrity annunciator navigation sensors.
(GPS INTEG)
CAUTION
GPS-based approaches must not be flown with the GPS INTEG
annunciator illuminated.

[Link] ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT

1. FMS FUEL MANAGEMENT
Manually enter a zero value for the fuel flow of the failed engine in place of the word FAIL on the
Fuel Flow Page. This will adjust the remaining fuel related estimates.
NOTE
Should an engine fail or be shutdown in flight, a FUEL FLOW FAIL
message will be displayed. In addition, the digital fuel flow readout on
the Fuel Flow page will read FAIL for that engine. The FUEL FLOW FAIL
message and FAIL display will also occur if the fuel flow sensor fails.

6.56.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---56---8 MODEL 315 Issue 4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 58

MODEL 315

ROLLING TAKE-OFF

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page
General 6---58---2
Limitations 6---58---2
Emergency Procedures 6---58---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---58---2
Performance Data 6---58---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---58---1 through 6---58---4 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Acting Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 4 July, 1998

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---58---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 58

MODEL 315

ROLLING TAKE-OFF
6.58.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable.
6.58.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub-Section 1.5 are applicable.
6.58.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.58.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 LINE-UP CHECK AND TAKE-OFF PROCEDURES
1. POWER levers --- Advance smoothly to normal take-off setting (figure 5---1---9) with brakes off.

NOTE
Normal take-off power (NTOP) must be set by 50 kt IAS.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

6---58---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

6.58.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 and compatible supplements are applicable with the addition of the
following:
NOTE
Compatible supplement performance penalties are cumulative.

NOTE
Where applicable, the performance factor of this supplement must be
applied to the calculated performance data of a compatible
supplement.

[Link] TAKE-OFF RUN REQUIRED. The take-off run required (figures 5---5---1 and 5---5---3) flap 0_, (figures
5---5---6 and 5---5---8) flap 5_, (figures 5---5---11 and 5---5---13) flap 10_ or (figures 5---5---16 and 5---5---18) flap 15_
is increased by 250 ft.
[Link] TAKE-OFF DISTANCE REQUIRED. The take-off distance required (figures 5---5---2 and 5---5---3) flap
0_, (figures 5---5---7 and 5---5---8) flap 5_, (figures 5---5---12 and 5---5---13) flap 10_ or (figures 5---5---17 and
5---5---18) flap 15_ is increased by 250 ft.
[Link] ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE REQUIRED. The accelerate-stop distance required (figures
5---5---4 and 5---5---5) flap 0_, (figures 5---5---9 and 5---5---10) flap 5_, (figures 5---5---14 and 5---5---15) flap 10_ or
(figures 5---5---19 and 5---5---20) flap 15_ is increased by 250 ft.
NOTE
Data assumes power is applied as brakes are released with normal
take-off power (NTOP) set by 50 kt IAS.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---58---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---58---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 59

MODEL 315

SINGLE UNS-- 1C FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CR834SO00409)

WITH VNAV (MS 8Q420488 or MS 8Q900997 or MS 8Q902075 or MS 8Q902069)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---59---2
Limitations 6---59---2
Emergency Procedures 6---59---3
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---59---4
Performance Data 6---59---8

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---59---1 through 6---59---3 Issue 7
6---59---4 Issue 5
6---59---5 through 6---59---8 Issue 6

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 6 December, 2004

1
Issue 7 MODEL 315 6---59---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc. See Effective TA
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

See Effective TA
SUPPLEMENT 59

MODEL 315

SINGLE UNS-- 1C FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CR834SO00409)

WITH VNAV (MS 8Q420488 or MS 8Q900997 or MS 8Q902075 or MS 8Q902069)
6.59.1 GENERAL
The Single UNS---1C Flight Management System (FMS) is an integrated navigation management system
providing the flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS---1C is a system
consisting of a cockpit mounted Control Display Unit, Flight Management Computer (FMC) and a Global
Positioning Sensor (GPS) sensor enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). A remote---mounted Air
Data Converter unit provides altitude, true air speed and static air temperature, derived from No. 1 Air Data
computer. Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS. True
airspeed, altitude and static air temperature data are routed to the FMS from Air Data Computer (ADC) #1 only.
Fuel flow data from the fuel sensors is routed to FMS #1.
The FMS provides lateral navigation (LNAV) guidance based on data from the navigation sensors.
With MS 8Q420488 or MS 8Q900997 or MS 8Q902075 or MS 8Q902069 (FMS software SCN 601.5) installed, a
vertical navigation (VNAV) function (which meets FAA AC20---129) allows the flight crew to define a desired
vertical flight profile along the flight plan route. An FMS approach mode allows the operator to fly flight director
only or autopilot approaches. VOR, GPS, RNV and VFR FMS approaches can be defined and flown. The FMS
provides course, course deviation, bearing---to---waypoint and distance-to-waypoint information displayed on
thepilot’sandcopilot’sHSI (EHSI)andiscoupledtotheAFCSforFlight DirectorandAutopilotfunctions. ATSO
C --- 129 GPS sensor provides the capability to conduct GPS only non-precision approaches.
Fuel flow data from the fuel flow sensors provide the inputs necessary to integrate real time fuel management
information with the navigational functions. During flight the FMS automatically updates the fuel on board and
gross weight as well as fuel requirements based on fuel flow and groundspeed.
A self---contained database stored in non---volatile memory provides the FMS with information on over 100,000
waypoints, navaids and airports. The data base has the capability to store up to 200 pilot defined routes utilizing
up to 3000 waypoints and up to 2000 protected company routes. Data base updates are provided by Jeppesen
Sanderson Inc. The updates are formatted on 3 1/2 inch diskettes and are loaded into the FMS by way of a
portable Data Transfer Unit (DTU)
The FMS is approved for VFR/IFR enroute, terminal and approach navigation guidance in accordance with FAA
AC20---129, AC20---130A, AC20---138 and B---RNAV navigation in accordance with AMJ 20X2 Leaflet No. 2, rev 1.
With CR834CH00536 incorporated, the requirements for TSO---C129 (lateral deviation scaling) are met. This will
allow the pilot to fly FMS navigation using raw data provided by EHSI.
6.59.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following:
1. The FMS is approved for enroute, terminal and approach navigation.
2. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed on EHSI while the
system is in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed on EHSI while the system is in approach mode.
3. The pilot and copilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
4. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv601 (or
equivalent at current revision) must be available to the flight crew.
5. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be verified
for accuracy prior to their use.
6. The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight (enroute
and terminal) installed and operating.

6---59---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

7. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated), and the FMS is
used as the primary means of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is prohibited.
8. Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach procedures
that are retrieved from the FMS data base. The FMS must incorporate the current update cycle. The pilot
must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications.
9. Minimum descent altitude (MDA) for FMS approaches is the higher of 400 ft above runway elevation or
the published MDA.
10. If VNAV through approach is planned, changes to the PILOT defined approach altitudes must be made
prior to commencing descent.
11. FMS and sensor position information must be checked for accuracy (reasonableness):
a. Prior to use.
b. Following periods of a POSITION UNCERTAIN message displayed on the CDU or invalid system
operation (NAV flag visible).
12. With the FMS Data Base expired, unless the pilot verifies the waypoints for accuracy by reference to
current publications, IFR Enroute and Terminal navigation is prohibited.
13. The FMS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods when the POSITION UNCERTAIN
message is displayed on the CDU.
14. The LNAV mode of the Flight Director must not be used when the POSITION UNCERTAIN message is
displayed on the CDU.
15. Flight above 73 degrees north latitude or below 60 degrees south latitude using the FMS may be
conducted only when magnetic variation is input manually into the system or an alternate true heading
source is used.
NOTE
The VARIATION WARNING message is displayed 15 minutes latitude
prior to entering flight operations above 73 degrees north latitude or
below 60 degrees south latitude.
16. Fuel display parameters are advisory only and must not be used as the primary means for computing
fuel load and range.
17. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode and for GPS approaches, RAIM
must be available at the final approach fix.
18. Flight director only or autopilot must be used for navigation guidance during FMS approach operations.
With CR834CH00536 incorporated, FMS approaches may be flown using raw data presented on the
EHSI.
19. The FMS may only be used for approach guidance if the reference co-ordinate data system for the
instrument approach is WGS---84 or NAD ---83.
20. Pilot-defined, non-published approaches must be flown in Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC) only.
21. ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, LDA, SDF and MLS approaches using GPS only are prohibited.
22. With CR834CH00536 incorporated, approach must not be commenced or continued if APP is not
displayed.
23. FMS software version 601.1, 601.2 or 601.5 must be installed.
24. With MS 8Q900997 and MS 8Q902075 and MS 8Q902069 not installed, VNAV must be flown from pilot’s
side only.

6.59.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

1
Issue 7 MODEL 315 6---59---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

6.59.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

1
Issue 6 MODEL 315 6---59---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
1. THE FMS CDU AND GLARESHIELD MESSAGE (MSG) ANNUNCIATORS ILLUMINATE.
a. FMS CDU Message Press to display Message page.
key (MSG)
b. Message requires no action Press MSG key again to acknowledge message and return to
previous page.
c. Message indicates pilot Perform necessary action. Monitor position and navigation
action required in order to guidance accuracy (reasonableness).
maintain valid navigation
guidance.
d. Message indicates system De-select FMS navigation guidance and utilize remaining
failure, invalid sensor, navigation equipment.
invalid navigation
NOTE
The POSITION UNCERTAIN message will annunciate on the CDU when
within 300 NM of DME sources and position uncertainty grows such that
system quality factor (Q) exceeds 28. Outside of DME range a Q of 60 is
required to activate the POSITION UNCERTAIN message. Once the
threshold has been set at 60, it will remain at that value until the Q
displayed on the Sensor Summary page is reduced to 10 (at which time
28 will once again become the threshold). When the system position is
being corrected by action of the DME, the message displayed will be
POSITION CORRECTING.
The glareshield MSG annunciators remain illuminated for the duration of
the POSITION UNCERTAIN message and are not resettable through
accessing the message page. However, the MSG annunciators will go
out when the Q is reduced to 10 (at which time 28 will once again
become the threshold). Refer to the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No.
2423sv601.
2. LOSS OF RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING (RAIM)
a. Illumination of GPS Immediately monitor FMS position by cross-reference to other
Integrity annunciator navigation sensors.
(GPS INTEG)
CAUTION
GPS-based approaches must not be flown with the GPS INTEG
annunciator illuminated.
[Link] ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT
1. FMS FUEL MANAGEMENT
Manually enter a zero value for the fuel flow of the failed engine in place of the word FAIL on the
Fuel Flow Page. This will adjust the remaining fuel related estimates.
NOTE
Should an engine fail or be shutdown in flight, a FUEL FLOW FAIL
message will be displayed. In addition, the digital fuel flow readout on
the Fuel Flow page will read FAIL for that engine. The FUEL FLOW FAIL
message and FAIL display will also occur if the fuel flow sensor fails.

6.59.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---59---8 MODEL 315 1

Issue 6

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" #$

%#" &
'#
'$(
*'#" # +'#"
,'# ##

- --./ % * 0 1*2

!
& !
!

2
5# 6##""
.7, -"$7
, 4 *##"
#, .,#
8#7

#2 &3 *'+4 &3!

!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

""
7 %9 # # :# # 9#$ (' ; 9< $ # #:# #"$
# "#( , # :"" # 7 +# % ='( 9#$ (' ;%9< ,
7 $7 7 >/ %9 ' 7 ? ' , - . # ."# 9 7 %9
##, " $ #4 #" #4 # #" 4 +#@ #$"4 $"" #4 ,"# # $#
# 7$7 ##, ,$ # # ,"$7 #7 ""# #""(4 7
%9 % 4 #" #4 +#" # # ##+# # #" ,"
+: ##, ,"$7 #7 # # # +#" # +#" ," " 7 %9
$ #" ;1 1 #" "$7< # # #" # :#$ #"
7 %9 #" " # $' #" , %' #" # ' +#'
#" $ "'# #""( +#' #" +(
'# ='4 ## #" # #"' ' 7 #
'#" %9 # "$ # "#( ##+"( # :"" ? #( #" +( 7 ,"$7
: :7 #$ # A- ;-" "#< '
7 0. %9 #""# " +7 # # '# "#( , # ,# 7 0B ;C
D<4 7 7# # # :#$ #" $$4 # C #$D ,# :7 # C D
# # +#" ,# '#( #" + "#( C, "" 'D 7 0 +( ,"$7 : " ,
7 # "#( ' #@ "#( ' #+" # ##" # # +#" #:#
, 7 # "#( , :"" #,, 7 # , 7 %9 , 4 7# 7
$#" #( , %9 # # "" ##"#+"
7 0. %9 ,$ # ' 7 ,"":$ ? '2

A #(
%9 .' > /
.,$ # "
%9 - B6 :7
8 9 %E :7E"$7 &
1 1E%9
&
:7E"$7
%9 # *08E -
&
:7E"$7
9#7 6## #

;# "#( #$ "<
- .""
&
;#E9#7 ' "<
.@ #@
/##+" #
% #

& !

Print Date: 2022-07-31

-"$7 ##$' ('

&
;, #""<
%9 % -"# " :7

;.6 .033&3& "(<

- ##" %9 ,'# , 7 "# , 0(:"" "B % E* 33 3334
6 *: # " &333 "#

F4 , :7# * #+"

""#

7 "'# & # 7 "' .'#+"( #+" + # #"#+"4
:7 7 # , 7 ,"":$2
& " # # 7G # ,' 7 # #,, " "## ; .< 7 =
#( '"( :7 # %9 :#$ #"
& & *#$# ' + # 7 , 7 # "#(

7 # "#( # # ##" #:# "
"(4 # '#( 7 # #( #E ,"( :77 ""(
+# # ## '# $
& :# #"4 7 # #:# #"$ # "#( , ' + 7+ +(
"$ 7 # *08 :7 7 $"#7" #"4 :7 :7 ' , #@,,4 ##7
"#$ , # # # 7 %9 ##+# 6, 0(:"" 9":
##+# ' E* 33&F333 , # # 7 #"" %9 # ##+#
& , #""4 * - ' + " * # #"G , # , # :# "$
# "#( ,
""
7 '$( # #"#+"
"" !
* 6 6 . 16 7 '#" # #"#+" :7 7 # ,
7 ,"":$2
-%0 . 6* .0.> 96 *
* * / * # # / 6 ,? (
& 9#7 6## 8H -8H
- " " 3_
%9 - E6 :7 *'#" # $ #
%9 # "$7
%9 # *08 :7 *'#"
F %9 # - #( "$7
66E9I :7 .7@ C66D ;$< ## 0
! , #""4 * - * # #"G
3 1 1 %9 :7 ''#"( .7@ 7# 7 %9 # "$74 %9
66 * - #( "$74 1 1 # 8 9 %E #" "$7 "" '#4 7 C% D4
C1 1D # C66 * 66 * 1 1D # #" # # :#$ #" # # +" # 7
# ", # "#( 7 0 *

!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

$ 1 1 %9 :7 , "$ 7# &
" # "$ ", :77 # # #"" ,$ # ##
# #" #" " $ :#$ #"4 # #" # #(
#""

& *-%0 6 * %9 . 1 * 64 9 6**% 6 * / 6H
. 1
& %9 . 1 * 6 97 7 C*> 6 D4 C66 *4 66 *D4 C 8 .4
8 .D4 C *B *>D4 C 966 *D4 C 9- D4 C 9% 6D4 C. 1 *
66 *D4 C. 1 * 8 .D C% D # #" # #" # 7#4 #@ ## #
7 #,
& & %9 9 6**% 6 97 7 C66 * 1 1D4 C 8 . 1 1D C1
1D # #" :#$ #" # 7#4 ''#"( #+"7 7 : $ # # :77 :"" 7
'#=' ' "'+ $# :7 7 ##, ,$ # . "'+ " 7 :#$ #"
"'# # #, "## ,' # #7
& %9 / 6H . 1 7 D*1D4 C8 *> *%D ,$ #" # #"
#( #"" ,"$7 : #:# , 7 # ## #
'#( + ? 7
* 6 6 .0
97 .6 .033&3& #4 %9 % - " :7 " 3_ ;.63 .0333<4
_ _4 # ?

7 %9 % - " :7 ' + " 7
"#$ ,"# %9 ,"# #( "$

& 7 ,"":$ # #" #" #( #"" # 7# # ##, 7 $7 7
# #" 2

$%&'()+,-. -/'/)0. 01'2$3 +--4)/2 2.. $/. +0'$ -/'/)0. &/

8 . A&3F3F
C-/ 01* 6 D ; * < C-/ 01* 6 D ; * < 33
C*14 *1D C*14 *1D 0 ; * # &<
C9 01* 6 D &33
C * 01* 6 D 33
C--HD 3
C- 6HD 3
C06HD 3
C9*HD &3
C*D 3

##, ? :7 # $" # #"' ('4 C*1D
$$ ,' 7 7#$ 7 7$7 7$7 ; 0< $

Print Date: 2022-07-31

& ##, ? :7 # #" # #"' ('4 C*1D

$$ ,' 7 "B 0 $ "( 7 , # ,#"
, 7 * # #"'4 7 " 0 $ :"" $$ C*1D

$ ##, ,$ #4 .,$ "

.#"" '#( + , +( ,'$ # C"$ ", D

97 $ 7 $7 33 , ;# #" < # C-/

01* 6 D # #" #" #( #"" :"" + 7#
##74 7 ,"":$ "(2

#< 7 ,"$7 #7 :7 J & , # #" $""4

+< # +#@ ##7 4

< 7 8 9 %E :7 "

& 8* 6 6 . 16
7 #+'#" # #"#+" :7 7 # , 7 ,"":$2
& 8* 6 6 .0 * * *%
- "# #+'#" ##7 +": 7 $"" # :7 " 7# 333 , %4 8 9 %E
:7 7 :"" 7+ 7 8 9 %E #" "$7 # C% D # #" # #" 7
$"" #" , # '##""( # "'+ 7 $7 &4333 , % 7 $7 3
, %
& 97 "#$ :7 ,"# 7 7# 3_4 _ _4 %9 - /66 :7 .7@ ,
"" '# , %9 - /66 #( "$7 7 :"" 7+ 7 C 9 - D # #"
# #" 7 ' # #,,
- "# "#$ # # # # 7 %9 ##+#4 # *08 :7
:7 :7 ' , #@,,4 ##7 "#$ # 7 # .7@ 66
*08 #( "$7 "" '# # 66 * *08 ## 7 0 * / "#( 7 :""
7+ 7 C66 *D # C 8 .D # # :#$ #" , 7 ' #
#,,
& & %9 H - 16
& & %9 - 16 ;1* * - %9 . 1 * %0 * 66 ; 86< * 0<

%9 C66 *D # C 8 .D # # :#$ #"
, # # "#( , # ##"#+" # +#
%9 , 7 $7 # #

& & & 66 * - 16 ;1* * - - / 6H %0 * 66 ; 86< 6
* 0<

%9 C66 *D # C 8 .D # # :#$ #"
, # # "#( , # ##"#+"

""

7 ,'# ## # #"#+"

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 66

MODEL 315

SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT FOR JAPAN REGISTERED AIRPLANES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Page
General 6---66---2
Limitations 6---66---2
Emergency Procedures 6---66---3
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---66---3
Performance Data 6---66---3

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---66---1 through 6---66---4 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 9 March, 2001

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---66---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 66

MODEL 315

SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT FOR JAPAN REGISTERED AIRPLANES

6.66.1 GENERAL
This supplement contains additional information and limitations for operating the DHC --- 8, Model 315
aircraft in accordance with the Japanese Civil Aviation Bureau (JCAB) regulations.
[Link] AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION, MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER and DATE OF MANUFACTURE.
Aircraft Registration Manufacturer Serial Number Date of Manufacture

[Link] AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURER

Bombardier Aerospace, Downsview, Ontario, Canada
[Link] KIND, CLASS AND TYPE OF AIRCRAFT
Kind: Airplane
Class: Land, Multi---engine Airplane
Model: DHC---8, Model 315
[Link] AIRWORTHINESS CATEGORY
Transport Category (Passenger)
[Link] ENGINES
Two Pratt and Whitney Canada, PW 123E engines.
[Link] PROPELLERS
Two Hamilton Standard 14SF---15 propellers.

NOTE
Mod 8/2579 allows the use of 14SF---23 propellers.

[Link] WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY

Empty weight and center of gravity of aircraft:
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual, PSM 1---83---8, Series 300.
Nomenclature, weight and center of gravity of components:
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual, PSM 1---83---8, Series 300.
Usable capacity and center of gravity of fuel, oil and de---icing fluid tanks:
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual, PSM 1---83---8, Series 300.
6.66.2 LIMITATIONS

The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
[Link] KIND OF OPERATIONS
1. High Altitude Flight.

[Link] STRENGTH OF FLOORS

Refer to Cargo Loading Manual, PSM 1---83---8A, Series 300.

6---66---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link] OCCUPANT LIMIT

The maximum number of persons including crew is not to exceed 61. The maximum number of passengers is
not to exceed 56.
Cabin Configuration:
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual, PSM 1---83---8, Series 300.
6.66.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.66.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal and abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
6.66.5 PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance data in Section 5 are applicable with the addition of the following:
[Link] AIRCRAFT EXTERNAL NOISE
This aircraft is in compliance with the noise standards provided in ICAO Annex 16, Third Edition, Volume 1,
Chapter 3, Amendment 4, applicable on November 11, 1993 (equivalent to FAR Part 36 with Amendments 36---1
through 36---20).
For maximum certified noise levels refer to Airplane Flight Manual, PSM 1---83---1A, Model 315, Section [Link].
[Link] EMISSION REQUIREMENTS
This aircraft is in compliance with the emission standards provided in ICAO Annex 16, Second Edition Volume II,
Amendment 2, applicable on November 11, 1993 (equivalent to FAR Part 34 original issue, effective September
10, 1990).

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---66---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6---66---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 67

MODEL 315

SFIM AIRCRAFT PILOTING AND INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (APIRS) F227

(CR834CH00538 or MS8Q900499)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---67---2
Limitations 6---67---2
Emergency Procedures 6---67---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---67---2
Performance Data 6---67---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---67---1 and 6---67---2 Issue 3

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 6 January, 2006

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---67---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 67

MODEL 315

SFIM AIRCRAFT PILOTING AND INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (APIRS) F227

(CR834CH00538 or MS8Q900499)

6.67.1 GENERAL
The SFIM APIRS F227 is installed as a replacement for the Honeywell AH---600 AHRS. The APIRS is an
Attitude and Heading Reference System which uses Fiber Optic Gyro (FOG) technology.

6.67.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. Take---off with one AHRS inoperative is prohibited.
2. Take---off with AHRS in BASIC, or DG mode is prohibited.
3. Take---off with AHRS BASIC advisory light flashing continuously is prohibited.
NOTE
Occasional intermittent BASIC advisory light flashing may occur on the
ground.

6.67.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.67.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:

[Link].1 FLIGHT COMPARTMENT CHECK---POWER ON

AHRS Self Test is initiated at power up of the system.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The Abnormal Procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the exception
of the following:

[Link].1 PRIMARY HEADING DATA FAILURE

1. DG switch --- Press. Check DG advisory light illuminates, SLAVE advisory light remains illuminated and
HDG and OFF flags disappear.
2. DG SLEW switch --- Press D or + to align the HSI heading with the RMI heading.
[Link].2 PRIMARY POWER SOURCE FAILURE
1. Primary power source failure is not applicable.
6.67.5 PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---67---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " ! " ! # ! $ % ! &

' ()*( !*+* * ,+-. %! & %#(+* /0'/&
%!"1!00 *( !"1!0012 *( !"1!0011&

3 !

#! $
%!
%"&
(%! ! )%!
*%! !!

+ ++,- # ( . /(0

1"1

0
5! 16
,1* + "1
* 3 (!!
!* ,*!
7!1

!0 $ 2!!&3 $4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " ! " ! # ! $ % ! &

' ()*( !*+* * ,+-. %! & %#(+* /0'/&
%!"1!00 *( !"1!0012 *( !"1!0011&

"
1 , ! !) !** ! ! !! &% 1! * ! !&
! ! 1! 1 &% "! !!* 8 91 ! , !
! !! ! ! ! 1 * "1 9
1 ., , *"! 8 1 * 9" 8% ) *! ! !"0

! (%) (%) :!&

, !%;< $$?>$$ <?$4
=-> 43 ,?)@ $$$? 44$ <?$
=-> 3 ,?@ $$$? 4 <?$
! ! $$?> 44 <?$4 $
, , $$?A ,?$
$$$$ ,?
-;< ! $$?>$$ -?$4 $
$$?>$$
! $$?$444 <?A
$$?$444>
<! % >44A4?$;? < 44

1 &% 9 * !0

!** !& = @ ! ! !& 1 -;< ! * 1 ! * ! 1! !!*
91 !B%! & A4 *% * !!1 =, @ C< ++,3 < ++,D
!% % ! & 1 1 & ! & !8 1 1! !!*
! ! * ! ) ! %!
$ !& =< @ ! ! ! 1 -;< ! %%" ! !
=-@ !" 1! 9 !8! ! !! *% 1 1! !!* 91 !B%! & $
*% 1 , 1 < 9 ) !%! )& ! !! !% !!"!1
A $
!** ! ! ) "! * !!* 91 ! 3 , !
! ! *%!3 1* ! 9 & ) *
, 8 !!* 1 , &% ! * !** * * !!*
91 ! !
+ !! , *%! * , E " ;( $ 4>> ? = 8! ! !
@ <* 1 E " 1 ,?$4# , ! 3 </>4 <! " /3 +
+ , !& ! 47 ! ! ! !) 1 ., *"!

$

Print Date: 2022-07-31

2
1 %! $ ! 1 % ,%!) & !) ) ! ! !)
91 1 ! * 1 * 9"0
! *% 1 , !" ! !1F & 1 B !& % & 91 !
, !& =< @
$ ! % ) )! & *%! 1 !** !&
1 ! 1! ) %! & * 1 * ! % =&@3 ,
= @3 ! , *
" !$ "!"
1 %"& ! ! !)
1 " 3" "!"
A ( < < , /< 1 %! A ! ! !) 91 1 ! * 1
* 9"0
A , < (# ,. < ,<,
, * 1) * "1
$ C(,< ,(D < !% ! 1) ) 9 3A4 * #
C ,( D < !% ! 1) ) 9 3$44 * # 91 %)"3 ! ) 9 3444 *
# 91 "
A ! =< @ ! 1) ) 9 344 * # 91 %)"3 ! ) 9 ?44 * #
91 "
!% ! 1) ) 9 44 * # 91 %)"3 ! ) 9 A44 * # 91
"
- ! ! C(,< ,7D < ! 9 ) 1) " 1 * 9" 0
! !" "! 9 ! * ! B " "!
<
) +!1 91 ! 1 !%) G <E "1 %!
> " ! " 3 C,7D ! ! ! ! 1)
1 , % * ! !%!! & 1!" ! * 90
! (H % ;< = / @ % ! 344 * # 91 %)"
) ;< = / @ % (H % ! ?44 * # 91 "
A $ < / ( - <H (( /(,(
C,73 ,7D , %) ! ! 19 1 " ! * 1 -;<
!
$ C ,( 3 ,( D ! ! 19 1 " ! * 1
-;< !
C 2/ -<, 3 2/D < ! * 1! 19 -;<
=-> 4@ !
<
< ! * %) 1! 19 -;<
!
<
! ! 9!6" * 1 < 9 1
! !" !
C- ++3 - ++D =-> @ < ! F * %
" ! 9 ) %!" )"" !
F * %

Print Date: 2022-07-31

A C ( < -<, D !

" !
C ( ( -<, 3 ( (D !! ! !
" !
C ( ( -<, 3 ,< (# * "1 !1 " 3 ) )"
( (D % )& , !! !
! " !

> C, < + , (+,D <!" !" ! !! !8!I
, !" !
C,7 ,< (# ,73 !* !! 9 ) ) !1 )& %)"
,7 ,< (# ,7D 1"1 1 E * "1 !1
? C ,( ,< (# ,( 3 !* !! 9 ) ) !1 )&
,( ,< (# ,( D " 1"1 1 E * "1
!1
1 * 9" %!" ! ! 91 1 ! < ** ! !!
*% ! 0
4 C(,< ,73 (,< ,7D ! %) ! 8
= !* C,7D !&@
C(,< ,(3 (,< ,(D ! ! 8
= !* C ,( D !&@
$ C,7,7 ( 53 ,7,7 ( 5D ! *% ! ! %)
= !* C ,( D !&@ 8 !8!
! !!
C ,( ,( ( 53 ! *% ! %) !
,( ,( ( 5D 8 !8!
= !* C,7D !&@ ! !!

A < J ,.,K
, 91 7H
$ , 91 ) !! -;< !3 &% ! !
!&3 *! ! !! ! C, H KD !
* !!3 -;< ! !& &% *! C, H + D !
A A < K ++ ,.,K
, 91 /
$ , !& 91 ) !" " ! !!* &%) -;< !
, ;7 91 ) 7- -;< !
A , <(# !& 91 ) ( !! -;< !
A (+#. < (
< &0
! "!"
) !6 %%! ! !

, ! ! )! 1 !! & * &" 1 !
< %! 91 !B%! & 3 ! 91
!B%! & $ ;$ * ! !! <

A

Print Date: 2022-07-31

$ * ! 1! !! !6 ! %! " ! < 3

1 < 9 %! 91 ! C, < + , (+,D !%
#5 ! !6 & ! , <
4"
* ! C" < D & ** 1 ) %! !1
! ! 91 1 ! !8! !!

!
* ! 9!" =61!6@ " ! < %!3 !6
%%! ! & !
$ * !6** =! A44 * # !)@0
! , <(# !& 91 ( $ (3 ! 8 ) !!
-;< !
! 0
! , ;7 !& 91 7-3 75 %! 3 ! 8 ) !!
-;< !
) , !& 91 ) -;< ! !& - %
A * 0
! , ;7 !& 91 ) 75 !& -;< !
<!"0
! , <(# !& 91 ) ( !& -;< !
+ "1 0
! , 91 7H
A $ 7( < < , /< 1 !)%! A ! ! !) 91 1 !
* 1 * 9"0
A $ < / ( - <H + /< =< + # H ( 7 . -;< ( , <@
, 91 (H
A $ $ < / ( - <H + /< =< + # H ( ( -;< ( , < (H@
91 ! - %%!
A $ < / ( - <H ( -<, + /< =< ( -; + # H (
7 . -;< ( , <@
, 91 (H
A $ A < / ( - <H ( -<, + /< =< ( -; + # H (
( -;< ( , < (H@
91 ! - %%!
A $ -;< ( , < + /< =7 (K H@
91 ! - %%!
A $ < ( ( < + /< =, ++ H ( -;< ( , <@
! ;$ 91 $ ! !!
A $ > , + /< =, + + # H ( -;< ( , <@
, 91 7H =51 ,< A,.44A ! 0 , 91 ++@

"" !

1 *%! !! ! ! !)

Print Date: 2022-07-31

$ 3 5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

'

& &

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 80

MODEL 315

DUAL UNS-- 1C+ FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS 8Q420486 or MS 8Q420509 or MS8Q420596)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---80---2
Limitations 6---80---3
Emergency Procedures 6---80---4
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---80---4
Performance Data 6---80---10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---80---1 and 6---80---2 Issue 4
6---80---3 Issue 1
6---80---4 Issue 3
6---80---5 through 6---80---7 Issue 1
6---80---8 Issue 2
6---80---9 and 6---80---10 Issue 1

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft Certification

Date: 3 March, 2006

Issue 4
1 MODEL 315 6---80---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc. See Effective TA
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 80

MODEL 315

DUAL UNS-- 1C+ FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS 8Q420486 or MS 8Q420509 or MS8Q420596)
6.80.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The Dual UNS---1C+ Flight Management System (FMS) is an integrated navigation management system
providing the flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS---1C+ is a system
consisting of a cockpit mounted Multi---functional Control Display Unit (MCDU), Flight Management Computer
(FMC) and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU).
Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS and VOR #2, DME #2
and GPS #2 for the co---pilot’s side FMS. Two remote---mounted Air Data Converter units provide altitude, true
air speed and static air temperature, derived from No. 1 and No. 2 Air Data computers. True airspeed, altitude,
static air temperature data, etc., are routed to FMS #1 from Air Data Computer (ADC) #1 and to FMS #2 from
ADC#[Link] flow data from the fuel sensors are routed to both FMS#1 and FMS#2.
The DHC --- 8 Series 300 UNS --- 1C+ FMS configuration requires the following minimum equipment to be
functional and operating:

Description Part Number Model Number FMS #1 Quantity FMS #2 Quantity

Flight Management System
Hardware P/N 10172 --- 41 --- 211 or UNS --- 1C+ 1 1
10172 --- 41 --- 111 or
10172 --- 61 --- 211
Software P/N SCN 802.0 1 1
Antenna 10704 or 10705 UniversalAvionics 1 1
Data Transfer Unit 1406 --- 01 --- 1 UniversalAvionics 1 (part of FMS #1)
Air Data Converter Unit 1500 --- 01 --- 13 UniversalAvionics 1 1

NOTE
1. The FMS P/N 10172---41---211 or 10172---41---111 includes a GPS
card without GLONASS capability.

2. The FMS P/N 10172---61---211 includes a GPS card with GLONASS

disabled.

The FMS provides lateral navigation (LNAV) guidance based on data from the navigation sensors. A vertical
navigation (VNAV) function (that meets the FAA AC20---129) allows the flight crew to define a desired vertical
flight profile along the flight plan route. An FMS approach mode allows the operator to fly non-precision flight
director only or autopilot approaches. Additionally, a vertical flight path through the approach waypoints may be
defined. The FMS provides course, course deviation, bearing---to---waypoint and distance---to---waypoint
information displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s EHSI and is coupled to the AFCS for Flight Director and
Autopilot functions. A TSO C---129a GPS sensor provides the capability to conduct GPS only non---precision
approaches.
Fuel flow data from the fuel flow sensors provide the inputs necessary to integrate real time fuel management
information with the navigational functions. During flight the FMS automatically updates the fuel on board and
gross weight as well as fuel requirements based on fuel flow and groundspeed.
A self---contained database stored in the non---volatile memory of the FMC provides the FMS with information
over 100,000 waypoints, navaids and airports. Jeppesen provides database updates.

6---80---2 MODEL 315 Issue 4

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA See Effective TA
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

The FMS has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the requirements of the following:
Multi---Sensor Navigation
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach (VOR, VOR---DME, RNAV, GPS Overlay (NDB), GPS ) navigation, in
accordance with FAA AC 20---130A.
VNAV
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach vertical navigation in accordance with FAA AC 20---129.
B---RNAV / RNP---5
B---RNAV / RNP---5 navigation in accordance with JAA AMJ 20X2, Leaflet No.2, rev. 1.
P---RNAV / RNP---1
P---RNAV / RNP---1 navigation in accordance with JAA Temporary Guidance Leaflet No. 10 (TGL 10).
NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute operational
approval to conduct the above types of operations.

With CR 834CH00536 incorporated, the requirements for TSO---C129a (lateral deviation scaling) are met. This
will allow the pilot to fly FMS navigation using raw data provided by the EHSI.
6.80.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following which applies to dual FMS operations:
1. Software part number SCN 802.0 must be installed and verified prior to using the FMS for navigation
NOTE
Same software version must be installed in each FMS of Dual FMS
configuration.
2. The FMS is approved for en---route, terminal and approach navigation.
3. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed on EHSI while the
system is in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed (CR8346CH00536) on EHSI while the system is in
the approach mode.
4. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902,
applicable to the installed software version SCN 802.0 (or equivalent at current revision) must be
available to the flight crew. If a difference exists between this supplement and the Operator’s Manual
(OM), this Supplement shall take precedence.
5. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be verified
for accuracy prior to their use.
6. The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight (en---route
and terminal) installed and operating so as to provide an alternate means of navigation.
7. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated, and the FMS is
used as the primary source of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is prohibited.
8. The pilot and co---pilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
9. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode (APPR) and for GPS approaches,
RAIM must be available at the Final Approach Fix.
10. The instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach
procedures that are retrieved from the FMS database. The FMS must incorporate the current update
cycle. The pilot must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications.
11. Minimum descent altitude (MDA) for FMS approaches is the higher of 400 ft above runway elevation or
the published MDA.
12. If VNAV through approach is planned, changes to the PILOT defined approach altitudes must be made
prior to commencing descent.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---80---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

13. FMS and sensor position information must be checked for accuracy (reasonableness):
a. Prior to use.
b. Following periods of a POSITION UNCERTAIN message displayed on the CDU or invalid
system operation (NAV flag visible).
14. When the altimeter is adjusted to display height above ground (QFE) rather than sea level, use of VNAV
is prohibited.
15. Following activation, deactivation or changing the input temperature of the temperature compensation
feature, any previous manually entered VNAV altitude constraints must be re---entered.
16. P---RNAV operations may only be conducted with an FMS navigation database conforming to TGL 10
requirements and with the FMS in terminal mode.
17. With the FMS database expired, unless the pilot verifies the waypoints for accuracy by reference to
current publications, IFR En---route and Terminal navigation is prohibited.
18. With the FMS Database expired Approach Navigation is prohibited.
19. The FMS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods when the POSITION UNCERTAIN
message is displayed on the CDU.
20. The LNAV mode of the Flight Director must not be used when the POSITION UNCERTAIN message is
displayed on the CDU.
21. Flight above 73 degrees north latitude or below 60 degrees south latitude using the FMS may be
conducted only when magnetic variation is input manually into the system or an alternate true heading
source is used and no manual variation has been input.
NOTE
The VARIATION WARNING message is displayed 15 minutes latitude
prior to entering flight operations above 73 degrees north latitude or
below 60 degrees south latitude.

22. Fuel display parameters are advisory only and must not be used as the primary means for computing
fuel load and range.
23. Flight director only or autopilot must be used for navigation guidance during FMS approach operations.
With CR834CH00536 incorporated, FMS approaches may be flown using raw data presented on the EHSI.
24. The FMS may only be used for approach guidance if the reference co---ordinate data system for the
instrument approach is WGS---84 or NAD ---83.
25. Pilot---defined non---published approaches must be flown in Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC) only.
26. FMS based ILS, LOC, LOC---BC and MLS approaches are prohibited.
27. With CR834CH00536 incorporated, approach must not be commenced or continued if APP is not
displayed.
28. VNAV vertical path angles greater than 6˚ in enroute and terminal mode and greater than 4˚ in
approach mode are prohibited.

6.80.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

f. VNAV key Press the VNAV key to access VNAV display pages. Enter values for
the required fields until the Target Vertical Speed (TGT V/S) have been
defined. Repeat the process using the NX entry fields for defining
subsequent VNAV waypoints.

NOTE
1. Only flight plan waypoints may be used to define vertical waypoints.
2. VNAV APPROACH flight path angle is limited to a maximum of 4_.
3. VNAV mode is available for descent only.

To couple the Flight Director to FMS lateral guidance:

3. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER.
a. HSI selector Press to select appropriate side.
(HSI SEL)
NOTE
On EFIS equipped airplanes, RNAV#1/RNAV#2 bearing-to-waypoint is
selectable on the pilot’s and co-pilot’s EHSIs by selecting the
RNV1/RNV2 position of the BRG 0 selector on the EFlS controller.

b. Navigation mode Press to select Flight Director RNAV lateral guidance mode
selector (NAV) (annunciated as LNAV on ID ---802 display and EADI).

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---80---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

c. INTCEPT Pressed to allow interception of final approach course.

line select key
(NAV page 1)
NOTE
GPS stand-alone and GPS overlay approaches can be flown only when
retrieved from a current database.

[Link].4.1 VNAV During Approach Operations

a. VNAV key Press VNAV key to access VNAV page. Check that the altitude
constraints associated with all the approach points are displayed and
that there are no vertical discontinuities in the VNAV descent path.
1. It is possible to program an enroute VNAV segment to terminate at a published minimum
enroute altitude that is below the FMS computed crossing altitude for the Final Approach Fix
(FAF). If VNAV is active when sequencing to the FAF, the FMS will interpret this segment as a
climb segment and cancel the VNAV mode. To ensure availability of VNAV guidance for the final
approach segment, pilots must either ensure that no vertical discontinuities exist between the
enroute segment and the approach segment or ensure that VNAV is not active when
sequencing to the FAF. For the latter case, normal approach VNAV arming and activation will
occur 2 nm prior to the FAF.
2. It is possible to enter waypoint altitude constraints on the FPL pages that will violate the enroute
and approach flight path angle limitations. These waypoint altitude constraints will not be
copied onto the VNAV pages nor will it be possible to activate VNAV to these waypoints.

6---80---8 MODEL 315 Issue 2

Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link].4.2 VNAV with Temperature Compensation

1. To activate VNAV temperature compensation:
a. FPL key Press FPL key to access Flight Plan Pages.
b. MENU key Press MENU key to access the Flight Plan Menu pages.
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the FPL
MENU page 2.
d. LS key 2R (TEMP COMP) Press to access the TEMP COMP page. Input required
information as per OM.
e. LS key 5L Press to activate VNAV temperature compensation. Check TCMP
(ACTIVATE) in cyan appears in the upper left corner of all pages of the FMS
CDU during the referenced approach phases only.
NOTE
Temperature compensation is provided for temperatures below 0 _C
only.
CAUTION
Manually input altitude constraints in the approach transition,
approach, and missed approach legs will be modified when
temperature compensation is activated or deactivated, or whenever the
airfield temperature is modified. Following activation, deactivation or
changing the input temperature with the temperature compensation
feature active, all previous manually entered VNAV altitude constraints
must be re---entered.

2. To de-activate VNAV temperature compensation:

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---80---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

d. Message indicates system De-select FMS navigation guidance and use remaining
failure, invalid sensor, navigation equipment.
invalid navigation
NOTE
The POSITION UNCERTAIN message will annunciate on the CDU when
within 300 NM of DME sources and position uncertainty grows such that
system quality factor (Q) exceeds 28. Outside of DME range a Q of 60 is
required to activate the POSITION UNCERTAIN message. Once the
threshold has been set at 60, it will remain at that value until the Q
displayed on the Sensor Summary page is reduced to 10 (at which time
28 will once again become the threshold). When the system position is
being corrected by action of the DME, the message displayed will be
POSITION CORRECTING.

The glareshield MSG annunciators remain illuminated for the duration of

the POSITION UNCERTAIN message and are not resettable through
accessing the message page. However, the MSG annunciators will go
out when the Q is reduced to 10 (at which time 28 will once again
become the threshold). Refer to the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No.
2423sv802/902.

2. LOSS OF RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING (RAIM)

a. Illumination of GPS Immediately monitor FMS position by cross---reference to other
Integrity annunciator navigation sensors.
(GPS INTEG)
CAUTION
GPS-based approaches must not be flown with the GPS INTEG
annunciator illuminated.

[Link] ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT

6.80.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---80---10 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 83

MODEL 315

SINGLE UNS-- 1E FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS8Q420543 or MS8Q310011)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page
General 6---83---2
Limitations 6---83---3
Emergency Procedures 6---83---4
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---83---4
Performance Data 6---83---10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---83---1 through 6---83---10 Issue 1

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft Certification

Date: 15 August, 2007

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---83---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 83

MODEL 315

SINGLE UNS-- 1E FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS8Q420543 or MS8Q310011)

6.83.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The Single UNS---1E Flight Management System (FMS) is an integrated navigation management system
providing the flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS---1E is a system
consisting of a cockpit mounted Multi---functional Control Display Unit (MCDU), Flight Management Computer
(FMC) and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU).
Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS. One
remote---mounted Air Data Converter unit provides altitude, true air speed and static air temperature, derived
from No. 1 Air Data Computer (ADC). True airspeed, altitude, static air temperature data, etc., are routed to the
FMS from ADC #1. Fuel flow data from the fuel sensors are routed to the FMS.
The DHC --- 8 Series 300 UNS --- 1E FMS configuration requires the following equipment to be installed:

Description Part Number Model Number FMS #1 Quantity

Flight Management System
Hardware P/N 2017 --- 41 --- 211 UNS --- 1E 1
Software P/N SCN 802.0 1
Antenna 10705 or 10706 UniversalAvionics 1
Data Transfer Unit 1406 --- 01 --- 1 UniversalAvionics 1
Air Data Converter Unit 1500 --- 01 --- 13 UniversalAvionics 1

NOTE
The FMS P/N 2017---41---211 includes a built ---in GPS card with
GLONASS disabled.

The FMS provides lateral navigation (LNAV) guidance based on data from the navigation sensors. A vertical
navigation (VNAV) function (that meets the FAA AC20---129) allows the flight crew to define a desired vertical
flight profile along the flight plan route. An FMS approach mode allows the operator to fly non-precision Flight
Director only, or Autopilot approaches. Additionally, a vertical flight path through the approach waypoints may
be defined. The FMS provides course, course deviation, bearing---to---waypoint and distance---to---waypoint
information displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s EHSI and is coupled to the AFCS for Flight Director and
Autopilot functions.
Fuel flow data from the fuel flow sensors provide the inputs necessary to integrate real time fuel management
information with the navigational functions. During flight the FMS automatically updates the fuel on board and
gross weight as well as fuel requirements based on fuel flow and groundspeed.
A self---contained database stored in the non---volatile memory of the FMC provides the FMS with information on
over 100,000 waypoints, navaids and airports. Database updates are provided by Jeppesen.
The UNS---1E FMS is approved to TSO---C115b and includes GPS navigation equipment approved to
TSO---C129a.
For SCN 802.X and later, Universal Avionics has received a Type 2 Letter of Acceptance (LOA) from the FAA,
indicating compliance with FAA AC 20---153 and RTCA/DO---200A with respect to processing of navigation data.

6---83---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA See Effective TA
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

Basic Area Navigation (B---RNAV)

B---RNAV navigation in accordance with EASA AMC 20---4.

Precision Area Navigation (P---RNAV )

P---RNAV navigation in accordance with JAA Temporary Guidance Leaflet No. 10 (TGL 10).
NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute operational
approval to conduct the above types of operations.
With CR 834CH00536 or MS8Q310011 incorporated, the requirements for TSO---C129a (lateral deviation
scaling) are met. This will allow the pilot to fly FMS navigation using raw data provided by the EHSI.

6.83.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following which applies to single FMS operations:
1. Software part number SCN 802.0 must be installed and verified prior to using the FMS for navigation
2. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902,
applicable to the installed software version SCN 802.0 (or equivalent at current revision) must be
available to the flight crew. If a difference exists between this supplement and the Operator’s Manual
(OM), this Supplement shall take precedence.
3. The FMS is approved for en---route, terminal and approach navigation.
4. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed on EHSI while the
system is in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed (CR834CH00536 or MS8Q310011 incorporated) on
EHSI while the system is in the approach mode.
5. With CR834CH00536 or MS8Q310011 incorporated, approach must not be commenced or continued if
APP is not displayed.
6. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be verified
for accuracy prior to their use.
7. The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight (en---route
and terminal) installed and operating so as to provide an alternate means of navigation.
8. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated) and the FMS is
used as the primary source of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is prohibited.
9. The pilot and copilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
10. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode (APP) and for GPS approaches,
RAIM must be available at the Final Approach Fix (FAF).
11. Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach procedures
that are retrieved from the FMS database. The FMS must incorporate the current update cycle. The pilot
must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications.
12. FMS based ILS, LOC, LOC---BC and MLS approaches are prohibited.
13. VNAV vertical path angles greater than 6˚ in enroute and terminal mode and greater than 4˚ in
approach mode are prohibited.
14. When the altimeter is adjusted to display height above ground (QFE) rather than sea level, use of VNAV
is prohibited.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---83---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

15. Following activation, deactivation or changing the input temperature of the temperature compensation
feature, any previous manually entered VNAV altitude constraints must be re---entered.
16. P---RNAV operations may only be conducted with an FMS navigation database conforming to TGL 10
requirements and with the FMS in terminal mode.
17. With the FMS database expired, unless the pilot verifies the waypoints for accuracy by reference to
current publications, IFR enroute and terminal navigation is prohibited.
18. With the FMS database expired Approach Navigation is prohibited.
19. The FMS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods when the POSITION UNCERTAIN
message is displayed on the CDU.
20. Flight above 73 degrees north latitude or below 60 degrees south latitude using the FMS may be
conducted only when magnetic variation is manually entered into the system or an alternate true
heading source is used and no manual variation has been input.
21. Fuel display parameters are advisory only and must not be used as the primary means for computing
fuel load and range.
22. Flight Director only or Autopilot must be used for navigation guidance during FMS approach operations.
With CR834CH00536 or MS8Q310011 incorporated, FMS approaches may be flown using raw data
presented on the EHSI.
23. The FMS may only be used for approach guidance if the reference co---ordinate data system for the
instrument approach is WGS---84 or NAD ---83.
24. Pilot---defined non---published approaches must be flown in Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC) only.
25. When altitudes are manually entered before of after the temperature compensation function is
activated, it may produce VNAV paths with climb segments and result in a VNAV disconnect.
6.83.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.83.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
1. Glareshield Annunciator/Switching Panel
a. Waypoint Alert Illuminates prior to automatic leg change or on arrival at the TO
annunciator waypoint.
(W/P ALERT)
b. Message Illuminates in conjunction with the message advisory light on the CDU.
annunciator (MSG)
c. Crosstrack Illuminates whenever a left or right Cross Track (parallel offset) is
annunciator (XTRK) activated.
NOTE
A selected Cross Track is cancelled by any leg change.
d. Vertical Navigation Illuminates when VNAV switchlight is pressed within two minutes of
Armed (ARM) Top of Descent, indicating VNAV function is armed. ARM goes out at
Top of Descent.
e. Vertical Navigation Illuminates at Top of Descent only after VNAV has been armed.
Capture (CAP)
f. RNAV approach Illuminates when within 50 nm of the destination runway, the
(RNAV APP) ARM APPR or ACT APPR option has been selected and a valid
approach geometry has been programmed into the flight plan.
g. Heading Illuminates when establishing control of the aircraft heading from the FMS.
annunciator
(RNAV HDG)

6---83---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

h. GPS Integrity annunciator lluminates whenever the integrity of the GPS position cannot be
(GPS INTEG) assured to meet minimum requirements for the particular phase of
flight. GPS-based approaches must not be flown if the GPS INTEG
annunciator is illuminated. Whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator is
illuminated, GPS position must be monitored by cross-reference to
other navigation sensors.
LATERAL AND VERTICAL SCALE SENSITIVITY
PHASE OF FLIGHT LATERAL SCALING SENSITIVITY VERTICAL SCAL- COMMENTS
ING SENSITIVITY
CR834CH00536 or CR834CH00536 or
MS8Q310011 not MS8Q310011
incorporated incorporated
ENROUTE 7.5 nm for two dots 5.0 nm for two dots of 1,500 ft for two dots
of CDI scale devi- CDI scale deviation of vertical scale
ation deviation
TERMINAL 7.5 nm for two dots 1.0 nm for two dots of 500 ft for two dots
of CDI scale devi- CDI scale deviation of vertical scale
ation deviation
APPROACH 1.25 nm for two 2˚ for two dots of CDI 200 ft for two dots The lateral scale
dots of CDI scale scale deviation until of vertical scale sensitivity
deviation two dots deviation is deviation change occurs
equal to 0.3 nm, then approximately at
Approach Scale Sen- the Final Ap-
sitivity is 0.3 nm for proach Fix (FAF)
two dots of CDI scale
deviation

NOTE
When the system is in Terminal Mode, a green “TRM” will be displayed
on the upper left corner of the EHSI next to “CRS”. When an FMS
approach is activated, a green “APP” will be displayed on the upper left
corner of the EHSI next to “CRS”. In the enroute condition there is no
specific indication.
With CR834CH00536 or MS8Q310011 incorporated, if “TRM” is not
displayed, lateral scaling will revert to 7.5 nm for 2 dots of CDI scale
deviation on the EHSI.

2. FMS CDU
Refer to the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902 (or equivalent at current revision).
[Link].2 PRE---TAXI CHECKS and INITIALIZATION.
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which HSI (EHSI) is to display navigation data.
NOTE
On EFlS equipped airplanes RNAV bearing---to---waypoint may be
displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s EHSIs by selecting the RNV1
position of the BRG 0 selector on the EFIS controllers.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---83---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

a. ON/OFF key Press to activate system. System will self test and the Initialization page
should automatically appear at the end of the self test indicating
system is ready for use.
NOTE
If an ADC test is planned, it must be conducted prior to selecting the
FMS ON/OFF key ON.

b. ACCEPT Press line select key to accept data. If data shown on initialization
line select key page is incorrect, manually correct data per Operator’s Manual,
Report No. 2423sv802/902 (or equivalent at current revision).
[Link].3 NAVIGATION
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which NAV source is used to display
navigation data.
b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance.
Selector (AUX)
2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. Flight Plan key Press FPL key to access flight planning mode.
FPL Enter desired way points for the planned flight.
or:
b. CPY RTE Press CPY RTE line select key to access previously stored flight
line select key plan line select key route. Enter route reference number.
then:
ENTER key Press ENTER to load desired route. To create new flight plan route,
refer to Owner’s Operating Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902 (or
equivalent at current revision).
then:
Flight Plan key Press FPL key to return to access Flight Planning mode.
FPL
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the FPL
SUMMARY page. Use the line select keys to position the cursor over
each entry field and enter values for the required fields.
d. FUEL key Press FUEL key to access FUEL data pages. Use appropriate line
select keys to position the cursor over each entry field and enter values
for the required fields.
NOTE
When using fuel data function, ensure the correct operational empty
weight of the aircraft and on-board fuel is shown on FUEL data page 1.

6---83---6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

NOTE
1. Only flight plan waypoints may be used to define vertical waypoints.
2. VNAV APPROACH flight path angle is limited to a maximum of 4_.
3. VNAV mode is available for descent only.

To couple the Flight Director to FMS lateral guidance:

3. FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROLLER.
a. HSI selector Press to select appropriate side.
(HSI SEL)
b. Navigation mode Press to select Flight Director RNAV lateral guidance mode
selector (NAV) (annunciated as LNAV on ID ---802 display and EADI).

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---83---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

c. INTCEPT Pressed to allow interception of final approach course.

line select key
(NAV page 1)
NOTE
GPS stand-alone and GPS overlay approaches can be flown only when
retrieved from a current database.

[Link].4.1 VNAV During Approach Operations

a. VNAV key Press VNAV key to access VNAV page. Check that the altitude
constraints associated with all the approach points are displayed and
that there are no vertical discontinuities in the VNAV descent path.
1. It is possible to program an enroute VNAV segment to terminate at a published minimum
enroute altitude that is below the FMS computed crossing altitude for the FAF. If VNAV is active
when sequencing to the FAF, the FMS will interpret this segment as a climb segment and cancel
the VNAV mode. To ensure availability of VNAV guidance for the final approach segment, pilots
must either ensure that no vertical discontinuities exist between the enroute segment and the
approach segment or ensure that VNAV is not active when sequencing to the FAF. For the latter
case, normal approach VNAV arming and activation will occur 2 nm prior to the FAF.
2. It is possible to enter waypoint altitude constraints on the FPL pages that will violate the enroute
and approach flight path angle limitations. These waypoint altitude constraints will not be
copied onto the VNAV pages nor will it be possible to activate VNAV to these waypoints.

6---83---8 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link].4.2 VNAV with Temperature Compensation

2. To de-activate VNAV temperature compensation:

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---83---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

d. Message indicates system De-select FMS navigation guidance and use remaining
failure, invalid sensor, navigation equipment.
invalid navigation
NOTE
The POSITION UNCERTAIN message will annunciate on the CDU when
within 300 nm of DME sources and position uncertainty grows such that
system quality factor (Q) exceeds 28. Outside of DME range a Q of 60 is
required to activate the POSITION UNCERTAIN message. Once the
threshold has been set at 60, it will remain at that value until the Q
displayed on the Sensor Summary page is reduced to 10 (at which time
28 will once again become the threshold). When the system position is
being corrected by action of the DME, the message displayed will be
POSITION CORRECTING.

The glareshield MSG annunciators remain illuminated for the duration of

2. LOSS OF RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING (RAIM)

[Link] ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT

6.83.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---83---10 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 84

MODEL 315

DUAL UNS-- 1E FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS 8Q420574 or 8Q310007 or 8Q420777)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---84---2
Limitations 6---84---3
Emergency Procedures 6---84---4
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---84---4
Performance Data 6---84---10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---84---1 through 6---84---2 Issue 3

6---84---3 Issue 2
6---84---4 Issue 3
6---84---5 through 6---84---6 Issue 2
6---84---7 Issue 1
6---84---8 Issue 3
6---84---9 through 6---84---10 Issue 1

Approved:
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification
Branch

Date: 15 July, 2010

1
Issue 3 MODEL 315 6---84---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 84

MODEL 315

DUAL UNS-- 1E FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS 8Q420574 or 8Q310007 or 8Q420777)

6.84.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The Dual UNS---1E Flight Management System (FMS) is an integrated navigation management system
providing the flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS---1E is a system
consisting of a cockpit mounted Multi---functional Control Display Unit (MCDU), Flight Management Computer
(FMC) and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU).
Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS and VOR #2, DME #2
and GPS #2 for the copilot’s side FMS. Two remote---mounted Air Data Converter units provide altitude, true air
speed and static air temperature, derived from No. 1 and No. 2 Air Data Computers (ADC). True airspeed,
altitude, static air temperature data, etc., are routed to FMS #1 from ADC #1 and to FMS #2 from ADC #2. Fuel
flow data from the fuel sensors are routed to both FMS #1 and FMS #2.
The DHC --- 8 Series 300 UNS --- 1E FMS configuration requires the following equipment to be installed:

Description Part Number Model Number FMS #1 Quantity FMS #2 Quantity

Flight Management System
Hardware P/N 2017 --- 41 --- 211 UNS --- 1E 1 1
Software P/N SCN 802.0 1 1
Antenna 10705 or 10706 UniversalAvionics 1 1
Data Transfer Unit 1406 --- 01 --- 1 UniversalAvionics 1 (part of FMS #1)
Air Data Converter Unit 1500 --- 01 --- 13 UniversalAvionics 1 1

NOTE
The FMS P/N 2017---41---211 includes a GPS card with GLONASS
disabled.

The FMS provides lateral navigation (LNAV) guidance based on data from the navigation sensors. A vertical
navigation (VNAV) function (that meets the FAA AC20---129) allows the flight crew to define a desired vertical
flight profile along the flight plan route. An FMS approach mode allows the operator to fly non-precision Flight
Director only or Autopilot approaches. Additionally, a vertical flight path through the approach waypoints may
be defined. The FMS provides course, course deviation, bearing---to---waypoint and distance---to---waypoint
information displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s EHSI and is coupled to the AFCS for Flight Director and
Autopilot functions.
Fuel flow data from the fuel flow sensors provide the inputs necessary to integrate real time fuel management
information with the navigational functions. During flight the FMS automatically updates the fuel on board and
gross weight as well as fuel requirements based on fuel flow and groundspeed.
A self---contained database stored in the non---volatile memory of the FMC provides the FMS with information on
over 100,000 waypoints, navaids and airports. Database updates are provided by Jeppesen.
The UNS---1E FMS is approved to TSO C115b and includes GPS navigation equipment approved to
TSO---129a.
For SCN 802.x and later, Universal Avionics has received a Type 2 Letter of Acceptance (LOA) from the FAA,
indicating compliancewith FAA AC20---153 and RTCA/DO---200A with respect to processing of navigation data.

6---84---2 MODEL 315 1

Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA See Effective TA
de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

The FMS has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the requirements of the following:
Multi---Sensor Navigation
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach navigation, in accordance with FAA AC 20---130A.
Vertical Navigation (VNAV)
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach vertical navigation in accordance with FAA AC 20---129.
Basic Area Navigation (B---RNAV)
B---RNAV navigation in accordance with EASA AMC 20---4.
Precision Area Navigation (P---RNAV)
P---RNAV navigation in accordance with JAA Temporary Guidance Leaflet No. 10 (TGL 10).
NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute operational
approval to conduct the above types of operations.

6.84.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following which applies to dual FMS operations:
1. Software part number SCN 802.0 must be installed and verified prior to using the FMS for
navigation.

NOTE
Same software version must be installed in each FMS of Dual FMS
configuration.
2. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902,
applicable to the installed software version SCN 802.0 (or equivalent at current revision) must be
available to the flight crew. If a difference exists between this supplement and the Operator’s Manual
(OM), this Supplement shall take precedence.
3. The FMS is approved for en---route, terminal and approach navigation.
4. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed on EHSI while the
system is in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed on EHSI while the system is in the approach
mode.
5. Approach must not be commenced or continued if APP is not displayed.
6. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be
verified for accuracy prior to their use.
7. The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight
(en---route and terminal) installed and operating so as to provide an alternate means of navigation.
8. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated), and the
FMS is used as the primary source of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is
prohibited.
9. The pilot and copilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
10. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode (APP) and for GPS approaches,
RAIM must be available at the Final Approach Fix (FAF).
11. Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach procedures
that are retrieved from the FMS database. The FMS must incorporate the current update cycle. The
pilot must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications.

1
Issue 2 MODEL 315 6---84---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

12. FMS based ILS, LOC, LOC---BC and MLS approaches are prohibited.
13. VNAV vertical path angles greater than 6˚ in enroute and terminal mode and greater than 4˚ in
approach mode are prohibited.
14. When the altimeter is adjusted to display height above ground (QFE) rather than sea level, use of
VNAV is prohibited.
15. Following activation, deactivation or changing the input temperature of the temperature
compensation feature, any previous manually entered VNAV altitude constraints must be
re---entered.
16. P---RNAV operations may only be conducted with the FMS in terminal mode.
17. With the FMS database expired, unless the pilot verifies the waypoints for accuracy by reference to
current publications, IFR en---route and terminal navigation is prohibited.
18. With the FMS database expired approach navigation is prohibited.
19. The FMS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods when the POSITION
UNCERTAIN message is displayed on the CDU.
20. Flight above 73 degrees north latitude or below 60 degrees south latitude using the FMS may be
conducted only when magnetic variation is input manually into the system or an alternate true
heading source is used and no manual variation has been input.
21. Fuel display parameters are advisory only and must not be used as the primary means for
computing fuel load and range.
22. The FMS may only be used for approach guidance if the reference co---ordinate data system for the
instrument approach is WGS---84 or NAD ---83.
23. Pilot ---defined non---published approaches must be flown in Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC)
only.

6.84.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.84.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
1. Glareshield Annunciator/Switching Panel
a. Waypoint Alert Illuminates prior to automatic leg change or on arrival at the TO
annunciator waypoint.
(W/P ALERT)
b. Message Illuminates in conjunction with the message advisory light on the CDU.
annunciator (MSG)

6---84---4 MODEL 315 1

NOTE
When using fuel data function, ensure the correct operational empty
weight of the aircraft and on-board fuel is shown on FUEL data page 1.
e. NAV key Press NAV key to access navigation display pages. Check that the information
on NAV page 1 correlates with the information displayed on the EHSI.

NOTE
The NAV HEADING page allows control of the aircraft heading from the
FMS, while maintaining a display of information pertaining to the current
navigation leg. The RNAV HDG annunciator illuminates when
establishing control of the aircraft heading from the CDU. The page is
accessed when the HDG line select key is depressed on NAV page 1 or
on the NAV APPR page.
f. VNAV key Press the VNAV key to access VNAV display pages. Enter values for the
required fields until the Target Vertical Speed (TGT V/S) have been defined.
Repeat the process using the NX entry fields for defining subsequent VNAV
waypoints.

NOTE
1. Only flight plan waypoints may be used to define vertical waypoints.
2. VNAV APPROACH flight path angle is limited to a maximum of 4_.
3. VNAV mode is available for descent only.

To couple the Flight Director to FMS lateral guidance:

[Link].4 APPROACH
1. FMS Control Display Unit

The approach is ARMED when within 50 nm of the destination runway and the following steps are
performed:
a. ARM APPR ARM APPR becomes available at the 50 nm point.
line select key When pressed, the key name will change to ACT APPR.
(NAV page 1)

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---84---7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

The FMS will go to HDG mode and the pilot must manually set up the approach intercept angle.
NOTE
If the pilot does not select ACT APPR the entire approach procedure will
be flown.
c. INTCEPT Pressed to allow interception of final approach course.
line select key
(NAV page 1)
NOTE
GPS stand-alone and GPS overlay approaches can be flown only when
retrieved from a current database.

[Link].4.1 VNAV During Approach Operations

1. VNAV key Press VNAV key to access VNAV page. Check that the altitude constraints associated
with all the approach points are displayed and that there are no vertical discontinuities in the VNAV
descent path.
a. It is possible to program an enroute VNAV segment to terminate at a published minimum
enroute altitude that is below the FMS computed crossing altitude for the Final Approach Fix
(FAF). If VNAV is active when sequencing to the FAF, the FMS will interpret this segment as a
climb segment and cancel the VNAV mode. To ensure availability of VNAV guidance for the
final approach segment, pilots must either ensure that no vertical discontinuities exist between
the enroute segment and the approach segment or ensure that VNAV is not active when
sequencing to the FAF. For the latter case, normal approach VNAV arming and activation will
occur 2 nm prior to the FAF.
b. When altitudes are manually entered before or after the temperature compensation function is
activated, it may produce VNAV paths with climb segments and result in a VNAV disconnect.
c. It is possible to enter waypoint altitude constraints on the FPL pages that will violate the
enroute and approach flight path angle limitations. These waypoint altitude constraints will not
be copied onto the VNAV pages nor will it be possible to activate VNAV to these waypoints.

6---84---8 MODEL 315 1

Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

[Link].4.2 VNAV with Temperature Compensation

2. To de-activate VNAV temperature compensation:

a. FPL key Press FPL key to access Flight Plan Pages.
b. MENU key Press MENU key to access the Flight Plan Menu pages.
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the FPL
MENU page 2.
d. LS key 2R (TEMP Press to access the TEMP COMP page.
COMP)
e. LS key 5L Press to deactivate VNAV temperature compensation.
(CANCEL)
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
1. THE FMS CDU AND GLARESHIELD MESSAGE (MSG) ANNUNCIATORS ILLUMINATE.
a. FMS CDU Message Press to display Message page.
key (MSG)
b. Message requires no action Press MSG key again to acknowledge message and return to
previous page.
c. Message indicates pilot Perform necessary action. Monitor position and navigation
action required in order to guidance accuracy (reasonableness).
maintain valid navigation
guidance.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---84---9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

d. Message indicates system De-select FMS navigation guidance and use remaining
failure, invalid sensor, navigation equipment.
invalid navigation
NOTE
The POSITION UNCERTAIN message will annunciate on the CDU when
within 300 nm of DME sources and position uncertainty grows such that
system quality factor (Q) exceeds 28. Outside of DME range a Q of 60 is
required to activate the POSITION UNCERTAIN message. Once the
threshold has been set at 60, it will remain at that value until the Q
displayed on the Sensor Summary page is reduced to 10 (at which time
28 will once again become the threshold). When the system position is
being corrected by action of the DME, the message displayed will be
POSITION CORRECTING.

The glareshield MSG annunciators remain illuminated for the duration of

2. LOSS OF RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING (RAIM)

[Link] ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT

6.84.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---84---10 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 85

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE CAB DUCT / CABIN / FC DUCT GAUGE

This Supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a

Minimum Equipment List approved by the appropriate authority.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---85---2
Limitations 6---85---2
Emergency Procedures 6---85---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---85---2
Performance Data 6---85---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---85---1 and 6---85---2 Issue 1

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 13 October, 2005

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---85---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 85

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE CAB DUCT / CABIN / FC DUCT GAUGE

6.85.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:

This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a Minimum Equipment List approved by the
appropriate authority.

6.85.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable.

6.85.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
6.85.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
[Link].1 ILLUMINATION OF CABIN DUCT HOT OR FLT COMPT DUCT HOT CAUTION LIGHT:
1. CABIN PACKS or FLT COMP PACKS switch --- MAN.
2. CABIN or FLT COMP COOL/WARM switch --- Select COOL. Hold for 10 seconds.
If caution light does not go out:
3. CABIN PACKS or FLT COMP PACKS switch --- OFF.

6.85.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---85---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 86

MODEL 315

SINGLE UNS-- 1C+ FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS8Q902087)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page
General 6---86---2
Limitations 6---86---3
Emergency Procedures 6---86---4
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---86---4
Performance Data 6---86---10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---86---1 thru 6---86---10 Issue 1

Approved:
for William Jupp
Chief, Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 13 October, 2005

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---86---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc. See Effective TA
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 86

MODEL 315

SINGLE UNS-- 1C+ FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS8Q902087)

6.86.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The Single UNS---1C+ Flight Management System (FMS) is an integrated navigation management system
providing the flight crew with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS---1C+ is a system
consisting of a cockpit mounted Multi---functional Control Display Unit (MCDU), Flight Management Computer
(FMC) and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU).
Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS. One
remote---mounted Air Data Converter unit provides altitude, true air speed and static air temperature, derived
from No. 1 Air Data Computer (ADC). True airspeed, altitude, static air temperature data, etc., are routed to the
FMS from ADC #1. Fuel flow data from the fuel sensors are routed to the FMS.
The DHC --- 8 Series 300 UNS --- 1C+ FMS configuration requires the following minimum equipment to be
functional and operating:

Description Part Number Model Number FMS #1 Quantity

Flight Management System
Hardware P/N 10172 --- 61 --- 211 UNS --- 1C+ 1
Software P/N SCN 802.0 1
Antenna 10705 UniversalAvionics 1
Data Transfer Unit 1406 --- 01 --- 1 UniversalAvionics 1
Air Data Converter Unit 1500 --- 01 --- 13 UniversalAvionics 1

NOTE
The FMS P/N 10172 --- 61 --- 211 includes a built ---in GPS card with
GLONASS disabled.

6---86---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

See Effective TA
See Effective TA de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

The FMS has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the requirements of the following:

Multi---Sensor Navigation
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach (VOR, VOR---DME, RNAV, GPS Overlay (NDB), GPS ) navigation, in
accordance with FAA AC 20---130A.

VNAV
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach vertical navigation in accordance with FAA AC 20---129.

B---RNAV / RNP---5
B---RNAV / RNP---5 navigation in accordance with JAA AMJ 20X2, Leaflet No.2, rev. 1.

P---RNAV / RNP---1
P---RNAV / RNP---1 navigation in accordance with JAA Temporary Guidance Leaflet No. 10 (TGL 10).
NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute operational
approval to conduct the above types of operations.

With CR 834CH00536 incorporated, the requirements for TSO---C129a (lateral deviation scaling) are met. This
will allow the pilot to fly FMS navigation using raw data provided by the EHSI.

6.86.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following which applies to single FMS operations:
1. Software part number SCN 802.0 must be installed and verified prior to using the FMS for navigation
2. The FMS is approved for en---route, terminal and approach navigation.
3. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed on EHSI while the
system is in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed (CR834CH00536) on EHSI while the system is in the
approach mode.
4. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902,
applicable to the installed software version SCN 802.0 (or equivalent at current revision) must be
available to the flight crew. If a difference exists between this supplement and the Operator’s Manual
(OM), this Supplement shall take precedence.
5. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be verified
for accuracy prior to their use.
6. The aircraft must have other approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight (en---route
and terminal) installed and operating so as to provide an alternate means of navigation.
7. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated, and the FMS is
used as the primary source of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is prohibited.
8. The pilot and co---pilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
9. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode (APPR) and for GPS approaches,
RAIM must be available at the Final Approach Fix.
10. The instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach
procedures that are retrieved from the FMS database. The FMS must incorporate the current update
cycle. The pilot must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications.
11. Minimum descent altitude (MDA) for FMS approaches is the higher of 400 ft above runway elevation or
the published MDA.
12. If VNAV through approach is planned, changes to the PILOT defined approach altitudes must be made
prior to commencing descent.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---86---3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

6.86.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.86.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

6---86---4 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

NOTE
When the system is in Terminal Mode, a green “TRM” will be displayed
on the upper left corner of the EHSI next to “CRS”. When an FMS
approach is activated, a green “APP” will be displayed on the upper left
corner of the EHSI next to “CRS”. In the enroute condition there is no
specific indication.
With CR834CH00536 incorporated, if “TRM” is not displayed, lateral
scaling will revert to 7.5 nm for 2 dots of CDI scale deviation on the EHSI.

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---86---5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

2. FMS CDU
Refer to the FMS Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902 (or equivalent at current revision).
[Link].2 PRE---TAXI CHECKS and INITIALIZATION.
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which HSI (EHSI) is to display navigation data.
NOTE
On EFlS equipped airplanes RNAV bearing---to---waypoint may be
displayed on the pilot’s and co---pilot’s EHSIs by selecting the RNV1
position of the BRG 0 selector on the EFIS controllers.

b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance. (On EFIS
Selector (AUX) equipped airplanes, RNV1 annunciates in blue on the pilot’s EHSI if
NAV SEL switch is selected to the pilot’s side). RNV1 annunciates in
blue on the co---pilot’s EHSI if NAV SEL is selected to co---pilot’s side.
2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. ON/OFF key Press to activate system. System will self test and the Initialization page
should automatically appear at the end of the self test indicating
system is ready for use.
NOTE
If an ADC test is planned, it must be conducted prior to selecting the
FMS ON/OFF key ON.

b. ACCEPT Press line select key to accept data. If data shown on initialization
line select key page is incorrect, manually correct data per Operator’s Manual,
Report No. 2423sv802/902 (or equivalent at current revision).
[Link].3 NAVIGATION
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which NAV source is used to display
navigation data.
b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance. (On EFIS
Selector (AUX) equipped airplanes, RNV1 annunciates in blue on the pilot’s EHSI if
NAV SEL is selected to the pilot’s side. RNV1 annunciates in blue on
the co---pilot’s EHSI if NAV SEL is selected to co---pilot’s side.)
2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. Flight Plan key Press FPL key to access flight planning mode.
FPL Enter desired way points for the planned flight.
or:
b. CPY RTE Press CPY RTE line select key to access previously stored flight
line select key plan line select key route. Enter route reference number.
then:
ENTER key Press ENTER to load desired route. To create new flight plan route,
refer to Owner’s Operating Manual, Report No. 2423sv802/902 (or
equivalent at current revision).
then:
Flight Plan key Press FPL key to return to access Flight Planning mode.
FPL
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the FPL
SUMMARY page. Use the line select keys to position the cursor over
each entry field and enter values for the required fields.

6---86---6 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

d. FUEL key Press FUEL key to access FUEL data pages. Use appropriate line
select keys to position the cursor over each entry field and enter values
for the required fields.
NOTE
When using fuel data function, ensure the correct operational empty
weight of the aircraft and on-board fuel is shown on FUEL data page 1.

NOTE
1. Only flight plan waypoints may be used to define vertical waypoints.
2. VNAV APPROACH flight path angle is limited to a maximum of 4_.
3. VNAV mode is available for descent only.

To couple the Flight Director to FMS lateral guidance:

d. Message indicates system De-select FMS navigation guidance and use remaining
failure, invalid sensor, navigation equipment.
invalid navigation
NOTE
The POSITION UNCERTAIN message will annunciate on the CDU when
within 300 nm of DME sources and position uncertainty grows such that
system quality factor (Q) exceeds 28. Outside of DME range a Q of 60 is
required to activate the POSITION UNCERTAIN message. Once the
threshold has been set at 60, it will remain at that value until the Q
displayed on the Sensor Summary page is reduced to 10 (at which time
28 will once again become the threshold). When the system position is
being corrected by action of the DME, the message displayed will be
POSITION CORRECTING.

The glareshield MSG annunciators remain illuminated for the duration of

2. LOSS OF RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MONITORING (RAIM)

[Link] ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT

6.86.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---86---10 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

' _ $ ( _

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

" # $ " " " %

" !$% &$&'$ $( )" ! *! )" &
%!% +!% & '( " && &!"(

& $

$ &,

-&$
%&
%,( !
.%&$ & '%&$ !
/%& &&

0 0012 - . 3 4.5

"!," !

6 !

5
9&$ ":
1"/ 0$,"
/ 7 .&&$
&/ 1/&
;&"
&5 &(7 8

!
!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

AMENDMENT

" # $ " " " %

' "
" ,&$ /%& &$&'$ )" " & / " /$$),5
" !$% &$&'$ $( )" ! *! )" & %!% +!% &
'( " && &!"(

'
" $%& & " !$% 1%&'$( &'$ !' & &$&'$

' " $( "$"

" %,( ! & &$&'$ )" " & / " /$$),5
. 1 ;4 0 4 93 . 1 -.< < . < 2 => 1 -. 1 4 . -3
4. ?

0 . ;4 0 4 =4. . 0 1 ;4 1 4 . -3?

4@ ; )" 00
$
$ " 1 ;4 0 4 )" ;4 0 4 <
$
;&( !& / & / &$ 8 %!

$$ ) /% " $/ %& 1 '! & !&&$&'$

& & & &&'$

<-3 . ;4 0 4 =4. . 0 1 ;47 > 1 -. . . ; <A 1 4 . -3?
. ; & 4@ ; )" 00
1 1 .< -. )" 00
$
$ " 1 ;4 0 4 )" ;4 0 4 <

$$ ) /% " $/ %& & ," %& 1 '! &
!&&$&'$

& & & '$

. 1 ;4 0 4 93 . 1 -.< < . < 2 => 1 -. 1 4 . -3
4. ?

0 . ;4 0 4 =4. . 0 1 ;4 0 47 > 1 -. . 4@ ; <A 1 4 .
-3?
. ; & 4@ ; )" 00

!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

AMENDMENT

1 1 .< -. )" 00

$
$ " 1 ;4 0 4 )" ;4 0 4 <
$
;&( !& / & / &$ 8 %!

$$ ) /% " $/ %& & ," %& 1 '! &
!&&$&'$

& & & '$

<-3 . ;4 0 4 =4. . 0 1 ;4 0 4 1 4 . -3?

. ; )" 00
$
$ " 1 ;4 0 4 )" ;4 0 4 <

$$ ) /% " ," %& 1 '! & !&&$&'$

& & & &&'$

') " &" "$"

6 . < < 1 4< " %&$ ! 6 & &$&'$
6 ;. < < 1 4< " &'%&$ ! 6 & &$&'$

'! "" $

" /%& && & &$&'$

!
!

Print Date: 2022-07-31

( & *

6 !

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc. Section 6
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

SUPPLEMENT 93

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE ENGINE FIRE LOOP

This Supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a

Minimum Equipment List approved by the appropriate authority.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6---93---2
Limitations 6---93---2
Emergency Procedures 6---93---2
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6---93---2
Performance Data 6---93---2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6---93---1 and 6---93---2 Issue 1

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 30 October, 2006

Issue 1 MODEL 315 6---93---1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6 de Havilland Inc.
D.O.T. Approved DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1---83---1A

SUPPLEMENT 93

MODEL 315

OPERATION WITH INOPERATIVE ENGINE FIRE LOOP

6.93.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
This supplement is applicable only when used in conjunction with a Minimum Equipment List approved
by the appropriate authority.
6.93.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub-Section 1.5 are applicable.
6.93.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

6.93.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES. The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the
following:
[Link].1 ENGINE START PROCEDURE
1. ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 fire TEST DETECTION switch --- Hold alternately for a minimum of one sec-
ond at ENGINE 1 and ENGINE 2 positions and check:
a. PULL FUEL OFF handle light illuminates.
b. FAULT A and FAULT B (non-affected engine fire loop) advisory lights illuminate and FAULT A or
FAULT B (affected engine fire loop) advisory light illuminates.
c. CHECK FIRE DET warning light illuminates.
d. Master WARNING light flashes.
e. ENGINE FIRE lights flash.
f. With S.O.O. 8105 incorporated, fire warning bell rings.
[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES. The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition
of the following:
[Link].1 ENGINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM FAILURES
[Link].1.1 FAILURE OF THE SECOND FIRE DETECTION LOOP ON THE AFFECTED SIDE (ILLUMINATION
OF CHECK FIRE DET WARNING LIGHT AND FAULT A OR FAULT B ADVISORY LIGHT)
1. Land as soon as practicable.

6.93.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6---93---2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SUPPLEMENT 97

MODEL 311/314/315

SINGLE OR DUAL UNS- 1Ew FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS 8Q420799 or MS 8Q420829 or MS 8Q420864)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page

General 6- 97- 2
Limitations 6- 97- 4
Emergency Procedures 6- 97- 5
Normal and Abnormal Procedures 6- 97- 6
Performance Data 6- 97- 16

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT:

6- 97- 1 through 6- 97- 16 Issue 3

Approved:
Andreas Hartono
A/ Chief Flight Test
for Director, national
Aircraft Certification
Branch

Date: 7 June, 2022

Issue
Issue 33 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SUPPLEMENT 97

MODEL 311/314/315

SINGLE OR DUAL UNS- 1Ew FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(MS 8Q420799 or MS 8Q420829 or MS 8Q420864)

6.97.1 GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 is applicable with the addition of the following:
The UNS- 1Ew Flight Management System (FMS) is an integrated navigation system providing the flight crew
with navigation, flight planning and fuel management data. The UNS- 1Ew is a system consisting of a cockpit
mounted Multi- functional Control Display Unit (MCDU), Flight Management Computer (FMC) and an internal
Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) sensor capable of using the Global Positioning System (GPS)
augmented by the Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS), including the Wide Area Augmentation
System (WAAS), Multi- functional Satellite Augmentation System(MSAS), European Geostationary Navigation
Overlay Service (EGNOS), and GPS Aided Geosynchronous Augmented Navigation System (GAGAN),
enclosed in a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). For all phases of flight and non- SBAS approaches, the FMS
navigates and generates guidance using a multi- sensor filter with GPS/SBAS sensor position/velocity as one
of the inputs to the filter. The internal GNSS incorporates Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM).
Position information is derived from VOR #1, DME #1 and GPS/WAAS #1 for the pilot’s side FMS and VOR #2,
DME #2 and GPS/WAAS #2 for the copilot’s side FMS, when installed. Two remote- mounted Air Data
Converter units provide altitude, true air speed and static air temperature, derived from No. 1 and No. 2 Air Data
Computers (ADC). True airspeed, altitude, static air temperature data, etc., are routed to FMS #1 from ADC #1
and to FMS #2 from ADC #2. Fuel flow data from the fuel sensors are routed to both FMS #1 and FMS #2.
The DHC - 8 Series 100 UNS - 1Ew FMS configuration requires the following equipment to be installed:

Description Part Number Model Number FMS #1 Quantity FMS #2 Quantity

Flight Management System
Hardware P/N 3017 - 41 - 211 UNS - 1Ew 1 1
Software P/N SCN 1000.2 1 1
Antenna 10708 UniversalAvionics 1 1
Data Transfer Unit 1406 - 01 - 1 UniversalAvionics 1 (part of FMS #1)
Air Data Converter Unit 1500 - 01 - 13 UniversalAvionics 1 1

NOTE
The FMS #2 equipment listed above is only required in Dual FMS
installations.

The FMS provides lateral navigation (LNAV) guidance based on data from the navigation receivers and air data
sensors. A vertical navigation (VNAV) function (that meets the FAA AC20- 129) allows the flight crew to define a
desired vertical flight profile along the flight plan route. An FMS approach mode allows the operator to fly
non-precision Flight Director only or Autopilot approaches. Additionally, a vertical flight path through the
approach waypoints may be defined. The FMS provides course, course deviation, bearing- to- waypoint and
distance- to- waypoint information displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s EHSI and is coupled to the AFCS for
Flight Director and Autopilot functions.
Fuel flow data from the fuel flow sensors provide the inputs necessary to integrate real time fuel management
information with the navigational functions. During flight the FMS automatically updates the fuel on board and
gross weight as well as predicted fuel requirements based on fuel flow, groundspeed and, if entered by the pilot,
enroute flight plan winds.

6- 97- 2 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

A self- contained database stored in the non- volatile memory of the FMC provides the FMS with information on
over 100,000 waypoints, navaids and airports.
The UNS- 1Ew FMS is approved to TSO C115b and includes GPS/WAAS navigation equipment approved to
TSO- 146b Class Gama 3.
Operators must obtain the navigation database from a supplier that complies with Radio Technical Commission
for Aeronautics (RTCA) DO 200A/EUROCAE document ED 76, Standards for Processing Aeronautical Data. An
acceptable method of compliance is a Type 2 Letter of Acceptance (LoA) (or equivalent) given to the supplier by
the supplier’s regulatory authority.
In dual FMS installations, the FMS operating mode is configured for Crossfill (XFILL) or Synchronous (SYNC)
mode as a customer option. If configured as Synchronous, it may be selected as Independent by the flight crew.
In Independent mode, each FMS operates as a stand- alone system. In Synchronized mode, pilot inputs to the
lateral navigation (LNAV), vertical navigation (VNAV), Flight Plan (FPL) or Fuel (FUEL) Pages are automatically
accepted by the offside FMS. Inputs to the lateral and vertical navigation submodes will also be synchronized
(e.g. DTO, PVOR, HDG, HDG- INT, SXTK, HOLD, APPR ACT, MISSED APPR, VPATH, VTO, VAPP and TEMP
COMP). Each FMS continues to perform its own navigation solution, performance calculations, sensor
monitoring, database and radio management. Coupling with external guidance systems, manual sensor
selection/deselection and the inhibiting of NAVAIDS is independent. Navigation data outputs remain
independent (track, distance- to- waypoint, time- to- go, cross - track error, bearing- to- waypoint, etc.), as
does the map display on each EHSI and FMS message functions. Manual selections of pilot preference items
such as map scaling and missed approach display “ON/OFF” are not synchronized.
The FMS has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the requirements of the following:

Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS)

The installed equipment complies with FAA AC 20- 138A for navigation using GPS and WAAS (within the
coverage of a Space- Based Augmentation System complying with ICAO Annex 10) for en route, terminal area,
non- precision approach operations (including “GPS”, “or GPS” and “RNAV” approaches).
Multi- Sensor Navigation
VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach navigation, in accordance with FAA AC 20- 130A.

Vertical Navigation (VNAV)

VFR / IFR enroute, terminal and approach vertical navigation in accordance with FAA AC 20- 129.
Basic Area Navigation (B - RNAV)
B - RNAV navigation in accordance with EASA AMC 20- 4.

Precision Area Navigation (P- RNAV)

P- RNAV navigation in accordance with JAA Temporary Guidance Leaflet No. 10 (TGL 10).
NOTE
This Flight Manual Supplement does not constitute operational
approval to conduct the above types of operations.

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

6.97.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table are applicable with the addition of
the following which applies to single or dual FMS operations:
1. Software part number SCN 1000.2 must be installed and verified prior to using the FMS for
navigation.

NOTE
The same software version must be installed in each FMS of a Dual FMS
configuration.
2. Whenever navigation is predicated on the FMS, the Operator’s Manual, Report No. 2423, applicable
to the installed software version must be available to the flight crew. If a difference exists between
this supplement and the Operator’s Manual (OM), this Supplement shall take precedence.
3. Use of vertical navigation (VNAV) is prohibited when either TRM is not displayed while the system is
in terminal mode, or APP is not displayed while the system is in the approach mode.
4. Approach must not be commenced or continued if APP is not displayed.
5. When using previously stored flight plans, approaches and waypoints, the waypoints must be
verified for accuracy prior to their use.
6. If GPS information is not adequate for navigation (GPS INTEG advisory light illuminated), and the
FMS is used as the primary source of navigation guidance, use of both EHSIs in MAP mode is
prohibited.
7. The pilot and copilot altimeters must be the primary altitude reference for all VNAV operations.
8. Instrument approaches must be conducted in the approach mode (APPR) and GPS Integrity
monitoring (when using GPS/SBAS including ”GPS”, ”or GPS” and ”RNAV” approaches), must be
available at the Final Approach Fix, as indicated to the pilot by the GPS INTEG annunciator light
being off.
9. Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with instrument approach procedures
that are retrieved from the FMS database. The FMS must incorporate the current update cycle. The
pilot must verify approach waypoints for accuracy by reference to current publications.
10. FMS based ILS, LOC, LOC- BC and MLS approaches are prohibited.
11. VNAV vertical path angles greater than 6° in enroute and terminal mode and greater than 4° in
approach mode are prohibited.
12. When the altimeter is adjusted to display height above ground (QFE) rather than sea level, use of
VNAV is prohibited.
13. P- RNAV operations may only be conducted with an FMS in terminal mode.
14. With the FMS database expired, unless the pilot verifies the waypoints for accuracy by reference to
current publications, IFR enroute and terminal navigation is prohibited.
15. With the FMS database expired approach navigation is prohibited.
16. The FMS must not be used for navigation guidance during periods when the POSITION
UNCERTAIN message is displayed on the CDU.
17. Flight above 73 degrees north latitude or below 60 degrees south latitude using the FMS may be
conducted only when magnetic variation is input manually into the system or an alternate true
heading source is used and no manual variation has been input.
18. FMS Fuel display parameters are advisory only and must not be used as the primary means for
computing fuel load and range.
19. The FMS may only be used for navigation guidance if the reference co- ordinate data system for the
intended route is WGS- 84, NAD - 83 or equivalent.

6- 97- 4 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

20. Use of pilot - defined approaches are prohibited under Instrument Meteorological Conditions.
21. When altitudes are manually entered before or after the temperature compensation function is
activated, it may produce VNAV paths with climb segments and result in a VNAV disconnect.
22. When operating in an area with no SBAS coverage or SBAS has failed and GPS is used for
navigation, the aircraft must have approved navigation equipment appropriate to the route of flight
installed and operating so as to provide an alternate means of navigation.
23. LPV and LNAV/VNAV SBAS level of service (LOS) approaches are prohibited.
24. VNAV mode must not be used for vertical legs which include VECTOR, holding or procedure turn
(PR- TRN) legs.
25. The FMS may produce erroneous guidance and steering when all three of the following conditions
are met:
a. The approach has one or more intermediate fixes between the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and
End of Approach (EOA).
b. The first missed approach segment guidance leg is a straight Track - to- Fix (TF) leg or a
Precision Arc- to- Fix (RF) leg.
c. The FMS Missed Approach function is activated before the last approach waypoint becomes
active.

The use of the FMS for approaches with the above characteristics is prohibited.
26. Use of ETP / PNR function on flight routes exceeding 85 degrees North or South latitude is
prohibited.

6.97.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 5

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

6.97.4 NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
[Link] NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the following:
[Link].1 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
1. Glareshield Annunciator/Switching Panel
a. Waypoint Alert Illuminates prior to automatic leg change or on arrival at the TO
annunciator waypoint.
(W/P ALERT)
b. Message Illuminates in conjunction with the message advisory light on the CDU.
annunciator (MSG)
c. Crosstrack Illuminates whenever a left or right Cross Track (parallel offset) is
annunciator (XTRK) activated.
NOTE
A selected Cross Track is cancelled by any leg change.
d. Vertical Navigation Illuminates when VNAV switchlight is pressed within two minutes of
Armed (ARM) Top of Descent, indicating VNAV function is armed.
ARM goes out at Top of Descent.
e. Vertical Navigation Illuminates at Top of Descent only after VNAV has been armed.
Capture (CAP)
f. RNAV approach Illuminates when within 50 nm of the destination runway, the ARM
(RNAV APP) APPR or ACT APPR option has been selected and a valid approach
geometry has been programmed into the flight plan.
g. Heading Illuminates when establishing control of the aircraft heading from the FMS.
annunciator
(RNAV HDG)
h. GPS Integrity lluminates whenever the integrity of the GPS position cannot be
annunciator assured to meet minimum requirements for the particular phase of
(GPS INTEG) flight. GPS-based approaches must not be flown if the GPS INTEG
annunciator is illuminated. Whenever the GPS INTEG annunciator is
illuminated, GPS position must be monitored by cross-reference to
other navigation sensors.

6- 97- 6 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

2. Lateral and Vertical Scale Sensitivity

PHASE OF FLIGHT LATERAL SCALING VERTICAL SCALING COMMENTS

SENSITIVITY SENSITIVITY
ENROUTE a. 2.0 nm for two dots of 1,476 ft (450m) for two
CDI scale deviation. dots of vertical scale
b. Two dots of CDI scale deviation
deviation equals RNP with
the RNP value coded in
the navigation data base.
TERMINAL a. 1.0 nm for two dots of 492 ft (150m) for two
CDI scale deviation. dots of vertical scale
b. Two dots of CDI scale deviation
deviation equals RNP with
the RNP value coded in
the navigation data base.
APPROACH 2° for two dots of CDI 492 ft (150 m) for two The lateral scale sen-
scale deviation until two dots of vertical scale sitivity change occurs
dots deviation is equal to deviation then angular to before the Final Ap-
350 ft , then Approach 148 ft (45 m) for all proach Fix (FAF)
Scale Sensitivity is 350 ft approaches
for two dots of CDI scale
deviation

[Link].2 PRE - TAXI CHECKS and INITIALIZATION.

1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which HSI (EHSI) is to display navigation data.

NOTE
On EFlS equipped airplanes RNAV bearing- to- waypoint may be
displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s EHSIs by selecting the RNV1 or
RNV2 position, if FMS 2 installed, on the BRG 0 selector on the EFIS
controllers.

b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance. (On EFIS
Selector (AUX) equipped airplanes, in dual FMS installations, RNV1 annunciates in
blue on the pilot’s EHSI if NAV SEL switch is selected to the pilot’s
side. RNV2 annunciates in blue on the copilot’s EHSI if NAV SEL is
selected to copilot’s side. In single FMS installations, RNV1
annunciates in blue on the respective pilot’s EHSI if the NAV SEL is
selected to that pilot’s side. RNV1 annunciates in amber if the NAV
SEL switch is used to select FMS guidance on both pilot’s sides at the
same time).

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 7

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. ON/OFF key Press to activate system. System will self test and the Initialization page
should automatically appear at the end of the self test indicating
system is ready for use.

NOTE
If an ADC test is planned, it must be conducted prior to selecting the
FMS ON/OFF key ON.
b. ACCEPT Press the ACCEPT line select key to accept data. If data shown on
line select key initialization line select key page is incorrect, manually correct data
per Operator’s Manual.

NOTE
1. In Dual FMS installations configured for Synchronized mode operation,
the FMS that is second to initialize will automatically synchronize to the
first FMS.
2. In FMS installations configured for crossfill operation, both FMS must be
initialized prior to use of XFILL or MSTR XFILL functions.

6- 97- 8 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

[Link].3 NAVIGATION
1. Flight Guidance Controller
a. Navigation selector Press NAV SEL to select which NAV source is used to display
navigation data.
b. Auxiliary Navigation Press AUX to display FMS navigation guidance.
Selector (AUX)
2. FMS Control Display Unit
a. FPL key Press FPL key to access flight planning mode.
Enter desired way points for the planned flight.

or:
b. CPY RTE Press CPY RTE line select key to access previously stored flight
line select key plan line select key route. Enter route reference number.

then:
c. ENTER key Press ENTER to load desired route. To create new flight plan route,
refer to Operating Manual.

then:
d. FPL key Press FPL key to return to Flight Plan pages.
e. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the FPL
SUMMARY page. Use the line select keys to position the cursor over
each entry field and enter values for the required fields.
f. FUEL key Press FUEL key to access FUEL data pages. Use appropriate line
select keys to position the cursor over each entry field and enter
values for the required fields.

NOTE
When using fuel data function, ensure the correct operational empty
weight of the aircraft and on-board fuel is shown on FUEL Data page 1.

g. NAV key Press NAV key to access navigation display pages. Check that the
information on NAV page 1 correlates with the information displayed
on the EHSI.

To couple the Flight Director to FMS lateral guidance:

3. Flight Guidance Controller
a. HSI selector Press to select appropriate side.
(HSI SEL)
b. Navigation mode Press to select Flight Director RNAV lateral guidance mode.
selector (NAV) Check LNAV is annunciated on ID - 802 display and EADI and the
Flight Director provides lateral steering to the active leg.

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 9

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NOTE
The FMS HEADING mode and the FMS HEADING INTERCEPT mode
allow the pilot to control the aircraft heading through the NAV HEADING
page of the FMS, while maintaining a display of information pertaining to
the current navigation leg. When this mode is active, while coupled to
the Flight Director, the RNAV HDG annunciator illuminates and lateral
steering commands will be in accordance with the pilot entered aircraft
heading from the CDU. The page is accessed when the HDG line select
key is depressed on NAV page 1 or on the NAV APPR page.

[Link].4 APPROACH
1. FMS Control Display Unit
a. FPL Key Press FPL key to access Flight Plan pages.
b. MENU line Press MENU line select key to access the Flight Plan Menu pages.
select key
c. ARRIVE line Press ARRIVE line select key to access the Arrival/Approach Flight
select key Planning Information pages. Insert arrival data as per Operator’s
(FPL Menu Page 1) Manual.
d. FPL Key Press FPL key to return to Flight Plan pages.
e. NAV Key Press NAV key. Check ARM APPR becomes available on NAV Page 1
when the aircraft is within 50 nm of the runway.
The approach may be manually ARMED when within 50 nm of the destination runway and the following steps
are performed:
f. ARM APPR ARM APPR becomes available at the 50 nm point.
line select key When pressed, the key name will change to ACT APPR and the RNAV
(NAV page 1) APP annunciator will illuminate on the glareshield.

NOTE
If an approach is linked into the flight plan and is not armed before
reaching 30 nm from the destination, the system will automatically arm
and the CDI scaling will change to 1 nm.
g. ACT APPR Approach may be manually activated by pressing the ACT APPR
line select key line select key.
(NAV page 1)
The FMS will go to Heading mode and the RNAV HDG annunciator will illuminate on the glareshield.
The pilot must manually set up the approach intercept angle.
NOTE
1. If ACT APPR is selected, all intervening waypoints from the present
FR- TO leg to the first approach waypoint will be sequenced and
EHSI guidance will be to that waypoint. Desired track pointer will be
set to the inbound course for the approach.
2. If the pilot does not select ACT APPR the entire approach procedure
will be flown.

h. INTERCEPT When the correct intercept angle is established, the INTERCEPT

line select key line select key on NAV Page 1 must be pressed to allow interception
(NAV Page 1) of final approach course.

6- 97- 10 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NOTE
GPS stand-alone and GPS overlay approaches can be flown only when
retrieved from a current database.

At the final Approach Fix:

i. Course Deviation Check green ”APP” is displayed on the upper left corner of the EHSI
Scale annunciator next to ”CRS” to indicate FMS Approach Mode and Approach Scaling
(APP) is active.

NOTE
FMS based instrument approaches must be conducted in the FMS
approach mode, and GPS Integrity monitoring (when using GPS/SBAS
including ”GPS”, ”or GPS” and ”RNAV” approaches) must be available
at the Final Approach Fix, as indicated to the pilot by the GPS INTEG
annunciator being off.

To initiate a missed approach:

a. Power Lever Press to activate Flight Director Go- Around mode. Check WINGS LVL
GA switch and GA are annunciated on ID - 802 display and EADI.
b. Navigation mode Press to re- select Flight Director RNAV lateral guidance mode.
selector (NAV) Check LNAV is annunciated on ID - 802 display and EADI and the
Flight Director provides lateral steering to the active leg.
c. FMS Control Press FMS Control Display Unit NAV key. Check on NAV page 1 or 2
Display Unit that the *EOA* gap has been removed and the TO and NX waypoints
have sequenced as required to provide continuous missed approach
guidance after passing the Missed Approach waypoint.

NOTE
1. If a missed approach is initiated prior to the FMS entering approach
mode (APPR), automatic activation of approach mode is not inhibited
and the FMS will enter APPR mode if the required activation conditions
are met. To cancel FMS APPR mode and maintain required missed
approach guidance, it will be necessary to manually select the MISSD
APPR LSK on any NAV APPR page or press the POWER lever GA button
again, after passing the Final Approach Fix.
2. After initiating a missed approach, if a portion of the flight plan outside
the approach or missed approach is edited prior to reaching the missed
approach waypoint, the FMS may re- insert the *EOA GAP* as the NX
waypoint on NAV display pages and it will be necessary to manually
sequence the FMS to remove the *EOA* gap to provide continuous
missed approach guidance.

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 11

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

[Link].5 VERTICAL NAVIGATION (VNAV)
To activate VNAV mode:
a. VNAV key Press the VNAV key to access VNAV display pages. Enter values for
the required fields until the Target Vertical Speed (TGT V/S) have been
defined. Repeat the process using the NX entry fields for defining
subsequent VNAV waypoints.

NOTE
1. Only flight plan waypoints may be used to define vertical waypoints.
2. VNAV APPROACH flight path angle is limited to a maximum of 4 .
3. VNAV mode is available for descent only.
b. EADI Display Check. Vertical path deviation scale is displayed on the EADI.

To cancel VNAV mode:

c. VNAV Key Press VNAV key to access VNAV Page.

d. CNCL VNAV Press CNCL VNAV line select key to cancel VNAV.
line select key

To couple the Flight Director to FMS vertical guidance:

NOTE
FMS lateral guidance must be active before vertical guidance can be
coupled.

When within 2 minutes of descent point:

e. VNAV Switchlight Press to arm Flight Director VNAV vertical guidance mode. Check
ARM is annunciated in white.

At VNAV capture:
f. VNAV Switchlight Check CAP is annunciated in green and the Flight Director provides
vertical steering commands to the vertical path.

[Link].5.1 VNAV DURING APPROACH OPERATIONS

NOTE
1. It is possible to program an enroute VNAV segment to terminate at a
published minimum enroute altitude that is below the FMS computed
crossing altitude for the Final Approach Fix (FAF). If VNAV is active when
sequencing to the FAF, the FMS will interpret this segment as a climb
segment and cancel the VNAV mode. To ensure availability of VNAV
guidance for the final approach segment, pilots must either ensure that
no vertical discontinuities exist between the enroute segment and the
approach segment, that the flight path angle into the FAF is not steeper
than the allowable approach flight path angle of 4° or ensure that VNAV
is not active when sequencing to the FAF. For the latter case, normal
approach VNAV arming and activation will occur 2 nm prior to the FAF.

6- 97- 12 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

2. It is possible to enter waypoint altitude constraints on the FPL pages
that will violate the enroute and approach flight path angle limitations.
These waypoint altitude constraints will not be copied onto the VNAV
pages nor will it be possible to activate VNAV to these waypoints.
To manually couple the Flight Director to FMS approach vertical guidance:
NOTE
1. The FMS must be in active APPR mode and FMS lateral guidance must
be active before approach vertical guidance can be manually activated.
2. If Terminal Area VNAV page altitudes do not agree with the NAV page,
after a lateral DTO or manual leg changes, VNAV must be selected and
either: (a) Perform a Vertical Direct To (VTO) or, (b) Select the TO vertical
waypoint and enter an altitude and target Vertical Speed, if not present,
to define a Vertical Path and allow activation of VNAV guidance.

b. VNAV Switchlight Press to arm Flight Director VNAV vertical guidance mode.
Check ARM is annunciated in white.

At VNAV Capture:
c. VNAV Switchlight Check CAP is annunciated in green and the Flight Director provides
vertical steering commands to the vertical path.

[Link].5.2 VNAV WITH TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION

1. To activate VNAV temperature compensation:
a. FPL key Press FPL key to access Flight Plan Pages.
b. MENU key Press MENU key to access the Flight Plan Menu pages.
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the
FPL MENU page 2.
d. LS key 2R Press to access the TEMP COMP page. Input
(TEMP COMP) required information as per Operator’s Manual.
e. LS key 5L Press to activate VNAV temperature compensation. Check
(ACTIVATE) TCMP in cyan appears in the upper left corner of all pages of
the FMS CDU during the referenced approach phases only.
NOTE
1. Temperature compensation is provided for temperatures below 0° C
only.
2. Manually input altitudes will not have an altitude correction applied
when the temperature compensation function is activated or cancelled.
3. When altitudes are manually entered before or after the temperature
compensation function is activated, it may produce VNAV paths with
climb segments and result in VNAV disconnect.
4. When TEMP COMP ON is annunciated, all waypoints of the approach,
including transition and missed approach, will display the compensated
altitude as indicated by an inverse video ”T” symbol adjacent to the
waypoint altitude.

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 13

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

2. To de-activate VNAV temperature compensation:
a. FPL key Press FPL key to access Flight Plan Pages.
b. MENU key Press MENU key to access the Flight Plan Menu pages.
c. PREV or NEXT keys Press the PREV and/or NEXT keys as required to access the
FPL MENU page 2.
d. LS key 2R Press to access the TEMP COMP page.
(TEMP COMP)
e. LS key 5L Press to deactivate VNAV temperature compensation.
(CANCEL)

[Link].6 SYNCHRONIZED MODE OPERATION (DUAL FMS INSTALLATIONS ONLY)

NOTE
1. The potential exists for each FMS to be in a different mode or flight plan
leg for short periods of time due to small differences in FMS position. If a
pilot input is made on one FMS that is not available on the other unit due
to the current mode of operation, Synchronized mode will automatically
cancel.
2. If a pilot input is made on an FMS during the period of time it is being
synchronized to the opposite unit, the FMS may display a SYNC IN
PROGRESS message along the top of both FMS MCDU. The receiving
FMS temporarily ignores the input until the conflict can be resolved. If it
is not possible to resolve the conflict, Synchronized mode will
automatically cancel.
3. Cancellation of Synchronized mode is indicated by a ”FMS SYNC
LOSS” message on the FMS MCDU and a cyan inverse video ” I ”
appearing in the top right corner of both FMS MCDU.
To manually deactivate Synchronized mode:
a. NAV key Press NAV key to access Navigation Page.
b. MENU key Press MENU key to access the Navigation Menu Pages.
c. SYNC LSK Press SYNC LSK to access the Synchronization menu.
d. INDEPENDENT LSK Press INDEPENDENT LSK to de- activate Synchronized mode.

NOTE
A cyan inverse video ” I ” appears in upper right corner of the FMS
MCDU to indicate Independent mode operation.

To manually activate Synchronized mode:

a. NAV key Press NAV key to access Navigation Page.
b. MENU key Press MENU key to access the Navigation Menu Pages.
c. SYNC LSK Press SYNC LSK to access the Synchronization menu.
d. FROM FMS# or Press the FROM FMS # LSK or TO FMS # LSK to initiate
TO FMS# LSK synchronization and instruct the onside FMS to receive data
from the offside FMS or transmit data to the offside FMS.

6- 97- 14 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
PSM 1- 83- 1A D.O.T. Approved

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NOTE
1. The INIT SYNC prompt will not be available when there is a fault that
prevents synchronization.
2. FMS synchronization is not available if one or both FMS are in approach
mode.

[Link] ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

The abnormal procedures in Section 4 are applicable with the addition of the following:
1. THE FMS CDU AND GLARESHIELD MESSAGE (MSG) ANNUNCIATORS ILLUMINATE.
a. FMS CDU Message Press to display Message page.
key (MSG)
b. Message requires no action Press MSG key again to acknowledge message and return to
previous page.
c. Message indicates pilot Perform necessary action. Monitor position and navigation
action required in order to guidance accuracy (reasonableness). A missed approach
maintain valid navigation procedure may be required.
guidance.
d. Message indicates system De-select FMS navigation guidance and use
failure, invalid sensor, remaining navigation equipment. A missed approach
invalid navigation procedure may be required.
2. LOSS OF NAVIGATION INTEGRITY
a. Illumination of GPS Immediately monitor FMS position by cross - reference to
Integrity annunciator other navigation sensors.
(GPS INTEG) GPS- based approaches cannot be flown beyond the Final
Approach Fix (FAF) with the GPS INTEG annunciator
illuminated. A Missed Approach procedure will be required
utilizing remaining FMS sensors or navigation equipment.
b. Illumination of Revert to an alternate means of navigation.
POSITION
UNCERTAIN
message

Issue 3 MODEL 311/314/315 6- 97- 15

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Section 6
D.O.T. Approved PSM 1- 83- 1A

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

3. ENGINE FAILURE/FIRE IN FLIGHT
a. FMS FUEL MANAGEMENT

Manually enter a zero value for the fuel flow of the failed engine in place of the word FAIL on the
Fuel Flow Page. This will adjust the remaining fuel related estimates.
NOTE
Should an engine fail or be shutdown in flight, a FUEL FLOW FAIL
message will be displayed. In addition, the digital fuel flow readout on
the Fuel Flow page will read FAIL for that engine. The FUEL FLOW FAIL
message and FAIL display will also occur if the fuel flow sensor fails.

6.97.5 PERFORMANCE DATA

The performance data in Section 5 are applicable.

6- 97- 16 MODEL 311/314/315 Issue 3

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # $ ! %

! #$ %#%&# #' (! ) (!
% $$ *$ % &' ! %% %!'

# &

# %+
,%# -
$% -
$+' -
.$%# % &$%# -
/$% %%

0 0012 , . 3 4.5

!+! 6

5
8%# !9
1!/ 0#+!
/ 7 .%%#
%/ 1/%
:%!
%5 6 %'7 -

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # $ ! %

' !
! +%# /$% %#%&# (! ! % / ! /##(+5
! #$ %#%&# #' (! ) (! % $$ *$
% &' ! %% %!'

'(
! #$% - % ! #$ 1$%&#' %&# &; %
%#%&#

' ! &$ !&!

! $+' % %#%&# (! ! % / ! /##(+5

4.<. 8. 4=1 0 <

% / % $%%+ % #%+ $$%#' % ! %
%&# %7 ! + %%+%! 6 $%' &
$% $#

: 4=1 = = 1 . .., 41

#% %# &#( 67 /
- #%&# : : - (! 00
8% $7 / $$5
#%&# : : - (! : : -
- =4=> . =,.1

- 4.=4=> 0,3

#%&# : : - (! : : -

') ! #! !&!

6 . = = 1 4=
! $%# 6 % %#%&# (! ! % / ! /##(+5

6 .,. = = 1 4=

#%&# : : - (! : : -
6 - .;0,3 = 1 4=

6 - 0= <; 00

#%&# : : - (! : : -

-

Print Date: 2022-07-31

6 - :. = = 1 4=
! %&$%# 6 % %#%&# (! ! % / ! /##(+5
6 - .,. = = = 1 4=
#%&# : : - (! : : -

' !! &

! /$% %% % %#%&#

Print Date: 2022-07-31

$ # *

6

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # $%

"# $"$%" "& ' ( '
$ ## )# $ %& $$ $ &

# &

" $*
+$" ,
#$ ,
#*& ,
-#$" $ %#$" ,
.#$ $$ ,

/ //01 + - 2 3-4

$ ,

4
5$" 6
0 .7 /"*
. 7 -$$"
$. 0.$
8$

$4 "7 ,9:

Print Date: 2022-07-31

! " # $%

'
*$" .#$ $"$%" ' $ . .""'*4
"# $"$%" "& ' ( ' $ ## )#
$ %& $$ $ &

'(
"#$ , $ "# 0#$%"& $%" %; $
$"$%" ' $ . .""'*4
#$<## $* $" 97999 .

' &) &

#*& $ $"$%"

'* # &

: - = = 0 3=
#$" : $ $"$%" ' $ . .""'*4
: = >; // 020>
3 ? -? 3 ' 3
: , /= >; //
8 $ 8 , ' 8 $ 8 ,
, 8 " @
: = 02
"$*4
8 $ 8 , ' //
, 8 " -

: , 8- = = 0 3=
$%#$" : $ $"$%"

' &

.#$ $$ $ $"$%"

,

Print Date: 2022-07-31

)))

& !& *

$+$( , + +*

Please note: This Supplement is Chargeable.

To obtain a PDF copy, please contact:

De Havilland Customer Service Group

dehavillandcustomerservice@[Link]
or
(613) 271−3281

Print Date: 2022-07-31

de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 7

OPERATION INTO LUGANO, SWITZERLAND RUNWAY 01 ONLY

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 6---45---2 of the DHC---8 Model 315 Flight Manual.)

For operators with Supplement 45, ILS Raw Data Only Steep Approach (S.O.O. 8054 or
CR834CH00151 or CR834CH00223 or CR 834SO08054) incorporated:

Replace Sub---Section 6.45.2 on page 6---45---2 with the following:

6.45.2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 and the Supplement Compatibility Table in Sub---Section 1.5 are applicable
with the addition of the following:
1. ILS raw data steep approaches are approved for glideslope angles to a maximum of 6.65_ with a flap
setting of 15_ only.
2. For glidepath angles greater than 6.0_, minimum airspeed flap 15_ is approach airspeed (figure
5---8---2) + 5kts.
3. Landing from approach angles greater than 6.0_ is prohibited.
4. Landing gear down, flap 15_ and condition levers MAX must be selected prior to glideslope intercept
and used during guided approach.
5. Approach must not be commenced or must be discontinued prior to Decision Height (DH) in the event
of an engine failure.
6. Minimum decision height is 300 ft. Above Runway Threshold Elevation (ARTE) if landing with flap 15_ is
intended; and 400 ft ARTE if landing with flap 35_ is intended.

The contents of this Temporary Amendment will be rescinded in the future by the airworthiness authority.

Approved:
William Jupp
Chief Flight Test
for Director, Aircraft
Certification Branch

Date: 1 December, 2003

MODEL 315 Page 1 of 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 15

FMS FLIGHT PLAN DATA TRANSFER

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 6---80---6 of Supplement 80.)

Insert the following note immediately after the title of paragraph [Link].2, Pre-Taxi Check and
Initialization:

NOTE
A software error in the FMS may cause the FMS memory to
become corrupt after transferring the flight plan data via Crossfill.
This may cause anomalous behavior on the receiving FMS.
It is strongly recommended that the Crossfill function not be used.
If Crossfill is used, the flight plan on the receiving FMS must not be
edited after it has been received.

Approved:
for Walter Istchenko
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National
Aircraft Certification Branch

Date: 13 July, 2010

MODEL 315 Page 1 of 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

Print Date: 2022-07-31
de Havilland Inc.
PSM 1---83---1A DASH 8 FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 15

FMS FLIGHT PLAN DATA TRANSFER

(Insert this Temporary Amendment facing page 6---84---6 of Supplement 84.)

Insert the following note immediately after the title of paragraph [Link].2, Pre-Taxi Check and
Initialization:

MODEL 315 Page 2 of 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31

"# $% $$ # &' ()$ '

# " *+ ) ,)#" ()-

" )).# #$$# )% " # ) " & ' / #$# #0

( ( 1) #2 ) 1 '''-/ " , $% # ( (#2
$#)# #$ # # "#2 )2 # ." ###2 3# 4 . " , # #
2( 2" )( # 56/ " )#" 2. $( $# ." " " # ( )#" )#
.# "# % " )).# #0

7 " +

,$ &891 91/ 4 . &897 : 97;
,$ 8&91 &91/ 4 . &&97 : 97;

2 #2 2
,$ &'9 '9/ 4 . <9 &9;
,$ '9 <9/ 4 . &'9 9;

1# "# % " # 4/ " )).# , )#$# # )%0
= " , ( $#) (#2 # #2 )).0
>(#2 # )#$# #2 6 6,#3 ,- 256 6#3 ,- ) (# $ .%# $ "
# # 4
4 # 56/ " #) $( #. " )#" ) ( " ) % 22 4)
(
2 , 2( ) #6)#" / " #) $( #. 2" " )#" ) ( ) %
22 4) (
" $3#$($ )).4) 4 . , )#" ) 2" 25 #

#2 6 6,#3 ) # ## 4% " )4) ?+ 2# "
.%# " 7 @ , " + =
256 6,#3 ) # ## 4% ($#2 25 )( .# "
2# 3 4 . .%# " 7 @ , "
+ =
1# " " 32 # -/ .%# #)% # "
7 @ , $% 4 ( # #

(

Print Date: 2022-07-31

= " , 2" (#2 # #2 )).0

2" (#2 # #2 ?7 @ >7 2" = , (#2 (# )%
2" # "#4#
4 # 2$$2# ?7 @ >7 2"/ " )#" 2. $( #% " $# 2"
2( ) $ " 4 2$)# .# " #2 # $#) (#2 )# 4/
( ) $# 2" 2(
2 " $3#$($ )).4) 4 . , )#" ) 2" 25 #
= " , *)# (#2 # #2 )).0
> $( 4 ( # #
4 *)# ) " '$ # ) " "#4#
2 " $3#$($ )).4) 4 . , 2" #4( 25 #
< 1# #2 # 7# # #)% .#)) 4 22( ." " % $ # # # $
2( 2" )( "# #22(2% $% 4 #)% 24 )
= @ ?/ 7? (2 # # "#4# # " # 4

" 2 "# $% $$ .#)) 4 2# # " ( ( 4% " #. "# ( "# %

0
A ?))
+"# ,)#"
#2 / 7 #) #2
+ ##2 #

0 ' A()%/ '

(

Print Date: 2022-07-31

"# $% $$ # & '($

# " )* ( +(#" '(,

" ((-# #$$# (% " # ( " & . #$# #/

' ' 0( #1 ( 0 222,. " + $% # ' '#1
$#(# #$ # # "#1 (1 # -" ###1 3# 4 - " + # #
1' 1" (' # 56. " (#" 1- $' $# -" " " # ' (#" (#
-# "# % " ((-# #/

7 " *

+$ &890 90. 4 - &897 : 97;
+$ 8&90 &90. 4 - &&97 : 97;

1 #1 1
+$ &29 29. 4 - <9 &9;
+$ 29 <9. 4 - &29 9;

0# "# % " # 4. " ((-# + (#$# # (%/
= " + ' $#( '#1 # #1 ((-/
>'#1 # (#$# #1 6 6+#3 +, 156 6#3 +, ( '# $ -%# $ "
# # 4
4 # 56. " #( $' #- " (#" ( ' " ( % 11 4(
'
1 + 1' ( #6(#" . " #( $' #- 1" " (#" ( ' ( %
11 4( '
" $3#$'$ ((-4( 4 - + (#" ( 1" 15 #

#1 6 6+#3 ( # ## 4% " (4( ?* 1# "
-%# " 7 @ + " * =
156 6+#3 ( # ## 4% '$#1 15 (' -# "
1# 3 4 - -%# " 7 @ + "
* =
0# " " 31 # ,. -%# #(% # "
7 @ + $% 4 ' # #

'

Print Date: 2022-07-31

= " + 1" '#1 # #1 ((-/

1" '#1 # #1 ?7 @ >7 1" = + '#1 '# (%
1" # "#4#
4 # 1$$1# ?7 @ >7 1". " (#" 1- $' #% " $# 1"
1' ( $ " 4 1$(# -# " #1 # $#( '#1 (# 4.
' ( $# 1" 1'
1 " $3#$'$ ((-4( 4 - + (#" ( 1" 15 #
= " + )(# '#1 # #1 ((-/
> $' 4 ' # #
4 )(# ( " 2$ # ( " "#4#
1 " $3#$'$ ((-4( 4 - + 1" #4' 15 #
< 0# #1 # 7# # #(% -#(( 4 11' -" " % $ # # # $
1' 1" (' "# #11'1% $% 4 #(% 14 (
= @ ?. 7? '1 # # "#4# # " # 4

" 1 "# $% $$ -#(( 4 1# # " ' ' 4% " #- "# ' "# %

/
A ?((
*"# +(#"
#1 . 7 #( #1
* ##1 #

/ 2 A'(%. 2

'

Print Date: 2022-07-31

"# $% $$ # &' ()$ '

# " *+ ) ,)#" ()-

" )).# #$$# )% " # ) " & ' / #$# #0

( ( 1) #2 ) 1 333-/ " , $% # ( (#2
$#)# #$ # # "#2 )2 # ." ###2 4# 5 . " , # #
2( 2" )( # 67/ " )#" 2. $( $# ." " " # ( )#" )#
.# "# % " )).# #0

8 " +

,$ &9:1 :1/ 5 . &9:8 ; :8<
,$ 9&:1 &:1/ 5 . &&:8 ; :8<

2 #2 2
,$ &3: 3:/ 5 . ': &:<
,$ 3: ':/ 5 . &3: :<

1# "# % " # 5/ " )).# , )#$# # )%0
= " , ( $#) (#2 # #2 )).0
>(#2 # )#$# #2 7 7,#4 ,- 267 7#4 ,- ) (# $ .%# $ "
# # 5
5 # 67/ " #) $( #. " )#" ) ( " ) % 22 5)
(
2 , 2( ) #7)#" / " #) $( #. 2" " )#" ) ( ) %
22 5) (
" $4#$($ )).5) 5 . , )#" ) 2" 26 #

#2 7 7,#4 ) # ## 5% " )5) ?+ 2# "
.%# " 8 @ , " + =
267 7,#4 ) # ## 5% ($#2 26 )( .# "
2# 4 5 . .%# " 8 @ , "
+ =
1# " " 42 # -/ .%# #)% # "
8 @ , $% 5 ( # #

(

Print Date: 2022-07-31

= " , 2" (#2 # #2 )).0

2" (#2 # #2 ?8 @ >8 2" = , (#2 (# )%
2" # "#5#
5 # 2$$2# ?8 @ >8 2"/ " )#" 2. $( #% " $# 2"
2( ) $ " 5 2$)# .# " #2 # $#) (#2 )# 5/
( ) $# 2" 2(
2 " $4#$($ )).5) 5 . , )#" ) 2" 26 #
= " , *)# (#2 # #2 )).0
> $( 5 ( # #
5 *)# ) " 3$ # ) " "#5#
2 " $4#$($ )).5) 5 . , 2" #5( 26 #
' 1# #2 # 8# # #)% .#)) 5 22( ." " % $ # # # $
2( 2" )( "# #22(2% $% 5 #)% 25 )
= @ ?/ 8? (2 # # "#5# # " # 5

" 2 "# $% $$ .#)) 5 2# # " ( ( 5% " #. "# ( "# %

0
A ?))
+"# ,)#"
#2 / 8 #) #2
+ ##2 #

0 3 A()%/ 3

(

Print Date: 2022-07-31

"# $% $$ # && '($ &

# " )* ( +(#" '(,

" ((-# #$$# (% " # ( " & & . #$# #/

' ' 0( #1 ( 0 222,. " + $% # ' '#1
$#(# #$ # # "#1 (1 # -" ###1 3# 4 - " + # #
1' 1" (' # 56. " (#" 1- $' $# -" " " # ' (#" (#
-# "# % " ((-# #/

7 " *

+ , # # #( #$ # %- .#

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"# $ #

"# $% $$ # && '($ &

# " )* ( +(#" '(,

" ((-# #$$# (% " # ( " & & . #$# #/

' ' 0( #1 (. " + $% # ' '#1 $#(#
#$ # # "#1 (1 # -" ###1 2# 3 - " + # # 1'
1" (' # 45. " (#" 1- $' $# -" " 6#( 7 " 3
#1 " + - 3% 1#$# " (3( 8 9 + 9:9 ; < ==,

7 " 3 #1 . " ((-# + (#$# # (%/

6 " + ' $#( '#1 # #1 ((-/
>'#1 # (#$# #1 5 5+#2 +, 145 5#2 +, ( '# $ -%# $ "
# # 3
3 # 45. " #( $' #- " (#" ( ' " ( % 11 3(
'
1 + 1' ( #5(#" . " #( $' #- 1" " (#" ( ' ( %
11 3( '
" $2#$'$ ((-3( 3 - + (#" ( 1" 14 #

#1 5 5+#2 ( # ## 3% " (3( <* 1# "
-%# " ? ; + " * 6
145 5+#2 ( # ## 3% '$#1 14 (' -# "
1# 2 3 - -%# " ? ; + "
* 6
0# " " 21 # ,. -%# #(% # "
? ; + $% 3 ' # #

6 " + 1" '#1 # #1 ((-/

1" '#1 # #1 <? ; >? 1" 6 + '#1 '# (%
1" # "#3#
3 # 1$$1# <? ; >? 1". " (#" 1- $' #% " $# 1"
1' ( $ " 3 1$(# -# " #1 # $#( '#1 (# 3.
' ( $# 1" 1'
1 " $2#$'$ ((-3( 3 - + (#" ( 1" 14 #

'

Print Date: 2022-07-31

6 " + )(# '#1 # #1 ((-/

> $' 3 ' # #
3 )(# ( " =$ # ( " "#3#
1 " $2#$'$ ((-3( 3 - + 1" #3' 14 #
9 0# #1 # " + * 6 -#(( 3 11' -" " % $ # # # $ 1'
1" ('
6 ; < '1 # # "#3#

" 1 "# $% $$ -#(( 3 1# # " ' ' 3% " #- "# ' "# %

/
0( 1"4
*"# +(#"
#1 . ? #( #1
* ##1 #

/ 9 @'(%. =

'

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"# $ #

"# $% $$ # &' ()$ '

# " *+ ) ,)#" ()-

" )).# #$$# )% " # ) " & ' / #$# #0

( ( 1) #2 )/ " , $% # ( (#2 $#)#
#$ # # "#2 )2 # ." ###2 3# 4 . " , # # 2(
2" )( # 56/ " )#" 2. $( $# ." " 7#) ' " 4
#2 " , . 4% 2#$# " )4) 8 9 , 9:9 ; < ==-

' " 4 #2 / " )).# , )#$# # )%0

7 " , ( $#) (#2 # #2 )).0
>(#2 # )#$# #2 6 6,#3 ,- 256 6#3 ,- ) (# $ .%# $ "
# # 4
4 # 56/ " #) $( #. " )#" ) ( " ) % 22 4)
(
2 , 2( ) #6)#" / " #) $( #. 2" " )#" ) ( ) %
22 4) (
" $3#$($ )).4) 4 . , )#" ) 2" 25 #

#2 6 6,#3 ) # ## 4% " )4) <+ 2# "
.%# " ? ; , " + 7
256 6,#3 ) # ## 4% ($#2 25 )( .# "
2# 3 4 . .%# " ? ; , "
+ 7
1# " " 32 # -/ .%# #)% # "
? ; , $% 4 ( # #

7 " , 2" (#2 # #2 )).0

2" (#2 # #2 <? ; >? 2" 7 , (#2 (# )%
2" # "#4#
4 # 2$$2# <? ; >? 2"/ " )#" 2. $( #% " $# 2"
2( ) $ " 4 2$)# .# " #2 # $#) (#2 )# 4/
( ) $# 2" 2(
2 " $3#$($ )).4) 4 . , )#" ) 2" 25 #

(

Print Date: 2022-07-31

7 " , *)# (#2 # #2 )).0

> $( 4 ( # #
4 *)# ) " =$ # ) " "#4#
2 " $3#$($ )).4) 4 . , 2" #4( 25 #
9 1# #2 # " , + 7 .#)) 4 22( ." " % $ # # # $ 2(
2" )(
7 ; < (2 # # "#4#

" 2 "# $% $$ .#)) 4 2# # " ( ( 4% " #. "# ( "# %

0
1) 2"5
+"# ,)#"
#2 / ? #) #2
+ ##2 #

0 9 @()%/ =

(

Print Date: 2022-07-31

!"#$ #

% # & "' (

& # ")*

" ((*# #$$# (% " # ( " & & + #$# #,

- ./0 - '# #1 # .#( 2 3 * # 0/ 4 2+ #
3 ($1 1 # 5 #1 # *#(( 6# 4 44 .0 42 #( 47 ' " 1"'(
(( " 3 *8 1' "# *#(( '( # " #6#(# % 1'1 36 1" '
(18 5 #(6#(# %

2 3 * # 0/ 4 2 " 6 #1 + # " ((*# * (#$# # "
" & & + #$# #

9# " .#( 2 3 * # 0/ 4 2 #1 ,

4 44 .0 42 #( 47+ 1'1 36 1" #1('# :3; :3
5/ <; 1") # "#6#

,
9( 1"8
0"# -(#"
#1 + / #( #1
0 ##1 #

, #(+ 47

Print Date: 2022-07-31

PSM 1- 83- 1A AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 31

UNS - 1C+ FMS with Software SCN 802.0

Flight Management System Erroneous Steering and Guidance Condition

Insert this sheet preceding page 6- 80- 3 of Supplement 80

Insert the following immediately after the title of paragraph 6.80.2 Limitations:
The FMS may produce erroneous guidance and steering when all three of the following conditions are
met:
a. The approach has one or more intermediate fixes between the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and
End of Approach (EOA).
b. The first missed approach segment guidance leg is a straight Track- to- Fix (TF) leg or a
Precision Arc- to- Fix (RF) leg.
c. The FMS Missed Approach function is activated before the last approach waypoint becomes
active.
The use of the FMS for approaches with the above characteristics is prohibited.

Approved:
Jason Randall
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National Aircraft Certification

Date: 1 June, 2022

Issue 1 MODEL 315 Page 1 of 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31
Print Date: 2022-07-31
D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1- 83- 1A

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 31

UNS - 1C+ FMS with Software SCN 802.0

Flight Management System Erroneous Steering and Guidance Condition

Insert this sheet preceding page 6- 86- 3 of Supplement 86

Insert the following immediately after the title of paragraph 6.86.2 Limitations:
The FMS may produce erroneous guidance and steering when all three of the following conditions are
met:
a. The approach has one or more intermediate fixes between the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and
End of Approach (EOA).
b. The first missed approach segment guidance leg is a straight Track- to- Fix (TF) leg or a
Precision Arc- to- Fix (RF) leg.
c. The FMS Missed Approach function is activated before the last approach waypoint becomes
active.
The use of the FMS for approaches with the above characteristics is prohibited.

Page 2 of 2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
Print Date: 2022-07-31
PSM 1- 83- 1A AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL D.O.T. Approved

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 32

UNS - 1E FMS with Software SCN 802.0

Flight Management System Erroneous Steering and Guidance Condition

Insert this sheet preceding page 6- 83- 3 of Supplement 83

Insert the following immediately after the title of paragraph 6.83.2 Limitations:
The FMS may produce erroneous guidance and steering when all three of the following conditions are
met:
a. The approach has one or more intermediate fixes between the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and
End of Approach (EOA).
b. The first missed approach segment guidance leg is a straight Track- to- Fix (TF) leg or a
Precision Arc- to- Fix (RF) leg.
c. The FMS Missed Approach function is activated before the last approach waypoint becomes
active.
The use of the FMS for approaches with the above characteristics is prohibited.

Approved:
Jason Randall
Chief Flight Test
for Director, National Aircraft Certification

Date: 1 June, 2022

Issue 1 MODEL 315 Page 1 of 2

Print Date: 2022-07-31
Print Date: 2022-07-31
D.O.T. Approved AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PSM 1- 83- 1A

TEMPORARY AMENDMENT NO. 32

UNS - 1E FMS with Software SCN 802.0

Flight Management System Erroneous Steering and Guidance Condition

Insert this sheet preceding page 6- 84- 3 of Supplement 84

Insert the following immediately after the title of paragraph 6.84.2 Limitations:
The FMS may produce erroneous guidance and steering when all three of the following conditions are
met:
a. The approach has one or more intermediate fixes between the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and
End of Approach (EOA).
b. The first missed approach segment guidance leg is a straight Track- to- Fix (TF) leg or a
Precision Arc- to- Fix (RF) leg.
c. The FMS Missed Approach function is activated before the last approach waypoint becomes
active.
The use of the FMS for approaches with the above characteristics is prohibited.

Page 2 of 2 MODEL 315 Issue 1

Print Date: 2022-07-31
Print Date: 2022-07-31

LIGHTS
No ratings yet
LIGHTS
27 pages
Pdate: The Improved Hawker 1000
50% (2)
Pdate: The Improved Hawker 1000
7 pages
Ata31 Jan17
100% (1)
Ata31 Jan17
170 pages
Embraer Phenom 100 Pilot Training Manual
100% (1)
Embraer Phenom 100 Pilot Training Manual
814 pages
Certification Type Certificates Docs Aircraft EASA TCDS A.022 Diamond DA 40-17-28082013
No ratings yet
Certification Type Certificates Docs Aircraft EASA TCDS A.022 Diamond DA 40-17-28082013
29 pages
Aviation Compliance Guide
0% (1)
Aviation Compliance Guide
191 pages
Temporary Revision: Aircraft Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Temporary Revision: Aircraft Maintenance Manual
79 pages
09 Towing and Taxiing
100% (1)
09 Towing and Taxiing
10 pages
Part 147 Masters Type 06 To 09 - 2015
No ratings yet
Part 147 Masters Type 06 To 09 - 2015
14 pages
Investigation Report Global - 6000 - 9H-VJM
No ratings yet
Investigation Report Global - 6000 - 9H-VJM
17 pages
Citation X Pressurization System Overview
100% (1)
Citation X Pressurization System Overview
18 pages
Operation Guide 5061: About This Manual
No ratings yet
Operation Guide 5061: About This Manual
6 pages
MM 61 Propellers
100% (1)
MM 61 Propellers
104 pages
SB F2000ex - 386 R3
100% (1)
SB F2000ex - 386 R3
20 pages
CFM56-5A) - (Engine Shop Manual (CFMI-TP - SM.7-NWA) - OEM) - (05-11-02-200-001)
No ratings yet
CFM56-5A) - (Engine Shop Manual (CFMI-TP - SM.7-NWA) - OEM) - (05-11-02-200-001)
3 pages
24 Electrical Power
100% (1)
24 Electrical Power
216 pages
Fixed Wing Aviation SOP Guide
No ratings yet
Fixed Wing Aviation SOP Guide
31 pages
Cessna 550 MM
No ratings yet
Cessna 550 MM
5,745 pages
Diffrences 100-300 Training
100% (1)
Diffrences 100-300 Training
158 pages
53 Fuselage
No ratings yet
53 Fuselage
204 pages
Service Bulletin: Dowty Aerospace Propellers
No ratings yet
Service Bulletin: Dowty Aerospace Propellers
6 pages
BR700-710A2-20 (Global Express) - (Engine Maintenance Manual (EMM) ) (71 - POWER PLANT)
100% (1)
BR700-710A2-20 (Global Express) - (Engine Maintenance Manual (EMM) ) (71 - POWER PLANT)
1,143 pages
Fadec
No ratings yet
Fadec
16 pages
07 Lifting and Shoring
100% (1)
07 Lifting and Shoring
34 pages
Boeing 757
100% (1)
Boeing 757
16 pages
Piper PA-28-181 Airworthiness Directives
No ratings yet
Piper PA-28-181 Airworthiness Directives
50 pages
b1900 Pilots CHK List 2
100% (1)
b1900 Pilots CHK List 2
99 pages
Sec 3A 6CC PDF
100% (1)
Sec 3A 6CC PDF
40 pages
Aerostar Maintenance Manual ATA-5-TimeLimits Maintenance Checks
No ratings yet
Aerostar Maintenance Manual ATA-5-TimeLimits Maintenance Checks
33 pages
Pilot Training Manual
100% (2)
Pilot Training Manual
35 pages
Safety Management Systems in Aviation
No ratings yet
Safety Management Systems in Aviation
10 pages
Dash 8 Classic 61 Propeller June 2015 BW Logo
100% (1)
Dash 8 Classic 61 Propeller June 2015 BW Logo
37 pages
Dash 8 100 TM Chap 21
100% (1)
Dash 8 100 TM Chap 21
86 pages
MJC-8 Q400 Pilot Edition: Control Panel Guide
No ratings yet
MJC-8 Q400 Pilot Edition: Control Panel Guide
12 pages
G550 AFM Limitations Section Extract
No ratings yet
G550 AFM Limitations Section Extract
96 pages
250 - C28 Series Operation and Maintenance: Rolls - Royce
100% (1)
250 - C28 Series Operation and Maintenance: Rolls - Royce
6 pages
Bombardier Dash 8 Q400 Fire - Protection PDF
100% (1)
Bombardier Dash 8 Q400 Fire - Protection PDF
21 pages
61 Propellers
100% (1)
61 Propellers
80 pages
Pre Flight
No ratings yet
Pre Flight
12 pages
DEEC Learjet
No ratings yet
DEEC Learjet
18 pages
CSP Hmi 3
No ratings yet
CSP Hmi 3
1,349 pages
IPC 72-50-04 Figure 2 - ROTOR BALANCING ASSEMBLY, POWER TURBINE
100% (1)
IPC 72-50-04 Figure 2 - ROTOR BALANCING ASSEMBLY, POWER TURBINE
5 pages
Time Limits and Maintenance Checks: 1. General
100% (1)
Time Limits and Maintenance Checks: 1. General
12 pages
ERJ145 Maintenance Program Guide
No ratings yet
ERJ145 Maintenance Program Guide
12 pages
Pilot's Guide: Bendix/King Automatic Flight Control System
No ratings yet
Pilot's Guide: Bendix/King Automatic Flight Control System
42 pages
Cessna 680 Sovereign StudyGuide
100% (1)
Cessna 680 Sovereign StudyGuide
56 pages
Gen-055 STAMPED
No ratings yet
Gen-055 STAMPED
13 pages
CG F7X 280
100% (1)
CG F7X 280
115 pages
Presentation 2
100% (1)
Presentation 2
28 pages
FAA 2019 0710 0005 - Attachment - 1
No ratings yet
FAA 2019 0710 0005 - Attachment - 1
48 pages
Preservation Engine Procedure For CT7
100% (1)
Preservation Engine Procedure For CT7
2 pages
Operation & Service Manual: Models
No ratings yet
Operation & Service Manual: Models
74 pages
Operation AND Installation Manual: Continental Aircraft Engine
100% (1)
Operation AND Installation Manual: Continental Aircraft Engine
78 pages
CAAF 067 MSXX 2 0 Bird Hit Performa Revised FINAL
No ratings yet
CAAF 067 MSXX 2 0 Bird Hit Performa Revised FINAL
2 pages
SB F2000 391-R2
No ratings yet
SB F2000 391-R2
15 pages
Fokker 50 Economy Class Details
50% (4)
Fokker 50 Economy Class Details
3 pages
7003 Stamped
100% (1)
7003 Stamped
16 pages
Aom q400 r27 Full
100% (2)
Aom q400 r27 Full
2,144 pages
Odm 301 Rev 30
100% (1)
Odm 301 Rev 30
910 pages
111307149-Dash-8-PHB-a28-1146-041 2 PDF
100% (3)
111307149-Dash-8-PHB-a28-1146-041 2 PDF
241 pages
ODM Dash8
No ratings yet
ODM Dash8
1,004 pages
AIP Ecar Egypt
No ratings yet
AIP Ecar Egypt
46 pages
Om-D Training Manual Rev1 Temp 1
No ratings yet
Om-D Training Manual Rev1 Temp 1
505 pages
D8 300 Flight Compartment
100% (1)
D8 300 Flight Compartment
2 pages
Bookstore Management System SRS
No ratings yet
Bookstore Management System SRS
13 pages
ES10IS2 English For Intel v2.0
No ratings yet
ES10IS2 English For Intel v2.0
68 pages
ASME & ASTM Nondestructive Exam Standards
No ratings yet
ASME & ASTM Nondestructive Exam Standards
3 pages
Steam Turbine Nozzle Efficiency Explained
No ratings yet
Steam Turbine Nozzle Efficiency Explained
52 pages
Finisher SR3230 (D3BA) Parts Catalog
No ratings yet
Finisher SR3230 (D3BA) Parts Catalog
85 pages
Documents - Tips - Practical Class 2 Solutions PDF
No ratings yet
Documents - Tips - Practical Class 2 Solutions PDF
16 pages
Limits, Fits, and Tolerances Guide
No ratings yet
Limits, Fits, and Tolerances Guide
13 pages
Operating Characteristics of Synchronous Machine
No ratings yet
Operating Characteristics of Synchronous Machine
8 pages
3RK24022ME002AA2 Datasheet en
No ratings yet
3RK24022ME002AA2 Datasheet en
4 pages
Anchored Walls
No ratings yet
Anchored Walls
12 pages
C&i Bess
No ratings yet
C&i Bess
28 pages
Intracompany Stock Transfer 1
No ratings yet
Intracompany Stock Transfer 1
3 pages
Fractional Replication in Factorial Experiments
No ratings yet
Fractional Replication in Factorial Experiments
6 pages
Tausend TR Series Helical Geared Motor
No ratings yet
Tausend TR Series Helical Geared Motor
190 pages
Wellsaw Model 8 Band Saw Manual
No ratings yet
Wellsaw Model 8 Band Saw Manual
3 pages
Series Circuits: Pspice Tutorials Available at Loyd
0% (1)
Series Circuits: Pspice Tutorials Available at Loyd
49 pages
IACS UR Z23 Hull Survey Requirements
No ratings yet
IACS UR Z23 Hull Survey Requirements
15 pages
Iwa Mura 2015
No ratings yet
Iwa Mura 2015
5 pages
Comparison of Copper Wound Transformers With Aluminum Wound Transformers
No ratings yet
Comparison of Copper Wound Transformers With Aluminum Wound Transformers
5 pages
8086 & 8051 Programming Lab Guide
No ratings yet
8086 & 8051 Programming Lab Guide
12 pages
Video Over Wireless Bluetooth™ Technology: Ben Smith
No ratings yet
Video Over Wireless Bluetooth™ Technology: Ben Smith
9 pages
Electricity and Ohms Law Lesson Plan
No ratings yet
Electricity and Ohms Law Lesson Plan
5 pages
Building Valuation Certificate Model
No ratings yet
Building Valuation Certificate Model
3 pages
Evolution of Synthetic Fibres
No ratings yet
Evolution of Synthetic Fibres
14 pages
Sri Krishna I-Tech and Management Solutions PVT LTD: Programming
No ratings yet
Sri Krishna I-Tech and Management Solutions PVT LTD: Programming
104 pages
Newton 3 User Manual
No ratings yet
Newton 3 User Manual
28 pages
Marketing Project at Automobile Dealer
100% (1)
Marketing Project at Automobile Dealer
31 pages
Lab # 3 Verifcation of CDR VDR
No ratings yet
Lab # 3 Verifcation of CDR VDR
7 pages
Astm A 385 - 08 - 43
No ratings yet
Astm A 385 - 08 - 43
9 pages
Pipe Dimensions Chart PDF
No ratings yet
Pipe Dimensions Chart PDF
8 pages